PCI7410PDV [ROCHESTER]
PCMCIA BUS CONTROLLER, PQFP208, PLASTIC, LQFP-208;
| 型号： | PCI7410PDV |
| 厂家： | 
Rochester Electronics |
| 描述： | PCMCIA BUS CONTROLLER, PQFP208, PLASTIC, LQFP-208 时钟 数据传输 PC 外围集成电路 |
| 文件： | 总241页 (文件大小：1984K) |
| 中文： | 中文翻译 | 下载： | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
ꢀ ꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢄ ꢅ ꢆ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢇ
ꢈ
ꢉ
ꢊ
ꢋ
ꢌ
ꢍ
ꢈ
ꢇ
ꢎ
ꢁ
ꢏ
ꢂ
ꢉ
ꢙ
ꢐ
ꢚ
ꢇ
t
ꢇ
ꢑ
ꢉ
ꢂ
ꢑ
ꢍ
ꢏ
ꢒ
ꢈ
ꢇ
ꢍ
ꢏ
ꢉ
ꢅ
ꢓ
ꢔ
ꢄ
ꢇ
ꢕ
ꢖ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢗ
ꢘ
ꢛ
ꢕ
ꢀ
ꢛ
ꢈ
ꢍ
ꢀ
ꢘ
ꢜ
ꢝ
ꢞ
ꢐ
ꢑ
ꢟ
ꢕ
ꢞ
ꢇ
ꢠ
ꢏ
ꢈ
ꢁ
ꢛ
ꢑ
ꢍ
ꢈ
ꢛ
ꢌ
ꢌ
ꢏ
ꢈ
Data Manual
March 2004
Connectivity Solutions
SCPS074A
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, modifications,
enhancements, improvements, and other changes to its products and services at any time and to discontinue
any product or service without notice. Customers should obtain the latest relevant information before placing
orders and should verify that such information is current and complete. All products are sold subject to TI’s terms
and conditions of sale supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.
TI warrants performance of its hardware products to the specifications applicable at the time of sale in
accordance with TI’s standard warranty. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI
deems necessary to support this warranty. Except where mandated by government requirements, testing of all
parameters of each product is not necessarily performed.
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or customer product design. Customers are responsible for
their products and applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with customer products
and applications, customers should provide adequate design and operating safeguards.
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any TI patent right,
copyright, mask work right, or other TI intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process
in which TI products or services are used. Information published by TI regarding third-party products or services
does not constitute a license from TI to use such products or services or a warranty or endorsement thereof.
Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual property
of the third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.
Reproduction of information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without
alteration and is accompanied by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. Reproduction
of this information with alteration is an unfair and deceptive business practice. TI is not responsible or liable for
such altered documentation.
Resale of TI products or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that
product or service voids all express and any implied warranties for the associated TI product or service and
is an unfair and deceptive business practice. TI is not responsible or liable for any such statements.
Following are URLs where you can obtain information on other Texas Instruments products and application
solutions:
Products
Applications
Audio
Amplifiers
amplifier.ti.com
www.ti.com/audio
Data Converters
dataconverter.ti.com
Automotive
www.ti.com/automotive
DSP
dsp.ti.com
Broadband
Digital Control
Military
www.ti.com/broadband
www.ti.com/digitalcontrol
www.ti.com/military
Interface
Logic
interface.ti.com
logic.ti.com
Power Mgmt
Microcontrollers
power.ti.com
Optical Networking
Security
www.ti.com/opticalnetwork
www.ti.com/security
www.ti.com/telephony
www.ti.com/video
microcontroller.ti.com
Telephony
Video & Imaging
Wireless
www.ti.com/wireless
Mailing Address:
Texas Instruments
Post Office Box 655303 Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright 2004, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Contents
Section
Title
Page
1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1−1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1−1
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1−2
Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1−3
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1−4
Terms and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1−5
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1−5
2
3
Terminal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−1
Feature/Protocol Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−1
3.1
3.2
Power Supply Sequencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−1
Summary of Flash Media Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−2
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
MultiMediaCard (MMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−2
Secure Digital (SD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−2
Memory Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−2
Dedicated Socket (Function 1) Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−3
3.3
3.4
3.5
I/O Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−3
Clamping Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−3
Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−3
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.5.4
1394 PCI Bus Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−4
PCI Bus Lock (LOCK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−4
Serial EEPROM I C Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−4
2
Loading Subsystem Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−5
3.5.4.1
3.5.4.2
Function 2 Subsystem Identification . . . . . . . . 3−6
Function 3 Subsystem Identification . . . . . . . . 3−6
3.6
PC Card Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−6
3.6.1
3.6.2
3.6.3
3.6.4
3.6.5
3.6.6
3.6.7
3.6.8
3.6.9
3.6.10
3.6.11
3.6.12
PC Card Insertion/Removal and Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . 3−6
Low Voltage CardBus Card Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−6
Card Detection With A PCI7410 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−7
Power Switch Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−8
Zoomed Video Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−9
Standardized Zoomed-Video Register Model . . . . . . . . . . . 3−10
Internal Ring Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−10
Integrated Pullup Resistors for PC Card Interface . . . . . . . 3−10
SPKROUT and CAUDPWM Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−11
LED Socket Activity Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−11
CardBus Socket Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−12
PCI Firmware Loading Function Programming Model . . . . 3−12
iii
3.6.12.1
3.6.12.2
Data/Address Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−13
Firmware Loader Control Register . . . . . . . . . 3−13
3.7
3.8
Serial EEPROM Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−14
3.7.1
3.7.2
3.7.3
3.7.4
Serial-Bus Interface Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−14
Accessing Serial-Bus Devices Through Software . . . . . . . 3−14
Serial-Bus Interface Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−14
Serial-Bus EEPROM Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−16
Programmable Interrupt Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−19
3.8.1
3.8.2
3.8.3
3.8.4
3.8.5
3.8.6
PC Card Functional and Card Status Change Interrupts . 3−19
Interrupt Masks and Flags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−20
Using Parallel IRQ Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−21
Using Parallel PCI Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−21
Using Serialized IRQSER Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−22
SMI Support in the PCI7410 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−22
3.9
Power Management Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−22
3.9.1
3.9.2
3.9.3
3.9.4
3.9.5
3.9.6
3.9.7
3.9.8
3.9.9
1394 Power Management (Function 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−23
Integrated Low-Dropout Voltage Regulator (LDO-VR) . . . . 3−23
Clock Run Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−24
CardBus PC Card Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−24
16-Bit PC Card Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−24
Suspend Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−24
Requirements for Suspend Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−25
Ring Indicate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−25
PCI Power Management for CardBus (Function 0) . . . . . . 3−26
3.9.9.1
3.9.9.2
Function 2 Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−27
Function 3 Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−27
3.9.10
3.9.11
3.9.12
CardBus Bridge Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−27
ACPI Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−28
Master List of PME Context Bits and Global Reset-Only
Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−28
3.10 IEEE 1394 Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−30
3.10.1
3.10.2
3.10.3
PHY Port Cable Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−30
Crystal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−31
Bus Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−32
4
PC Card Controller Programming Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−1
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
PCI Configuration Registers (Functions 0 and 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−1
Vendor ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−2
Device ID Register Function 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−3
Device ID Register Function 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−3
Command Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−4
Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−5
Revision ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−6
Class Code Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−6
Cache Line Size Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−6
iv
4.10 Latency Timer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−7
4.11 Header Type Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−7
4.12 BIST Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−7
4.13 CardBus Socket Registers/ExCA Base Address Register . . . . . . . . . 4−8
4.14 Capability Pointer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−8
4.15 Secondary Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−9
4.16 PCI Bus Number Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−10
4.17 CardBus Bus Number Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−10
4.18 Subordinate Bus Number Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−10
4.19 CardBus Latency Timer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−11
4.20 CardBus Memory Base Registers 0, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−11
4.21 CardBus Memory Limit Registers 0, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−12
4.22 CardBus I/O Base Registers 0, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−12
4.23 CardBus I/O Limit Registers 0, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−13
4.24 Interrupt Line Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−13
4.25 Interrupt Pin Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−14
4.26 Bridge Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−15
4.27 Subsystem Vendor ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−16
4.28 Subsystem ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−16
4.29 PC Card 16-Bit I/F Legacy-Mode Base-Address Register . . . . . . . . . 4−17
4.30 System Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−18
4.31 UM_CD Debounce Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−20
4.32 General Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−21
4.33 General-Purpose Event Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−22
4.34 General-Purpose Event Enable Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−23
4.35 General-Purpose Input Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−23
4.36 General-Purpose Output Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−24
4.37 Multifunction Routing Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−25
4.38 Retry Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−26
4.39 Card Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−27
4.40 Device Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−28
4.41 Diagnostic Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−29
4.42 Capability ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−30
4.43 Next Item Pointer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−30
4.44 Power Management Capabilities Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−31
4.45 Power Management Control/Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−32
4.46 Power Management Control/Status Bridge Support Extensions
Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−33
4.47 Power-Management Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−33
4.48 Serial Bus Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−34
4.49 Serial Bus Index Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−34
4.50 Serial Bus Slave Address Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−35
4.51 Serial Bus Control/Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−36
ExCA Compatibility Registers (Functions 0 and 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−1
5
v
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
ExCA Identification and Revision Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−5
ExCA Interface Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−6
ExCA Power Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−7
ExCA Interrupt and General Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−8
ExCA Card Status-Change Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−9
ExCA Card Status-Change Interrupt Configuration Register . . . . . . . 5−10
ExCA Address Window Enable Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−11
ExCA I/O Window Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−12
ExCA I/O Windows 0 and 1 Start-Address Low-Byte Registers . . . . 5−13
5.10 ExCA I/O Windows 0 and 1 Start-Address High-Byte Registers . . . . 5−13
5.11 ExCA I/O Windows 0 and 1 End-Address Low-Byte Registers . . . . . 5−14
5.12 ExCA I/O Windows 0 and 1 End-Address High-Byte Registers . . . . 5−14
5.13 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Start-Address Low-Byte Registers . . . 5−15
5.14 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Start-Address High-Byte Registers . . . 5−16
5.15 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 End-Address Low-Byte Registers . . . . 5−17
5.16 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 End-Address High-Byte Registers . . . 5−18
5.17 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Offset-Address Low-Byte Registers . . 5−19
5.18 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Offset-Address High-Byte Registers . 5−20
5.19 ExCA Card Detect and General Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−21
5.20 ExCA Global Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−22
5.21 ExCA I/O Windows 0 and 1 Offset-Address Low-Byte Registers . . . 5−23
5.22 ExCA I/O Windows 0 and 1 Offset-Address High-Byte Registers . . . 5−23
5.23 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Page Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−24
CardBus Socket Registers (Functions 0 and 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−1
6
7
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
Socket Event Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−2
Socket Mask Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−3
Socket Present State Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−4
Socket Force Event Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−5
Socket Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−7
Socket Power Management Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−8
OHCI Controller Programming Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−1
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
Vendor ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−2
Device ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−2
Command Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−3
Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−4
Class Code and Revision ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−5
Latency Timer and Class Cache Line Size Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−5
Header Type and BIST Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−6
OHCI Base Address Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−6
TI Extension Base Address Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−7
7.10 CardBus CIS Base Address Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−8
7.11 CardBus CIS Pointer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−8
7.12 Subsystem Identification Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−9
7.13 Power Management Capabilities Pointer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−9
vi
7.14 Interrupt Line Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−10
7.15 Interrupt Pin Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−10
7.16 Minimum Grant and Maximum Latency Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−11
7.17 OHCI Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−11
7.18 Capability ID and Next Item Pointer Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−12
7.19 Power Management Capabilities Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−13
7.20 Power Management Control and Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−14
7.21 Power Management Extension Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−14
7.22 PCI PHY Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−15
7.23 PCI Miscellaneous Configuration Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−15
7.24 Link Enhancement Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−17
7.25 Subsystem Access Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−18
OHCI Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−1
8
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
OHCI Version Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−4
GUID ROM Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−5
Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−6
CSR Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−6
CSR Compare Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−7
CSR Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−7
Configuration ROM Header Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−8
Bus Identification Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−8
Bus Options Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−9
8.10 GUID High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−10
8.11 GUID Low Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−10
8.12 Configuration ROM Mapping Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−11
8.13 Posted Write Address Low Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−11
8.14 Posted Write Address High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−12
8.15 Vendor ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−12
8.16 Host Controller Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−13
8.17 Self-ID Buffer Pointer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−14
8.18 Self-ID Count Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−15
8.19 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−16
8.20 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−17
8.21 Interrupt Event Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−18
8.22 Interrupt Mask Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−20
8.23 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Event Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−22
8.24 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Mask Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−23
8.25 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Event Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−24
8.26 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Mask Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−25
8.27 Initial Bandwidth Available Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−25
8.28 Initial Channels Available High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−26
8.29 Initial Channels Available Low Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−26
8.30 Fairness Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−27
8.31 Link Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−28
vii
8.32 Node Identification Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−29
8.33 PHY Layer Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−30
8.34 Isochronous Cycle Timer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−31
8.35 Asynchronous Request Filter High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−32
8.36 Asynchronous Request Filter Low Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−34
8.37 Physical Request Filter High Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−35
8.38 Physical Request Filter Low Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−37
8.39 Physical Upper Bound Register (Optional Register) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−37
8.40 Asynchronous Context Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−38
8.41 Asynchronous Context Command Pointer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−39
8.42 Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−40
8.43 Isochronous Transmit Context Command Pointer Register . . . . . . . . 8−41
8.44 Isochronous Receive Context Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−41
8.45 Isochronous Receive Context Command Pointer Register . . . . . . . . 8−43
8.46 Isochronous Receive Context Match Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−44
TI Extension Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9−1
9
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
DV and MPEG2 Timestamp Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9−1
Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9−2
Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register . . . . . . . 9−2
Link Enhancement Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9−4
Timestamp Offset Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9−5
10 PHY Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−1
10.1 Base Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−1
10.2 Port Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−4
10.3 Vendor Identification Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−5
10.4 Vendor-Dependent Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−6
10.5 Power-Class Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−7
11 PCI Firmware Loading Function Programming Model (Function 3) . . . . 11−1
11.1 Vendor ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−1
11.2 Device ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−2
11.3 Command Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−2
11.4 Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−3
11.5 Class Code and Revision ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−4
11.6 Cache Line Size Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−4
11.7 Latency Timer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−4
11.8 Header Type Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−5
11.9 BIST Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−5
11.10 Base Address Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−5
11.11 Subsystem Vendor ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−6
11.12 Subsystem ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−6
11.13 Capabilities Pointer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−6
11.14 Interrupt Line Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−7
11.15 Interrupt Pin Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−7
11.16 Minimum Grant Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−7
viii
11.17 Maximum Latency Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−7
11.18 Capability ID Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−8
11.19 Next-Item Pointer Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−8
11.20 Power-Management Capabilities Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−9
11.21 Power-Management Control/Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−10
11.22 Power-Management Bridge Support Extension Register . . . . . . . . 11−10
11.23 Power-Management Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−11
11.24 Miscellaneous Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−11
11.25 Subsystem Access Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−12
12 Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12−1
12.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings Over Operating Temperature
Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12−1
12.2 Recommended Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12−1
12.3 Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Operating
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12−3
12.4 Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Ranges of Operating
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12−3
12.4.1
12.4.2
12.4.3
Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12−3
Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12−4
Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12−4
12.5 PCI Clock/Reset Timing Requirements Over Recommended Ranges
of Supply Voltage and Operating Free-Air Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 12−4
12.6 Switching Characteristics for PHY Port Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12−5
12.7 Operating, Timing, and Switching Characteristics of XI . . . . . . . . . . . 12−5
12.8 PCI Timing Requirements Over Recommended Ranges of Supply
Voltage and Operating Free-Air Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12−5
13 Mechanical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13−1
ix
List of Illustrations
Figure
2−1
2−2
3−1
3−2
3−3
3−4
3−5
3−6
3−7
3−8
3−9
Title
Page
PCI7410 GHK-Package Terminal Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−1
PCI7410 PDV-Package Terminal Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−2
PCI7410 System Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−1
3-State Bidirectional Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−3
Serial ROM Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−5
Zoomed Video Implementation Using the PCI7410 Controller . . . . . . . . . 3−9
Zoomed Video Switching Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−9
SPKROUT Connection to Speaker Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−11
Two Sample LED Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−12
Serial-Bus Start/Stop Conditions and Bit Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−15
Serial-Bus Protocol Acknowledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−15
3−10 Serial-Bus Protocol—Byte Write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−16
3−11 Serial-Bus Protocol—Byte Read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−16
3−12 EEPROM Interface Doubleword Data Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−16
3−13 IRQ Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−21
3−14 System Diagram Implementing CardBus Device Class Power
Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−23
3−15 Signal Diagram of Suspend Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−25
3−16 RI_OUT Functional Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−26
3−17 Block Diagram of a Status/Enable Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−28
3−18 TP Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−30
3−19 Typical Compliant DC Isolated Outer Shield Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−31
3−20 Non-DC Isolated Outer Shield Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−31
3−21 Load Capacitance for the PCI7410 PHY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−32
3−22 Recommended Crystal and Capacitor Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−32
5−1
5−2
6−1
ExCA Register Access Through I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−2
ExCA Register Access Through Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−2
Accessing CardBus Socket Registers Through PCI Memory . . . . . . . . . . 6−1
12−1 Test Load Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12−4
x
List of Tables
Table
Title
Page
1−1
2−1
2−2
2−3
2−4
2−5
2−6
2−7
2−8
2−9
Terms and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1−5
Signal Names by PDV Terminal Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−3
Signal Names by GHK Terminal Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−5
CardBus PC Card Signal Names Sorted Alphabetically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−7
16-Bit PC Card Signal Names Sorted Alphabetically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−9
Power Supply Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−11
PC Card Power Switch Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−11
PCI System Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−11
PCI Address and Data Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−12
PCI Interface Control Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−13
2−10 Multifunction and Miscellaneous Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−14
2−11 16-Bit PC Card Address and Data Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−15
2−12 16-Bit PC Card Interface Control Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−16
2−13 CardBus PC Card Interface System Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−17
2−14 CardBus PC Card Address and Data Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−18
2−15 CardBus PC Card Interface Control Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−19
2−16 IEEE 1394 Physical Layer Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−20
2−17 Power Supply Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−20
2−18 UltraMedia Dedicated Socket Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2−21
3−1
3−2
3−3
3−4
3−5
3−6
3−7
3−8
3−9
PCI Bus Master Command Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−4
PC Card—Card Detect and Voltage Sense Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−7
TPS2221 Control Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−8
TPS2211A Control Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−8
Functionality of the ZV Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−10
Terminals With Integrated Pullup Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−11
CardBus Socket Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−12
Firmware Loader I/O Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−13
Firmware Loader Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−14
3−10 PCI7410 Registers Used to Program Serial-Bus Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−14
3−11 EEPROM Loading Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−17
3−12 Interrupt Mask and Flag Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−19
3−13 PC Card Interrupt Events and Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−20
3−14 Interrupt Pin Register Cross Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−22
3−15 SMI Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−22
3−16 Requirements for Internal/External 1.8-V Core Power Supply . . . . . . . . . 3−24
3−17 Power-Management Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−27
3−18 Function 2 Power-Management Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−27
xi
3−19 Function 3 Power-Management Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3−27
4−1
4−2
4−3
4−4
4−5
4−6
4−7
4−8
4−9
Bit Field Access Tag Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−1
Functions 0 and 1 PCI Configuration Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−1
Command Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−4
Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−5
Secondary Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−9
Interrupt Pin Register Cross Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−14
Bridge Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−15
System Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−18
General Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−21
4−10 General-Purpose Event Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−22
4−11 General-Purpose Event Enable Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−23
4−12 General-Purpose Input Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−23
4−13 General-Purpose Output Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−24
4−14 Multifunction Routing Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−25
4−15 Retry Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−26
4−16 Card Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−27
4−17 Device Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−28
4−18 Diagnostic Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−29
4−19 Power Management Capabilities Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−31
4−20 Power Management Control/Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−32
4−21 Power Management Control/Status Bridge Support Extensions Register
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−33
4−22 Serial Bus Data Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−34
4−23 Serial Bus Index Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−34
4−24 Serial Bus Slave Address Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−35
4−25 Serial Bus Control/Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4−36
5−1
5−2
5−3
5−4
5−5
5−6
5−7
5−8
ExCA Registers and Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−3
ExCA Identification and Revision Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−5
ExCA Interface Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−6
ExCA Power Control Register Description—82365SL Support . . . . . . . . 5−7
ExCA Power Control Register Description—82365SL-DF Support . . . . . 5−7
ExCA Interrupt and General Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−8
ExCA Card Status-Change Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−9
ExCA Card Status-Change Interrupt Configuration Register
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−10
5−9
ExCA Address Window Enable Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−11
5−10 ExCA I/O Window Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−12
5−11 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Start-Address High-Byte Registers
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−16
5−12 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 End-Address High-Byte Registers
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−18
5−13 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Offset-Address High-Byte Registers
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−20
5−14 ExCA Card Detect and General Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . 5−21
xii
5−15 ExCA Global Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5−22
6−1
6−2
6−3
6−4
6−5
6−6
6−7
7−1
7−2
7−3
7−4
7−5
7−6
7−7
7−8
7−9
CardBus Socket Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−1
Socket Event Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−2
Socket Mask Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−3
Socket Present State Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−4
Socket Force Event Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−6
Socket Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−7
Socket Power Management Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6−8
Function 2 Configuration Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−1
Command Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−3
Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−4
Class Code and Revision ID Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−5
Latency Timer and Class Cache Line Size Register Description . . . . . . . 7−5
Header Type and BIST Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−6
OHCI Base Address Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−6
TI Base Address Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−7
CardBus CIS Base Address Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−8
7−10 Subsystem Identification Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−9
7−11 Interrupt Line Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−10
7−12 PCI Interrupt Pin Register—Read-Only INTPIN Per Function . . . . . . . . . 7−10
7−13 Minimum Grant and Maximum Latency Register Description . . . . . . . . . 7−11
7−14 OHCI Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−11
7−15 Capability ID and Next Item Pointer Registers Description . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−12
7−16 Power Management Capabilities Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−13
7−17 Power Management Control and Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . 7−14
7−18 Power Management Extension Registers Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−14
7−19 PCI PHY Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−15
7−20 PCI Miscellaneous Configuration Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−16
7−21 Link Enhancement Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−17
7−22 Subsystem Access Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7−18
8−1
8−2
8−3
8−4
8−5
8−6
8−7
8−8
8−9
OHCI Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−1
OHCI Version Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−4
GUID ROM Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−5
Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−6
CSR Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−7
Configuration ROM Header Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−8
Bus Options Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−9
Configuration ROM Mapping Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−11
Posted Write Address Low Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−11
8−10 Posted Write Address High Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−12
8−11 Host Controller Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−13
8−12 Self-ID Count Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−15
8−13 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register Description . . . . . . . 8−16
8−14 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register Description . . . . . . . . 8−17
xiii
8−15 Interrupt Event Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−18
8−16 Interrupt Mask Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−20
8−17 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Event Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . 8−22
8−18 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Event Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . 8−24
8−19 Initial Bandwidth Available Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−25
8−20 Initial Channels Available High Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−26
8−21 Initial Channels Available Low Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−26
8−22 Fairness Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−27
8−23 Link Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−28
8−24 Node Identification Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−29
8−25 PHY Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−30
8−26 Isochronous Cycle Timer Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−31
8−27 Asynchronous Request Filter High Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−32
8−28 Asynchronous Request Filter Low Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−34
8−29 Physical Request Filter High Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−35
8−30 Physical Request Filter Low Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−37
8−31 Asynchronous Context Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−38
8−32 Asynchronous Context Command Pointer Register Description . . . . . . . 8−39
8−33 Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . 8−40
8−34 Isochronous Receive Context Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . 8−41
8−35 Isochronous Receive Context Match Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . 8−44
9−1
9−2
TI Extension Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9−1
Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9−2
9−3
9−4
Link Enhancement Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9−4
Timestamp Offset Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9−5
10−1 Base Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−1
10−2 Base Register Field Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−2
10−3 Page 0 (Port Status) Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−4
10−4 Page 0 (Port Status) Register Field Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−4
10−5 Page 1 (Vendor ID) Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−5
10−6 Page 1 (Vendor ID) Register Field Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−5
10−7 Page 7 (Vendor-Dependent) Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−6
10−8 Page 7 (Vendor-Dependent) Register Field Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−6
10−9 Power Class Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10−7
11−1 Function 3 Configuration Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−1
11−2 Command Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−2
11−3 Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−3
11−4 Class Code and Revision ID Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−4
11−5 Base Address Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−5
11−6 Power-Management Capabilities Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−9
11−7 Power-Management Control/Status Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−10
11−8 Miscellaneous Control Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−11
11−9 Subsystem Access Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11−12
xiv
1 Introduction
The Texas Instruments PCI7410 device is an integrated single-socket UltraMedia PC Card controller with an IEEE
1394 open host controller link-layer controller (LLC) and two-port 1394 PHY. The PCI7410 controller also includes
a dedicated interface that can be used as a Secure Digital (SD)/MultiMediaCard (MMC), or Memory Stick socket. This
high performance integrated solution provides the latest in PC Card, IEEE 1394, and UltraMedia technology.
1.1 Description
The PCI7410 CardBus controller is a four-function, 33-MHz PCI device compliant with the PCI Local Bus
Specification. Function 0 provides a PC Card socket controller compliant with the latest PC Card Standards. Function
1 provides a dedicated socket for either SD/MMC or Memory Stick. Function 2 of the PCI7410 controller is an
integrated IEEE 1394 OHCI host controller and two-port PHY. Function 3 is the interface to load the PCI7410 program
RAM with firmware. The PCI7410 controller provides features that make it the best choice for bridging between the
PCI bus and PC Cards, and supports any combination of 16-bit and CardBus cards powered at 5 V or 3.3 V as
required.
There is no PCMCIA card and socket service software changes required to move systems from the existing CardBus
socket controller to the PCI7410 controller. The PCI7410 controller is register compatible with the Intel 82365SL–DF
ExCA controller and implements the host interface defined in the PC Card Standard. The PCI7410 internal data path
logic allows the host to access 8-, 16-, and 32-bit cards using full 32-bit PCI cycles for maximum performance.
Independent buffering and the pipeline architecture provide an unsurpassed performance level with sustained
bursting. The PCI7410 controller can be programmed to accept posted writes to improve bus utilization. All card
signals are internally buffered to allow hot insertion and removal without external buffering.
Function 1 of the PCI7410 controller provides a dedicated interface for either a Secure Digital (and MMC) or Memory
Stick socket. Secure Digital cards are based upon the MultiMediaCard (MMC). SD is essentially a superset of MMC.
The additional security features of the SD cards also allow their use in more-secure applications or in devices where
content protection is essential. Memory Stick cards are about the size of a stick of gum and are 2,8 mm thick.
Developed by Sony, there are two types of Memory Stick cards, the standard Memory Stick and MagicGate Memory
Stick. MagicGate technology provides security to Memory Stick cards so that they can be used to store and protect
copyrighted data.
Function 2 of the PCI7410 controller is an integrated 1394a-2000 OHCI PHY/link-layer controller (LLC) that is fully
compliant with the PCI Local Bus Specification, the PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification, IEEE Std
1394-1995, IEEE Std 1394a-2000, and the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification. It is capable of
transferring data between the 33-MHz PCI bus and the 1394 bus at 100M bits/s, 200M bits/s, and 400M bits/s. The
PCI7410 controller provides two 1394 ports that have separate cable bias (TPBIAS). The PCI7410 controller also
supports the IEEE Std 1394a-2000 power-down features for battery-operated applications and arbitration
enhancements.
As required by the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification (OHCI) and IEEE Std 1394a-2000, internal
control registers are memory-mapped and non-prefetchable. The PCI configuration header is accessed through
configuration cycles specified by PCI, and it provides plug-and-play (PnP) compatibility. Furthermore, the PCI7410
controller is compliant with the PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification as specified by the PC 2001
Design Guide requirements. The PCI7410 controller supports the D0, D1, D2, and D3 power states.
Function 3 of the PCI7410 controller is the interface to load the PCI7410 program RAM with firmware. This function
provides an I/O window that a software driver uses to load the PCI7410 firmware into the internal RAM.
The PCI7410 design provides PCI bus master bursting, and it is capable of transferring a cacheline of data at 132M
bytes/s after connection to the memory controller. Because PCI latency can be large, deep FIFOs are provided to
buffer the 1394 data.
The PCI7410 controller provides physical write posting buffers and a highly-tuned physical data path for SBP-2
performance. The PCI7410 controller also provides multiple isochronous contexts, multiple cacheline burst transfers,
advanced internal arbitration, and bus-holding buffers.
1−1
The PCI7410 PHY-layer provides the digital and analog transceiver functions needed to implement a two-port node
in a cable-based 1394 network. Each cable port incorporates two differential line transceivers. The transceivers
include circuitry to monitor the line conditions as needed for determining connection status, for initialization and
arbitration, and for packet reception and transmission.
The PCI7410 PHY-layer requires only an external 24.576-MHz crystal as a reference for the cable ports. An external
clock may be provided instead of a crystal. An internal oscillator drives an internal phase-locked loop (PLL), which
generates the required 393.216-MHz reference signal. This reference signal is internally divided to provide the clock
signals that control transmission of the outbound encoded strobe and data information. A 49.152-MHz clock signal
is supplied to the integrated LLC for synchronization and is used for resynchronization of the received data. Data bits
to be transmitted through the cable ports are received from the integrated LLC and are latched internally in
synchronization with the 49.152-MHz system clock. These bits are combined serially, encoded, and transmitted at
98.304M, 196.608M, or 393.216M bits/s (referred to as S100, S200, or S400 speeds, respectively) as the outbound
data-strobe information stream. During transmission, the encoded data information is transmitted differentially on the
twisted-pair B (TPB) cable pair(s), and the encoded strobe information is transmitted differentially on the twisted-pair
A (TPA) cable pair(s).
Various implementation specific functions and general-purpose inputs and outputs are provided through several
multifunction terminals. These terminals present a system with options, such as PCI LOCK and parallel IRQs.
ACPI-complaint general-purpose events may be programmed and controlled through the multifunction terminals, and
an ACPI-compliant programming interface is included for the general-purpose inputs and outputs.
The PCI7410 controller is compliant with the latest PCI Bus Power Management Specification, and provides several
low-power modes, which enable the host power system to further reduce power consumption. The PCI7410 controller
also has a four-pin interface compatible with both the TI TPS2211 and TPS2221 power switches.
An advanced CMOS process achieves low power consumption and allows the PCI7410 controller to operate at PCI
clock rates up to 33 MHz.
1.2 Features
The PCI7410 controller supports the following features:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
PC Card Standard 8.0 compliant
PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification 1.1 compliant
Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) Specification 2.0 compliant
PCI Local Bus Specification Revision 2.3 compliant
PC 98/99 and PC2001 compliant
Compliant with the PCI Bus Interface Specification for PCI-to-CardBus Bridges
Fully compliant with provisions of IEEE Std 1394-1995 for a high-performance serial bus and IEEE Std
1394a-2000
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fully compliant with 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification 1.1
1.8-V core logic and 3.3-V I/O cells with internal voltage regulator to generate 1.8-V core V
Universal PCI interfaces compatible with 3.3-V and 5-V PCI signaling environments
Supports PC Card or CardBus with hot insertion and removal
CC
Supports 132-MBps burst transfers to maximize data throughput on both the PCI bus and the CardBus
Supports serialized IRQ with PCI interrupts
Programmable multifunction terminals
Many interrupt modes supported
1−2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Serial ROM interface for loading subsystem ID and subsystem vendor ID
ExCA-compatible registers are mapped in memory or I/O space
Intel 82365SL–DF register compatible
Supports ring indicate, SUSPEND, and PCI CCLKRUN protocol and PCI bus Lock (LOCK)
Provides VGA/palette memory and I/O, and subtractive decoding options, LED activity terminals
Fully interoperable with FireWire and i.LINK implementations of IEEE Std 1394
Compliant with Intel Mobile Power Guideline 2000
Full IEEE Std 1394a-2000 support includes: connection debounce, arbitrated short reset, multispeed
concatenation, arbitration acceleration, fly-by concatenation, and port disable/suspend/resume
•
Power-down features to conserve energy in battery-powered applications include: automatic device power
down during suspend, PCI power management for link-layer, and inactive ports powered down,
ultralow-power sleep mode
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Two IEEE Std 1394a-2000 fully compliant cable ports at 100M bits/s, 200M bits/s, and 400M bits/s
Cable ports monitor line conditions for active connection to remote node
Cable power presence monitoring
Separate cable bias (TPBIAS) for each port
Physical write posting of up to three outstanding transactions
PCI burst transfers and deep FIFOs to tolerate large host latency
External cycle timer control for customized synchronization
Extended resume signaling for compatibility with legacy DV components
PHY-Link logic performs system initialization and arbitration functions
PHY-Link encode and decode functions included for data-strobe bit level encoding
PHY-Link incoming data resynchronized to local clock
Low-cost 24.576-MHz crystal provides transmit and receive data at 100M bits/s, 200M bits/s, and
400M bits/s
•
•
Node power class information signaling for system power management
Register bits give software control of contender bit, power class bits, link active control bit, and IEEE Std
1394a-2000 features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Isochronous receive dual-buffer mode
Out-of-order pipelining for asynchronous transmit requests
Register access fail interrupt when the PHY SCLK is not active
PCI power-management D0, D1, D2, and D3 power states
Initial bandwidth available and initial channels available registers
PME support per 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification
Advanced submicron, low-power CMOS technology
1.3 Related Documents
•
Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) Specification (Revision 2.0)
1−3
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification (Release 1.1)
IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus (IEEE Std 1394-1995)
IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus—Amendment 1 (IEEE Std 1394a-2000)
PC Card Standard (Release 8.0)
PC 2001 Design Guide
PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification (Revision 1.1)
PCI Local Bus Specification (Revision 2.3)
Mobile Power Guidelines 2000
Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2)
Serialized IRQ Support for PCI Systems
PCI Mobile Design Guide
PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification for PCI to CardBus Bridges
PCI14xx Implementation Guide for D3 Wake-Up
PCI to PCMCIA CardBus Bridge Register Description
Texas Instruments TPS2221 product data sheet, SLVS419
Texas Instruments TPS2211A product data sheet, SLVS282
SD Memory Card Specifications, March 2000
The Multimedia Card System Specification, version 3.2, January 2002
SmartMedia Standard 2000, May 19, 2000
Memory Stick Standard, Format Specification, version 1.3, July 2000
ISO/IEC 7816 Series, Parts 1−10
PC/SC Workgroup Specifications, version 1.0, Parts 1−8
1.4 Trademarks
Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation.
TI, UltraMedia, and MicroStar BGA are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
FireWire is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.
i.LINK is a trademark of Sony Corporation of America.
Memory Stick is a trademark of Sony Kabushiki Kaisha TA Sony Corporation, Japan.
SmartMedia is a trademark of Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba DBA Toshiba Corporation, Japan.
Other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1−4
1.5 Terms and Definitions
Terms and definitions used in this document are given in Table 1−1.
Table 1−1. Terms and Definitions
TERM
DEFINITIONS
ATA
AT (advanced technology, as in PC AT) attachment interface
ATA driver
An existing host software component that loads when any flash media adapter and card is inserted into a PC Card
socket. This driver is logically attached to a predefined CIS provided by the PCI7410 controller when the adapter
and media are both inserted.
CIS
Card information structure. Tuple list defined by the PC Card standard to communicate card information to the host
computer
CSR
Control and status register
Flash Media
SmartMedia, Memory Stick, MMC, or SD/MMC Flash operating in an ATA compatible mode
Function 3 firmware loader A hardware element of the PCI7410 that provides a software interface to the TI firmware loader driver to load the
program RAM with firmware
ISO/IEC 7816
Memory Stick
MMC
The Smart Card standard
A small-form-factor flash interface that is defined, promoted, and licensed by Sony
MultiMediaCard. Specified by the MMC Association, and scope is encompassed by the SD Flash specification.
Open host controller interface
OHCI
PCMCIA
RSVD
Personal Computer Memory Card International Association. Standards body that governs the PC Card standards
Reserved for future use
SD Flash
SmartMedia
SPI
Secure Digital Flash. Standard governed by the SD Association
Also known as SSFDC, defined by Toshiba and governed by SSFDC Forum
Serial peripheral interface, a general-purpose synchronous serial interface. For more information, see the
Multimedia Card System Specification, version 3.2.
SSFDC
Solid State Floppy Disk Card. The SSFDC Forum specifies SmartMedia
TI firmware loader driver
A qualified software component provided by Texas Instruments that loads the firmware into the PCI7410 on power
up and initialization.
TI Smart Card driver
A qualified software component provided by Texas Instruments that loads when an UltraMedia-based Smart Card
adapter is inserted into a PC Card slot. This driver is logically attached to a CIS provided by the PCI7410 when the
adapter and media are both inserted.
UART
Universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter
UltraMedia
De facto industry standard promoted by Texas Instruments that integrates CardBus, Smart Card, Memory Stick,
MultiMediaCard/Secure Digital and SmartMedia functionality into one controller.
1.6 Ordering Information
ORDERING NUMBER
NAME
VOLTAGE
PACKAGE
PCI7410
PC Card, UltraMedia, and Integrated 1394a-2000 OHCI
Two-Port PHY/Link-Layer Controller
3.3-V, 5-V tolerant I/Os
208-terminal LQFP (PDV)
209-ball PBGA (GHK)
1−5
1−6
2 Terminal Descriptions
The PCI7410 controller is available in two packages, a 208-terminal quad flatpack (PDV) and a 209-terminal
MicroStar BGA package (GHK). The terminal layout for the GHK package is shown in Figure 2−1. The terminal
layout with signal names for the PDV package is shown in Figure 2−2.
PAR
VCCP
AD13
C/BE1
GND
AD11
AD12
AD7
C/BE0
AD8
VCC
AD4
AD5
AD3
AD2
AD1
PC1
PC0
TPB0N TPA0N
TPB0P TPA0P
R0
R1
TPB1N TPA1N
TPB1P TPA1P
NC
W
V
U
T
ANALOG
TPBIAS0
ANALOG ANALOG
SKT_
SEL0
TPBIAS1
GND
VCC
VCC
FILTER0
XO
SERR
VCC
ANALOG ANALOG ANALOG
SKT_
SEL1
FILTER1
CNA
DVSEL PERR
AD15
TRDY
AD10
AD14
AD6
AD9
AD0
PC2
NC
NC
XI
R
P
N
M
L
VCC
GND
GND
PHY_
TEST
_MA
AD16
GND
VCC
C/BE2
AD19
AD23
AD25
AD29
REQ
IRDY
AD18
AD22
AD24
AD28
STOP
CPS
NC
NC
NC
VDPLL
GND
UM_
PWR_
CTRL
MS_BS
SD_DATA1/
IRQ
MS_SDIO
FRAME AD17
VSPLL
SD_WP
SD_DATA0
MS_RFU5 MS_RFU7
MS_INS
SD_CD
MS_SCLK
SD_CLK
SD_DATA2
AD20
AD21
SD_CMD
SD_SC
CAD2
//D11
CAD0
//D3
CCD1
//CD1
VR_
PORT
VCCP
GND
GNT
IDSEL C/BE3
VCC
GND
CAD6
//D13
CAD3
//D5
CAD4
//D12
CAD1
//D4
AD27
AD31
AD26
AD30
K
J
RI_OUT
/PME
CAD8 CC/BE0
//D15 //CE1
CAD7 CRSVD CAD5
//D7
//D14
//D6
CAD11 CAD12
CAD10 CAD9
//CE2 //A10
MFUNC6
PCLK
VCC
GRST
PRST
VR_EN
VCC
H
G
F
//OE
//A11
VR_
PORT
CC/BE1
//A8
CAD15 CAD13
//IOWR //IORD
MFUNC4 MFUNC1
SUSPEND
VCCCB
GND
CAUDIO
//BVD2
CRSVD CAD27
//D2 //D0
CAD26 CVS2 CIRDY CPAR CPERR
//A0 //VS2 //A15 //A13 //A14
CRSVD CAD16 CAD14
MFUNC5 MFUNC3 MFUNC2
MFUNC0 CLK_48 RSVD
VD1/
//A18
//A17
//A9
CBLOCK
//A19
CAD31 CAD28 CSERR CAD25 CAD21 CAD18 CTRDY
//D10 //D8 //WAIT //A1 //A5 //A7 //A22
CSTOP
//A20
RSVD
NC
SPKROUT
GND
SDA
SCL
VCC
E
D
C
B
A
VCCD0
CGNT//
WE
CAD30 CCD2 CINT// CAD24 CAD22 CAD20 CC/BE2 CCLK
VD2/
RSVD RSVD
VPPD1
//D9
//CD2 READY
//A2
//A4
//A6
//A12
//A16
CFRAME
//A23
VD0/
VCCD1
CAD29
//D1
CVS1 CC/BE3 CREQ// CRST// CAD17
CCLKRUN
//WP
RSVD
RSVD
//VS1
//REG INPACK RESET //A24
CAD23
//A3
CAD19
//A25
CSTSCHG
//BVD1
CDEVSEL
//A21
VD3/
VPPD0
VCC
GND
VCC
GND VCCCB
VCC
GND
RSVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Figure 2−1. PCI7410 GHK-Package Terminal Diagram
2−1
PDV LOW-PROFILE QUAD FLAT PACKAGE
(LQFP)
TOP VIEW
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
NC
CDEVSEL//A21
CCLK//A16
CTRDY//A22
CIRDY//A15
CFRAME//A23
GND
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
TPBIAS1
NC
TPA1P
NC
TPA1N
ANALOGVCC
ANALOGGND
TPB1P
TPB1N
NC
CC/BE2//A12
CAD17//A24
CAD18//A7
CAD19//A25
CVS2//VS2
CAD20//A6
CRST//RESET
VCC
ANALOGVCC
R1
R0
ANALOGGND
NC
CAD21//A5
CAD22//A4
CREQ//INPACK
CAD23//A3
VCCCB
TPBIAS0
TPA0P
TPA0N
ANALOGVCC
NC
CC/BE3//REG
CAD24//A2
CAD25//A1
CAD26//A0
GND
ANALOGGND
TPB0P
TPB0N
CPS
CVS1//VS1
CINT//READY(IREQ)
CSERR//WAIT
CAUDIO//BVD2(SPKR)
CSTSCHG//BVD1(STSCHG/RI)
CCLKRUN//WP(IOIS16)
CCD2//CD2
CAD27//D0
CAD28//D8
VCC
SKT_SEL1
SKT_SEL0
PC0
PCI7410
PC1
PC2
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
VCC
CAD29//D1
CAD30//D9
CRSVD//D2
CAD31//D10
GND
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
C/BE0
AD8
RSVD
RSVD
AD9
RSVD
GND
RSVD
AD10
RSVD
AD11
RSVD
AD12
RSVD
VCCP
AD13
VCC
CLK_48
AD14
VD0/VCCD1
VD1/VCCD0
VD2/VPPD1
VD3/VPPD0
AD15
C/BE1
PAR
Figure 2−2. PCI7410 PDV-Package Terminal Diagram
2−2
Table 2−1 and Table 2−2 list the terminal assignments arranged in terminal-number order, with corresponding signal
names for both CardBus and 16-bit PC Cards; Table 2−1 is for terminals on the PDV package and Table 2−2 is for
terminals on the GHK package. Table 2−3 and Table 2−4 list the terminal assignments arranged in alphanumerical
order by signal name, with corresponding terminal numbers for both PDV and GHK packages; Table 2−3 is for
CardBus signal names and Table 2−4 is for 16-bit PC Card signal names.
Terminal E5 on the GHK package is an identification ball used for device orientation; it has no internal connection
within the controller.
Table 2−1. Signal Names by PDV Terminal Number
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
TERM.
NO.
TERM.
NO.
TERM.
NO.
CardBus PC
16-Bit
CardBus
16-Bit
CardBus
16-Bit
Card
PC Card
PC Card
PC Card
PC Card
PC Card
1
SDA
SDA
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
GND
GND
AD19
AD18
AD17
AD16
C/BE2
FRAME
IRDY
77
78
PC0
PC0
SKT_SEL0
SKT_SEL1
CPS
2
SCL
SCL
AD19
SKT_SEL0
SKT_SEL1
CPS
3
MFUNC0
MFUNC1
SPKROUT
GND
MFUNC0
MFUNC1
SPKROUT
GND
AD18
79
4
AD17
80
5
AD16
81
TPB0N
TPB0P
ANALOGGND
NC
TPB0N
TPB0P
ANALOGGND
NC
6
C/BE2
FRAME
IRDY
82
7
MFUNC2
MFUNC3
MFUNC4
MFUNC5
MFUNC6
SUSPEND
VR_PORT
MFUNC2
MFUNC3
MFUNC4
MFUNC5
MFUNC6
SUSPEND
VR_PORT
83
8
84
9
V
CC
V
CC
85
ANALOGVCC
TPA0N
TPA0P
ANALOGVCC
TPA0N
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
TRDY
DEVSEL
STOP
PERR
SERR
PAR
TRDY
DEVSEL
STOP
PERR
SERR
PAR
86
87
TPA0P
88
TPBIAS0
NC
TPBIAS0
NC
89
V
CC
V
CC
90
ANALOGGND
R0
ANALOGGND
R0
VR_EN
PRST
GRST
PCLK
VR_EN
PRST
GRST
PCLK
91
C/BE1
AD15
C/BE1
AD15
92
R1
R1
93
ANALOGVCC
NC
ANALOGVCC
NC
AD14
AD14
94
GNT
GNT
AD13
AD13
95
TPB1N
TPB1P
ANALOGGND
ANALOGVCC
TPA1N
NC
TPB1N
TPB1P
ANALOGGND
ANALOGVCC
TPA1N
REQ
REQ
V
CCP
V
CCP
96
RI_OUT/PME
AD31
RI_OUT/PME
AD31
AD12
AD11
AD10
GND
AD9
AD12
AD11
AD10
GND
AD9
97
98
AD30
AD30
99
GND
GND
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
NC
AD29
AD29
TPA1P
TPA1P
AD28
AD28
AD8
AD8
NC
NC
AD27
AD27
C/BE0
AD7
C/BE0
AD7
TPBIAS1
NC
TPBIAS1
NC
AD26
AD26
V
CCP
V
CCP
AD6
AD6
FILTER0
FILTER1
VDPLL
VSPLL
FILTER0
FILTER1
VDPLL
VSPLL
AD25
AD24
C/BE3
IDSEL
AD25
AD24
C/BE3
IDSEL
AD5
AD5
AD4
AD4
V
CC
V
CC
AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0
PC2
PC1
AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0
PC2
PC1
XI
XI
V
CC
V
CC
XO
XO
AD23
AD22
AD21
AD20
AD23
AD22
AD21
AD20
CNA
CNA
PHY_TEST_MA
PHY_TEST_MA
UM_PWR_CTRL UM_PWR_CTRL
GND GND
2−3
Table 2−1. Signal Names by PDV Terminal Number (Continued)
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
TERM.
NO.
TERM.
NO.
TERM.
NO.
CardBus
PC Card
16-Bit
PC Card
CardBus
16-Bit
CardBus PC
16-Bit
PC Card
PC Card
Card
PC Card
115
MS_INS/
SD_CD
MS_INS/
SD_CD
147
CAD14
A9
179
CAD26
A0
116
117
SD_WP
MS_BS/
SD_WP
MS_BS/
148
149
CAD16
A17
A8
180
181
GND
GND
VS1
CC/BE1
CVS1
SD_DATA1/IRQ SD_DATA1/IRQ
118
119
120
121
MS_SDIO/
SD_DATA0
MS_SDIO/
SD_DATA0
150
151
152
153
CRSVD
A18
182
183
184
185
CINT
CSERR
READY(IREQ)
WAIT
MS_SCLK/
SD_CLK
MS_SCLK/
SD_CLK
V
CC
V
CC
MS_RFU5/
SD_CMD
MS_RFU5/
SD_CMD
CPAR
A13
A19
CAUDIO
CSTSCHG
BVD2(SPKR)
BVD1(STSCHG/RI)
MS_RFU7/
MS_RFU7/
CBLOCK
SD_CD/DATA3 SD_CD/DATA3
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
SD_DATA2 SD_DATA2
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
CPERR
CSTOP
CGNT
A14
A20
WE
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
CCLKRUN
CCD2
WP(IOIS1)
CD2
V
CC
V
CC
VR_PORT
CCD1
CAD0
CAD2
GND
VR_PORT
CD1
D3
CAD27
CAD28
D0
CDEVSEL
CCLK
A21
A16
A22
A15
A23
GND
A12
A24
A7
D8
V
CC
V
CC
D11
GND
D4
CTRDY
CIRDY
CFRAME
GND
CAD29
CAD30
CRSVD
CAD31
GND
D1
D9
CAD1
CAD4
CAD3
CAD6
CAD5
CRSVD
CAD7
CAD8
CC/BE0
D2
D12
D5
D10
CC/BE2
CAD17
CAD18
CAD19
CVS2
GND
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
D13
D6
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
D14
D7
A25
VS2
A6
D15
CE1
CAD20
CRST
RESET
V
CC
V
CC
V
CC
V
CC
CAD9
CAD10
CAD11
CAD12
GND
A10
CE2
OE
CAD21
CAD22
CREQ
CAD23
A5
A4
V
CC
V
CC
CLK_48
CLK_48
INPACK
A3
VD0/VCCD1
VD1/VCCD0
VD2/VPPD1
VD3/VPPD0
VD0/VCCD1
VD1/VCCD0
VD2/VPPD1
VD3/VPPD0
A11
GND
IORD
IOWR
V
V
CCCB
CCCB
REG
CAD13
CAD15
CC/BE3
CAD24
CAD25
A2
A1
V
V
CCCB
CCCB
2−4
Table 2−2. Signal Names by GHK Terminal Number
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
TERM.
NO.
TERM.
NO.
TERM.
NO.
CardBus PC
16-Bit
CardBus
PC Card
16-Bit
PC Card
CardBus
16-Bit
Card
PC Card
PC Card
MFUNC6
CAD11
CAD12
CAD10
CAD9
PC Card
A04
A05
A06
A07
A08
A09
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
B05
B06
B07
B08
B09
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
C05
C06
C07
C08
C09
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
D01
D19
E01
E02
E03
E05
E06
VD3/VPPD0
VD3/VPPD0
E07
E08
E09
E10
E11
E12
E13
E14
E17
E18
E19
F01
F02
F03
F05
F06
F07
F08
F09
F10
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
F17
F18
F19
G01
G02
G03
G05
G06
G14
G15
G17
G18
G19
H01
H02
H03
H05
RSVD
CAD31
CAD28
CSERR
CAD25
CAD21
CAD18
CTRDY
CSTOP
CBLOCK
RSVD
D10
D8
H06
H14
H15
H17
H18
H19
J01
J02
J03
J05
J06
J14
J15
J17
J18
J19
K01
K02
K03
K05
K06
K14
K15
K17
K18
K19
L01
L02
L03
L05
L06
L14
L15
L17
L18
L19
M01
M02
M03
M05
M06
M14
MFUNC6
OE
V
CC
V
CC
RSVD
GND
RSVD
GND
A11
WAIT
A1
CE2
V
CC
V
CC
A10
CSTSCHG
GND
BVD1(STSCHG/RI)
GND
A5
V
V
CC
CC
A7
GNT
REQ
GNT
REQ
RI_OUT/PME
AD31
AD30
D15
V
V
A22
A20
A19
CCCB
CAD23
CCCB
A3
RI_OUT/PME
AD31
V
CC
V
CC
CAD19
GND
A25
GND
A21
V
V
AD30
CC
CC
MFUNC5
MFUNC3
MFUNC2
MFUNC0
CLK_48
RSVD
MFUNC5
MFUNC3
MFUNC2
MFUNC0
CLK_48
RSVD
D2
CAD8
CC/BE0
CAD7
CRSVD
CAD5
GND
CDEVSEL
VD0/VCCD1
RSVD
CE1
VD0/VCCD1
RSVD
RSVD
D1
D7
D14
RSVD
D6
CAD29
CCLKRUN
CVS1
GND
AD29
AD28
AD27
AD26
D13
WP(IOIS16)
VS1
CRSVD
CAD27
CAUDIO
CAD26
CVS2
AD29
D0
AD28
CC/BE3
CREQ
REG
BVD2(SPKR)
A0
AD27
INPACK
RESET
A24
AD26
CRST
VS2
CAD6
CAD3
CAD4
CAD1
GND
CAD17
CFRAME
VD2/VPPD1
RSVD
CIRDY
A15
D5
A23
CPAR
A13
D12
VD2/VPPD1
RSVD
RSVD
D9
CPERR
CRSVD
CAD16
CAD14
A14
D4
A18
GND
RSVD
A17
V
V
CCP
CCP
CAD30
CCD2
A9
AD25
AD24
AD25
AD24
IDSEL
C/BE3
D11
CD2
V
V
CC
CC
CINT
READY(IREQ)
A2
VR_PORT
SUSPEND
MFUNC4
MFUNC1
VR_PORT
SUSPEND
MFUNC4
MFUNC1
IDSEL
C/BE3
CAD2
CAD24
CAD22
CAD20
CC/BE2
CCLK
A4
A6
CAD0
D3
A12
V
V
CCD1
CD1
CCCB
CCCB
A8
A16
CC/BE1
CAD15
CAD13
GND
VR_PORT
VR_PORT
SDA
SDA
IOWR
IORD
GND
V
V
V
V
CC
CC
CGNT
WE
CC
CC
GND
GND
AD23
AD22
AD20
AD21
AD23
AD22
AD20
AD21
SPKROUT
SCL
SPKROUT
SCL
PCLK
PCLK
GRST
PRST
VR_EN
GRST
PRST
NC
NC
VD1/VCCD0
VD1/VCCD0
VR_EN
MS_INS/
SD_CD
MS_INS/
SD_CD
2−5
Table 2−2. Signal Names by GHK Terminal Number (Continued)
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
TERM.
NO.
TERM.
NO.
TERM.
NO.
CardBus
PC Card
16-Bit
PC Card
CardBus
16-Bit
CardBus
PC Card
16-Bit
PC Card
PC Card
PC Card
M15
M17
M18
MS_SCLK/
SD_CLK
MS_SCLK/
SD_CLK
P17
P18
P19
CNA
CNA
U13
U14
U15
ANALOGVCC ANALOGVCC
MS_RFU5/
SD_CMD
MS_RFU5/
SD_CMD
PHY_TEST_MA PHY_TEST_MA
GND GND
ANALOGVCC ANALOGVCC
MC_RFU7/
MC_RFU7/
TPBIAS1
TPBIAS1
SD_CD/DATA3
SD_CD/DATA3
M19
N01
N02
N03
N05
N06
N14
N15
N17
N18
SD_DATA2
GND
SD_DATA2
GND
R01
R02
R03
R06
R07
R08
R09
R10
R11
R12
V
V
V05
V06
V07
V08
V09
V10
V11
V12
V13
V14
AD13
AD11
C/BE0
AD4
AD13
AD11
C/BE0
AD4
CC
CC
DEVSEL
PERR
DEVSEL
PERR
AD19
AD19
AD18
AD18
AD15
AD15
FRAME
AD17
FRAME
AD17
AD10
AD10
AD2
AD2
AD6
AD6
PC0
PC0
VSPLL
VSPLL
AD0
AD0
TPB0P
TPA0P
R1
TPB0P
TPA0P
R1
UM_PWR_CTRL UM_PWR_CTRL
SKT_SEL1
ANALOGVCC
ANALOGGND
SKT_SEL1
ANALOGVCC
ANALOGGND
SD_WP
SD_WP
MS_BS/
MS_BS/
TPB1P
TPB1P
SD_DATA1/IRQ
SD_DATA1/IRQ
N19
MS_SDIO/
SD_DATA0
MS_SDIO/
SD_DATA0
R13
ANALOGGND
ANALOGGND
V15
TPA1P
TPA1P
P01
P02
P03
P05
P06
P07
P08
P09
P10
P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
AD16
C/BE2
IRDY
STOP
TRDY
AD14
AD9
AD16
C/BE2
IRDY
STOP
TRDY
AD14
AD9
R14
R17
R18
R19
T01
T19
U05
U06
U07
U08
U09
U10
U11
U12
NC
FILTER1
XI
NC
FILTER1
XI
W04
W05
W06
W07
W08
W09
W10
W11
W12
W13
W14
W15
W16
PAR
PAR
V
CCP
V
CCP
GND
AD7
GND
AD7
XO
XO
SERR
SERR
V
CC
V
CC
FILTER0
C/BE1
AD12
FILTER0
C/BE1
AD12
AD3
PC1
AD3
PC1
PC2
PC2
TPB0N
TPA0N
R0
TPB0N
TPA0N
R0
CPS
NC
CPS
NC
AD8
AD8
AD5
AD5
NC
NC
AD1
AD1
TPB1N
TPA1N
NC
TPB1N
TPA1N
NC
NC
NC
SKT_SEL0
ANALOGGND
TPBIAS0
SKT_SEL0
ANALOGGND
TPBIAS0
NC
NC
VDPLL
VDPLL
2−6
Table 2−3. CardBus PC Card Signal Names Sorted Alphabetically
TERMINAL NUMBER
TERMINAL NUMBER
TERMINAL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
PDV
74
73
72
71
69
68
67
66
64
63
61
60
59
57
56
55
43
42
41
40
38
37
36
35
31
30
28
27
26
25
23
22
83
90
97
85
93
98
126
129
127
131
130
GHK
R09
U09
V09
W09
V08
U08
R08
W07
U07
P08
R07
V06
U06
V05
P07
R06
P01
N06
N03
N02
M05
M06
M03
M02
L03
L02
K06
K05
K03
K02
J06
PDV
132
135
136
139
140
141
142
144
147
145
148
164
165
166
168
171
172
174
177
178
179
188
189
191
192
194
184
65
GHK
K14
J17
PDV
160
204
111
152
154
80
GHK
F13
F06
P17
F14
F15
P10
B12
B13
F08
F17
J18
AD0
AD1
CAD6
CAD7
CIRDY
CLK_48
CNA
AD2
CAD8
J14
AD3
CAD9
H18
H17
H14
H15
G18
F19
G17
F18
B14
E13
A14
C13
E12
C12
A12
C11
E11
F11
F09
E09
B08
C08
E08
F10
V07
U05
P02
L06
E18
J15
CPAR
AD4
CAD10
CAD11
CAD12
CAD13
CAD14
CAD15
CAD16
CAD17
CAD18
CAD19
CAD20
CAD21
CAD22
CAD23
CAD24
CAD25
CAD26
CAD27
CAD28
CAD29
CAD30
CAD31
CAUDIO
C/BE0
CPERR
CPS
AD5
AD6
CREQ
CRST
173
169
134
150
193
183
155
185
159
181
167
49
AD7
AD8
CRSVD
CRSVD
CRSVD
CSERR
CSTOP
CSTSCHG
CTRDY
CVS1
AD9
AD10
AD11
E10
E17
A09
E14
B10
F12
R02
T19
R17
N05
E01
K01
N01
W06
P19
K19
G19
A15
A10
A07
J01
AD12
AD13
AD14
AD15
AD16
CVS2
AD17
DEVSEL
FILTER0
FILTER1
FRAME
GND
AD18
105
106
45
AD19
AD20
AD21
6
AD22
GND
24
AD23
GND
39
AD24
GND
62
AD25
GND
114
128
143
162
180
195
19
AD26
GND
AD27
GND
AD28
C/BE1
54
GND
AD29
C/BE2
44
GND
AD30
C/BE3
32
GND
AD31
J05
CBLOCK
CC/BE0
CC/BE1
CC/BE2
CC/BE3
CCD1
153
137
149
163
176
125
187
158
186
157
161
156
GNT
ANALOGGND
ANALOGGND
ANALOGGND
ANALOGVCC
ANALOGVCC
ANALOGVCC
CAD0
U11
R12
R13
R11
U13
U14
L15
K18
L14
K15
K17
GRST
17
H02
L05
P03
F05
G06
F03
F02
G05
F01
H06
N18
G15
C14
B11
L17
C09
C15
B09
A16
B15
D19
IDSEL
IRDY
33
46
MFUNC0
MFUNC1
MFUNC2
MFUNC3
MFUNC4
MFUNC5
MFUNC6
3
4
CCD2
7
CCLK
8
CAD1
CCLKRUN
CDEVSEL
CFRAME
CGNT
9
CAD2
10
CAD3
11
CAD4
MS_BS/
117
SD_DATA1/IRQ
CAD5
133
J19
CINT
182
C10
MS_INS/SD_CD
115
M14
2−7
Table 2−3. CardBus PC Card Signal Names Sorted Alphabetically (Continued)
TERMINAL NUMBER
TERMINAL NUMBER
TERMINAL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
PDV
GHK
PDV
GHK
PDV
GHK
MS_RFU5/
SD_CMD
120
M17
RSVD
202
C06
V
CC
V
CC
V
CC
V
CC
14
A05
MS_RFU7/
SD_CD/DATA3
121
119
118
M18
M15
N19
RSVD
R0
197
91
C07
W13
V13
34
47
70
A08
A13
E19
MS_SCLK/
SD_CLK
MS_SDIO/
SD_DATA0
R1
92
NC
NC
−
E05
P11
P12
P13
P14
R14
W16
W04
H01
V10
W10
P09
R03
P18
H03
J02
SCL
SDA
2
1
E03
D01
M19
N17
T01
U10
R10
E02
P05
G03
W12
V12
W15
V15
U12
U15
W11
V11
W14
V14
P06
N15
V
V
V
V
V
V
123
138
151
170
190
203
146
175
29
G01
H19
L19
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
84
NC
89
SD_DATA2
SD_WP
SERR
122
116
52
78
79
5
NC
94
M01
R01
W08
A11
G14
L01
NC
100
102
104
53
NC
SKT_SEL0
SKT_SEL1
SPKROUT
STOP
NC
V
V
CCCB
CCCB
PAR
PCLK
PC0
18
50
12
86
87
99
101
88
103
81
82
95
96
48
113
V
CCP
77
SUSPEND
TPA0N
V
CCP
58
W05
P15
B05
E06
C05
A04
H05
G02
L18
PC1
76
VDPLL
VD0/VCCD1
VD1/VCCD0
VD2/VPPD1
VD3/VPPD0
VR_EN
107
205
206
207
208
15
PC2
75
TPA0P
PERR
PHY_TEST_MA
PRST
REQ
51
TPA1N
112
16
TPA1P
TPBIAS0
TPBIAS1
TPB0N
20
RI_OUT/PME
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
21
J03
VR_PORT
VR_PORT
VSPLL
13
196
198
199
201
200
B07
F07
A06
E07
B06
TPB0P
124
108
109
110
TPB1N
N14
R18
R19
TPB1P
XI
TRDY
XO
UM_PWR_CTRL
2−8
Table 2−4. 16-Bit PC Card Signal Names Sorted Alphabetically
TERMINAL NUMBER
TERMINAL NUMBER
TERMINAL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
PDV
74
GHK
R09
U09
V09
W09
V08
U08
R08
W07
U07
P08
R07
V06
U06
V05
P07
R06
P01
N06
N03
N02
M05
M06
M03
M02
L03
L02
K06
K05
K03
K02
J06
PDV
147
139
142
163
152
154
160
158
148
150
153
155
157
159
161
164
166
83
GHK
F19
H18
H15
C14
F14
F15
F13
C15
F18
F17
E18
E17
A16
E14
B15
B14
A14
U11
R12
R13
R11
U13
U14
A09
F10
V07
U05
P02
L06
L17
C09
J15
PDV
129
131
133
135
189
192
194
127
130
132
134
136
105
106
45
GHK
K18
K15
J19
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
AD8
AD9
AD10
AD11
AD12
AD13
AD14
AD15
AD16
AD17
AD18
AD19
AD20
AD21
AD22
AD23
AD24
AD25
AD26
AD27
AD28
AD29
AD30
AD31
A0
A9
A10
D4
D5
73
72
A11
D6
71
A12
D7
J17
69
A13
D8
E09
C08
E08
L14
K17
K14
J18
68
A14
D9
67
A15
D10
66
A16
D11
64
A17
D12
63
A18
D13
61
A19
D14
60
A20
D15
J14
59
A21
FILTER0
FILTER1
FRAME
GND
T19
R17
N05
E01
K01
N01
W06
P19
K19
G19
A15
A10
A07
J01
57
A22
56
A23
55
A24
6
43
A25
GND
24
42
ANALOGGND
ANALOGGND
ANALOGGND
ANALOGVCC
ANALOGVCC
ANALOGVCC
BVD1(STSCHG/RI)
BVD2(SPKR)
C/BE0
C/BE1
C/BE2
C/BE3
CD1
GND
39
41
90
GND
62
40
97
GND
114
128
143
162
180
195
19
38
85
GND
37
93
GND
36
98
GND
35
185
184
65
GND
31
GND
30
GNT
28
54
GRST
IDSEL
INPACK
IORD
IOWR
IRDY
MFUNC0
MFUNC1
MFUNC2
MFUNC3
MFUNC4
MFUNC5
MFUNC6
17
H02
L05
B12
G18
G17
P03
F05
G06
F03
F02
G05
F01
H06
N18
27
44
33
26
32
173
144
145
46
25
125
187
137
140
204
111
80
23
CD2
22
J05
CE1
179
178
177
174
172
171
168
165
F11
E11
C11
A12
C12
E12
C13
E13
CE2
H17
F06
P17
P10
R02
F09
B08
F08
3
A1
CLK_48
CNA
4
A2
7
A3
CPS
8
A4
DEVSEL
D0
49
9
A5
188
191
193
10
A6
D1
11
A7
D2
MS_BS/
117
SD_DATA1/IRQ
A8
149
G15
D3
126
L15
MS_INS/SD_CD
115
M14
2−9
Table 2−4. 16-Bit PC Card Signal Names Sorted Alphabetically (Continued)
TERMINAL NUMBER
TERMINAL NUMBER
TERMINAL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
SIGNAL NAME
PDV
GHK
PDV
GHK
PDV
GHK
MS_RFU5/
SD_CMD
120
M17
RSVD
200
B06
V
CC
V
CC
V
CC
V
CC
47
A13
MS_RFU7/
SD_CD/DATA3
121
119
118
M18
M15
N19
RSVD
RSVD
R0
202
197
91
C06
C07
W13
70
E19
G01
H19
MS_SCLK/
SD_CLK
123
138
MS_SDIO/
SD_DATA0
NC
NC
−
E05
P11
P12
P13
P14
R14
W16
H14
W04
H01
V10
W10
P09
R03
P18
H03
C10
B11
J02
R1
SCL
92
2
V13
E03
D01
M19
N17
T01
U10
R10
E02
P05
G03
W12
V12
W15
V15
U12
U15
W11
V11
W14
V14
P06
N14
A05
A08
V
V
V
V
151
170
190
203
146
175
29
L19
M01
R01
W08
A11
G14
L01
W05
P15
B05
E06
C05
A04
H05
G02
L18
N14
B10
F12
E10
D19
B09
R18
R19
CC
CC
CC
CC
84
NC
89
SDA
1
NC
94
SD_DATA2
SD_WP
SERR
122
116
52
78
79
5
NC
100
102
104
141
53
V
V
CCCB
CCCB
NC
NC
SKT_SEL0
SKT_SEL1
SPKROUT
STOP
V
CCP
CCP
OE
V
58
PAR
VDPLL
VD0/VCCD1
VD1/VCCD0
VD2/VPPD1
VD3/VPPD0
VR_EN
VR_PORT
VR_PORT
VSPLL
107
205
206
207
208
15
PCLK
PC0
18
50
12
86
87
99
101
88
103
81
82
95
96
48
113
14
34
77
SUSPEND
TPA0N
PC1
76
PC2
75
TPA0P
PERR
PHY_TEST_MA
PRST
READY(IREQ)
REG
51
TPA1N
112
16
TPA1P
13
TPBIAS0
TPBIAS1
TPB0N
124
108
181
167
183
156
186
109
110
182
176
20
VS1
REQ
TPB0P
VS2
RESET
RI_OUT/PME
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
169
21
B13
J03
TPB1N
WAIT
TPB1P
WE
196
198
199
201
B07
F07
A06
E07
TRDY
WP(IOIS16)
XI
UM_PWR_CTRL
V
XO
CC
CC
V
2−10
The terminals are grouped in tables by functionality, such as PCI system function, power-supply function, etc. The
terminal numbers are also listed for convenient reference.
Table 2−5. Power Supply Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
PDV
GHK
E01, K01, N01,
W06, P19, K19,
G19, A15, A10,
A07
Device ground terminal
6, 24, 39, 62,
114, 128, 143,
162, 180, 195
GND
−
G01, M01, R01,
W08, L19, H19,
E19, A13, A08,
A05
Power supply terminal for I/O and internal voltage regulator
14, 34, 47, 70,
123, 138, 151,
170, 190, 203
V
−
−
CC
Clamp voltage for PC CardBus interface. Matches card B signaling environment,
5 V or 3.3 V
V
V
146, 175
G14, A11
CCCB
29, 58
15
L01, W05
H05
−
I
Clamp voltage for PCI and miscellaneous I/O, 5 V or 3.3 V
Internal voltage regulator enable. Active low
1.8 V output from voltage regulator
CCP
VR_EN
VR_PORT
13, 124
G02, L18
I/O
Table 2−6. PC Card Power Switch Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
PDV GHK
VD1/VCCD0 206
VD0/VCCD1 205
VD3/VPPD0 208
VD2/VPPD1 207
E06
B05
A04
C05
O
Logic controls to the TPS2211A or TPS2221 PC Card power interface
Table 2−7. PCI System Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
PDV GHK
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
GRST
PCLK
Global reset. When the global reset is asserted, the GRST signal causes the PCI7410 controller to place all
output buffers in a high-impedance state and reset all internal registers. When GRST is asserted, the
controller is completely in its default state. GRST must be connected to POWER_OK.
17
18
H02
I
I
PCI bus clock. PCLK provides timing for all transactions on the PCI bus. All PCI signals are sampled at the
rising edge of PCLK.
H01
H03
PCI bus reset. When the PCI bus reset is asserted, PRST causes the PCI7410 controller to place all output
buffers in a high-impedance state and reset internal registers. When PRST is asserted, the controller is
completely nonfunctional. After PRST is deasserted, the PCI7410 controller is in a default state.
When SUSPEND and PRST are asserted, the controller is protected from PRST clearing the internal
registers. All outputs are placed in a high-impedance state, but the contents of the registers are preserved.
16
I
PRST
2−11
Table 2−8. PCI Address and Data Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
PDV
GHK
AD31
AD30
AD29
AD28
AD27
AD26
AD25
AD24
AD23
AD22
AD21
AD20
AD19
AD18
AD17
AD16
AD15
AD14
AD13
AD12
AD11
AD10
AD9
22
23
25
26
27
28
30
31
35
36
37
38
40
41
42
43
55
56
57
59
60
61
63
64
66
67
68
69
71
72
73
74
J05
J06
K02
K03
K05
K06
L02
L03
M02
M03
M06
M05
N02
N03
N06
P01
R06
P07
V05
U06
V06
R07
P08
U07
W07
R08
U08
V08
W09
V09
U09
R09
PCI address/data bus. These signals make up the multiplexed PCI address and data bus on the primary
interface. During the address phase of a primary-bus PCI cycle, AD31−AD0 contain a 32-bit address or
other destination information. During the data phase, AD31−AD0 contain data.
I/O
AD8
AD7
AD6
AD5
AD4
AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0
PCI-bus commands and byte enables. These signals are multiplexed on the same PCI terminals. During
the address phase of a primary-bus PCI cycle, C/BE3−C/BE0 define the bus command. During the data
phase, this 4-bit bus is used as byte enables. The byte enables determine which byte paths of the full 32-bit
data bus carry meaningful data. C/BE0 applies to byte 0 (AD7−AD0), C/BE1 applies to byte 1 (AD15−AD8),
C/BE2 applies to byte 2 (AD23−AD16), and C/BE3 applies to byte 3 (AD31−AD24).
32
44
54
65
L06
P02
U05
V07
C/BE3
C/BE2
C/BE1
C/BE0
I/O
I/O
PCI-bus parity. In all PCI-bus read and write cycles, the PCI7410 controller calculates even parity across
the AD31−AD0 and C/BE3−C/BE0 buses. As an initiator during PCI cycles, the PCI7410 controller outputs
this parity indicator with a one-PCLK delay. As a target during PCI cycles, the PCI7410 controller compares
its calculated parity to the parity indicator of the initiator. A compare error results in the assertion of a parity
error (PERR).
PAR
53
W04
2−12
Table 2−9. PCI Interface Control Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
PDV GHK
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
PCI device select. The PCI7410 controller asserts DEVSEL to claim a PCI cycle as the target device. As a
49
45
R02
N05
I/O PCI initiator on the bus, the PCI7410 controller monitors DEVSEL until a target responds. If no target responds
before timeout occurs, then the PCI7410 controller terminates the cycle with an initiator abort.
DEVSEL
PCI cycle frame. FRAME is driven by the initiator of a bus cycle. FRAME is asserted to indicate that a bus
I/O transaction is beginning, and data transfers continue while this signal is asserted. When FRAME is
deasserted, the PCI bus transaction is in the final data phase.
FRAME
PCI bus grant. GNT is driven by the PCI bus arbiter to grant the PCI7410 controller access to the PCI bus
19
33
46
J01
L05
P03
I
I
after the current data transaction has completed. GNT may or may not follow a PCI bus request, depending
on the PCI bus parking algorithm.
GNT
IDSEL
IRDY
Initialization device select. IDSEL selects the PCI7410 controller during configuration space accesses. IDSEL
can be connected to one of the upper 24 PCI address lines on the PCI bus.
PCI initiator ready. IRDY indicates the ability of the PCI bus initiator to complete the current data phase of the
I/O transaction. A data phase is completed on a rising edge of PCLK where both IRDY and TRDY are asserted.
Until IRDY and TRDY are both sampled asserted, wait states are inserted.
PCI parity error indicator. PERR is driven by a PCI device to indicate that calculated parity does not match
PAR when PERR is enabled through bit 6 of the command register (PCI offset 04h, see Section 4.5).
51
20
R03
J02
I/O
PERR
REQ
O
PCI bus request. REQ is asserted by the PCI7410 controller to request access to the PCI bus as an initiator.
PCI system error. SERR is an output that is pulsed from the PCI7410 controller when enabled through bit 8
of the command register (PCI offset 04h, see Section 4.5) indicating a system error has occurred. The
PCI7410 controller need not be the target of the PCI cycle to assert this signal. When SERR is enabled in the
command register, this signal also pulses, indicating that an address parity error has occurred on a CardBus
interface.
52
T01
O
SERR
PCI cycle stop signal. STOP is driven by a PCI target to request the initiator to stop the current PCI bus
50
48
P05
P06
I/O transaction. STOP is used for target disconnects and is commonly asserted by target devices that do not
support burst data transfers.
STOP
TRDY
PCI target ready. TRDY indicates the ability of the primary bus target to complete the current data phase of
I/O the transaction. A data phase is completed on a rising edge of PCLK when both IRDY and TRDY are asserted.
Until both IRDY and TRDY are asserted, wait states are inserted.
2−13
Table 2−10. Multifunction and Miscellaneous Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
CLK_48
MFUNC0
PDV
GHK
204
F06
I
48-MHz clock terminal
Multifunction terminal 0. See Section 4.37, Multifunction Routing Status Register, for
3
4
F05
G06
F03
F02
G05
F01
I/O
configuration details.
Multifunction terminal 1. See Section 4.37, Multifunction Routing Status Register, for
MFUNC1
MFUNC2
MFUNC3
MFUNC4
MFUNC5
MFUNC6
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
configuration details.
Multifunction terminal 2. See Section 4.37, Multifunction Routing Status Register, for
7
configuration details.
Multifunction terminal 3. See Section 4.37, Multifunction Routing Status Register, for
8
configuration details.
Multifunction terminal 4. See Section 4.37, Multifunction Routing Status Register, for
9
configuration details.
Multifunction terminal 5. See Section 4.37, Multifunction Routing Status Register, for
10
configuration details.
Multifunction terminal 6. See Section 4.37, Multifunction Routing Status Register, for
11
—
H06
E05
configuration details.
No connect. These terminals have no connection anywhere within the package. Terminal
E05 on the GHK package is used as a key to indicate the location of the A01 corner of
the BGA package.
84, 89, 94, P11, P12,
NC
100, 102,
104
P13, P14,
R14, W16
PHY_TEST_MA
RI_OUT/PME
112
P18
I
PHY test pin. Not for customer use. It must be tied to ground.
Ring indicate out and power management event output. This terminal provides an output
for ring-indicate or PME signals.
21
J03
O
Serial clock. This terminal provides the serial clock signaling and is implemented as
open-drain. For normal operation (a ROM is implemented in the design), this terminal
SCL
SDA
2
1
E03
D01
I/O
I/O
I/O
must be pulled high to the ROM V
low to ground with a 220-Ω resistor.
with a 2.7-kΩ resistor. Otherwise, it must be pulled
DD
Serial data. At GRST, the SDA signal is sampled to determine if a two-wire serial ROM
is present. If the serial ROM is detected, then this terminal provides the serial data
signaling.
This terminal is implemented as open-drain, and for normal operation (a ROM is
implemented in the design), this terminal must be pulled high to the ROM V
2.7-kΩ resistor. Otherwise, it must be pulled low to ground with a 220-Ω resistor.
with a
DD
Socket select terminals. Depending on how these two terminals are configured, the
PCI7410 controller configures PCI function 1 to support either Secure Digital, Memory
Stick, or Smart Card. See Section 3.2.4, Dedicated Socket (Function 1) Interface, for
details.
SKT_SEL0
SKT_SEL1
78
79
U10
R10
Speaker output. SPKROUT is the output to the host system that can carry SPKR or
CAUDIO through the PCI7410 controller from the PC Card interface. SPKROUT is a low
value (0) default. Card insertion or removal, or turning power on or off does not cause any
changes to the SPKROUT terminal.
5
E02
G03
O
I
SPKROUT
SUSPEND
Suspend. SUSPEND protects the internal registers from clearing when the GRST or
PRST signal is asserted. See Section 3.9.6, Suspend Mode, for details.
12
2−14
Table 2−11. 16-Bit PC Card Address and Data Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
PDV
GHK
A25
A24
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
166
164
161
159
157
155
153
150
148
158
160
154
152
163
142
139
147
149
165
168
171
172
174
177
178
179
A14
B14
B15
E14
A16
E17
E18
F17
F18
C15
F13
F15
F14
C14
H15
H18
F19
G15
E13
C13
E12
C12
A12
C11
E11
F11
O
PC Card address. 16-bit PC Card address lines. A25 is the most significant bit.
A0
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
136
134
132
130
127
194
192
189
135
133
131
129
126
193
191
188
J14
J18
K14
K17
L14
E08
C08
E09
J17
J19
K15
K18
L15
F08
B08
F09
I/O
PC Card data. 16-bit PC Card data lines. D15 is the most significant bit.
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
2−15
Table 2−12. 16-Bit PC Card Interface Control Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
PDV
GHK
Battery voltage detect 1. BVD1 is generated by 16-bit memory PC Cards that include batteries. BVD1
is used with BVD2 as an indication of the condition of the batteries on a memory PC Card. Both BVD1
and BVD2 are high when the battery is good. When BVD2 is low and BVD1 is high, the battery is weak
and must be replaced. When BVD1 is low, the battery is no longer serviceable and the data in the
memory PC Card is lost. See Section 5.6, ExCA Card Status-Change Interrupt Configuration
Register, for enable bits. See Section 5.5, ExCA Card Status-Change Register, and Section 5.2,
ExCA Interface Status Register, for the status bits for this signal.
BVD1
(STSCHG/RI)
185
A09
I
Status change. STSCHG is used to alert the system to a change in the READY, write protect, or
battery voltage dead condition of a 16-bit I/O PC Card.
Ring indicate. RI is used by 16-bit modem cards to indicate a ring detection.
Battery voltage detect 2. BVD2 is generated by 16-bit memory PC Cards that include batteries. BVD2
is used with BVD1 as an indication of the condition of the batteries on a memory PC Card. Both BVD1
and BVD2 are high when the battery is good. When BVD2 is low and BVD1 is high, the battery is weak
and must be replaced. When BVD1 is low, the battery is no longer serviceable and the data in the
memory PC Card is lost. See Section 5.6, ExCA Card Status-Change Interrupt Configuration
Register, for enable bits. See Section 5.5, ExCA Card Status-Change Register, and Section 5.2,
ExCA Interface Status Register, for the status bits for this signal.
BVD2
(SPKR)
184
F10
I
I
Speaker. SPKR is an optional binary audio signal available only when the card and socket have been
configured for the 16-bit I/O interface. The audio signals from cards A and B are combined by the
PCI7410 controller and are output on SPKROUT.
Card detect 1 and card detect 2. CD1 and CD2 are internally connected to ground on the PC Card.
When a PC Card is inserted into a socket, CD1 and CD2 are pulled low. For signal status, see
Section 5.2, ExCA Interface Status Register.
125
187
L17
C09
CD1
CD2
137
140
J15
H17
Card enable 1 and card enable 2. CE1 and CE2 enable even- and odd-numbered address bytes. CE1
enables even-numbered address bytes, and CE2 enables odd-numbered address bytes.
CE1
CE2
O
I
Input acknowledge. INPACK is asserted by the PC Card when it can respond to an I/O read cycle
at the current address.
INPACK
IORD
IOWR
OE
173
144
145
141
B12
G18
G17
H14
I/O read. IORD is asserted by the PCI7410 controller to enable 16-bit I/O PC Card data output during
host I/O read cycles.
O
O
O
I/O write. IOWR is driven low by the PCI7410 controller to strobe write data into 16-bit I/O PC Cards
during host I/O write cycles.
Output enable. OE is driven low by the PCI7410 controller to enable 16-bit memory PC Card data
output during host memory read cycles.
Ready. The ready function is provided by READY when the 16-bit PC Card and the host socket are
configured for the memory-only interface. READY is driven low by 16-bit memory PC Cards to
indicate that the memory card circuits are busy processing a previous write command. READY is
driven high when the 16-bit memory PC Card is ready to accept a new data transfer command.
READY
(IREQ)
182
C10
I
Interrupt request. IREQ is asserted by a 16-bit I/O PC Card to indicate to the host that a device on
the 16-bit I/O PC Card requires service by the host software. IREQ is high (deasserted) when no
interrupt is requested.
Attribute memory select. REG remains high for all common memory accesses. When REG is
asserted, access is limited to attribute memory (OE or WE active) and to the I/O space (IORD or
IOWR active). Attribute memory is a separately accessed section of card memory and is generally
used to record card capacity and other configuration and attribute information.
176
169
B11
B13
O
O
REG
RESET
PC Card reset. RESET forces a hard reset to a 16-bit PC Card.
2−16
Table 2−12. 16-Bit PC Card Interface Control Terminals (Continued)
TERMINAL
NUMBER
PDV GHK
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
VS1
VS2
181
167
B10
F12
Voltage sense 1 and voltage sense 2. VS1 and VS2, when used in conjunction with each other, determine
the operating voltage of the PC Card.
I/O
I
Bus cycle wait. WAIT is driven by a 16-bit PC Card to extend the completion of the memory or I/O cycle in
progress.
183
156
E10
D19
WAIT
WE
Write enable. WE is used to strobe memory write data into 16-bit memory PC Cards. WE is also used for
memory PC Cards that employ programmable memory technologies.
O
Write protect. WP applies to 16-bit memory PC Cards. WP reflects the status of the write-protect switch on
16-bit memory PC Cards. For 16-bit I/O cards, WP is used for the 16-bit port (IOIS16) function.
WP
(IOIS16)
186
B09
I
I/O is 16 bits. IOIS16 applies to 16-bit I/O PC Cards. IOIS16 is asserted by the 16-bit PC Card when the
address on the bus corresponds to an address to which the 16-bit PC Card responds, and the I/O port that
is addressed is capable of 16-bit accesses.
Table 2−13. CardBus PC Card Interface System Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
PDV
GHK
CardBus clock. CCLK provides synchronous timing for all transactions on the CardBus interface. All
signals except CRST, CCLKRUN, CINT, CSTSCHG, CAUDIO, CCD2, CCD1, CVS2, and CVS1 are
sampled on the rising edge of CCLK, and all timing parameters are defined with the rising edge of this
signal. CCLK operates at the PCI bus clock frequency, but it can be stopped in the low state or slowed
down for power savings.
CCLK
158
C15
O
CardBus clock run. CCLKRUN is used by a CardBus PC Card to request an increase in the CCLK
frequency, and by the PCI7410 controller to indicate that the CCLK frequency is going to be decreased.
186
169
B09
B13
I/O
O
CCLKRUN
CRST
CardBus reset. CRST brings CardBus PC Card-specific registers, sequencers, and signals to a known
state. When CRST is asserted, all CardBus PC Card signals are placed in a high-impedance state, and
the PCI7410 controller drives these signals to a valid logic level. Assertion can be asynchronous to
CCLK, but deassertion must be synchronous to CCLK.
2−17
Table 2−14. CardBus PC Card Address and Data Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
PDV
GHK
CAD31
CAD30
CAD29
CAD28
CAD27
CAD26
CAD25
CAD24
CAD23
CAD22
CAD21
CAD20
CAD19
CAD18
CAD17
CAD16
CAD15
CAD14
CAD13
CAD12
CAD11
CAD10
CAD9
194
192
191
189
188
179
178
177
174
172
171
168
166
165
164
148
145
147
144
142
141
140
139
136
135
132
133
130
131
127
129
126
E08
C08
B08
E09
F09
F11
E11
C11
A12
C12
E12
C13
A14
E13
B14
F18
G17
F19
G18
H15
H14
H17
H18
J14
J17
K14
J19
K17
K15
L14
K18
L15
CardBus address and data. These signals make up the multiplexed CardBus address and data bus on
the CardBus interface. During the address phase of a CardBus cycle, CAD31−CAD0 contain a 32-bit
address. During the data phase of a CardBus cycle, CAD31−CAD0 contain data. CAD31 is the most
significant bit.
I/O
CAD8
CAD7
CAD6
CAD5
CAD4
CAD3
CAD2
CAD1
CAD0
CardBus bus commands and byte enables. CC/BE3−CC/BE0 are multiplexed on the same CardBus
terminals. During the address phase of a CardBus cycle, CC/BE3−CC/BE0 define the bus command.
During the data phase, this 4-bit bus is used as byte enables. The byte enables determine which byte paths
of the full 32-bit data bus carry meaningful data. CC/BE0 applies to byte 0 (CAD7−CAD0), CC/BE1 applies
to byte 1 (CAD15−CAD8), CC/BE2 applies to byte 2 (CAD23−CAD16), and CC/BE3 applies to byte 3
(CAD31−CAD24).
176
163
149
137
B11
C14
G15
J15
CC/BE3
CC/BE2
CC/BE1
CC/BE0
I/O
I/O
CardBus parity. In all CardBus read and write cycles, the PCI7410 controller calculates even parity across
the CAD and CC/BE buses. As an initiator during CardBus cycles, the PCI7410 controller outputs CPAR
with a one-CCLK delay. As a target during CardBus cycles, the PCI7410 controller compares its calculated
parity to the parity indicator of the initiator; a compare error results in a parity error assertion.
CPAR
152
F14
2−18
Table 2−15. CardBus PC Card Interface Control Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
PDV
184
153
GHK
CardBus audio. CAUDIO is a digital input signal from a PC Card to the system speaker. The PCI7410
controller supports the binary audio mode and outputs a binary signal from the card to SPKROUT.
CAUDIO
CBLOCK
F10
I
E18
I/O
CardBus lock. CBLOCK is used to gain exclusive access to a target.
125
187
L17
C09
CCD1
CCD2
CardBus detect 1 and CardBus detect 2. CCD1 and CCD2 are used in conjunction with CVS1 and
CVS2 to identify card insertion and interrogate cards to determine the operating voltage and card type.
I
CardBus device select. The PCI7410 controller asserts CDEVSEL to claim a CardBus cycle as the
target device. As a CardBus initiator on the bus, the PCI7410 controller monitors CDEVSEL until a
target responds. If no target responds before timeout occurs, then the PCI7410 controller terminates
the cycle with an initiator abort.
157
161
A16
B15
I/O
CDEVSEL
CFRAME
CardBus cycle frame. CFRAME is driven by the initiator of a CardBus bus cycle. CFRAME is asserted
to indicate that a bus transaction is beginning, and data transfers continue while this signal is asserted.
When CFRAME is deasserted, the CardBus bus transaction is in the final data phase.
I/O
CardBus bus grant. CGNT is driven by the PCI7410 controller to grant a CardBus PC Card access to
the CardBus bus after the current data transaction has been completed.
156
182
D19
C10
O
I
CGNT
CINT
CardBus interrupt. CINT is asserted low by a CardBus PC Card to request interrupt servicing from the
host.
CardBus initiator ready. CIRDY indicates the ability of the CardBus initiator to complete the current data
phase of the transaction. A data phase is completed on a rising edge of CCLK when both CIRDY and
CTRDY are asserted. Until CIRDY and CTRDY are both sampled asserted, wait states are inserted.
160
F13
I/O
CIRDY
CardBus parity error. CPERR reports parity errors during CardBus transactions, except during special
cycles. It is driven low by a target two clocks following the data cycle during which a parity error is
detected.
154
173
F15
B12
I/O
I
CPERR
CREQ
CardBus request. CREQ indicates to the arbiter that the CardBus PC Card desires use of the CardBus
bus as an initiator.
CardBus system error. CSERR reports address parity errors and other system errors that could lead
to catastrophic results. CSERR is driven by the card synchronous to CCLK, but deasserted by a weak
pullup; deassertion may take several CCLK periods. The PCI7410 controller can report CSERR to the
system by assertion of SERR on the PCI interface.
183
E10
I
CSERR
CardBus stop. CSTOP is driven by a CardBus target to request the initiator to stop the current CardBus
transaction. CSTOP is used for target disconnects, and is commonly asserted by target devices that
do not support burst data transfers.
155
185
159
E17
A09
E14
I/O
I
CSTOP
CSTSCHG
CTRDY
CardBus status change. CSTSCHG alerts the system to a change in the card status, and is used as
a wake-up mechanism.
CardBus target ready. CTRDY indicates the ability of the CardBus target to complete the current data
phase of the transaction. A data phase is completed on a rising edge of CCLK, when both CIRDY and
CTRDY are asserted; until this time, wait states are inserted.
I/O
CardBus voltage sense 1 and CardBus voltage sense 2. CVS1 and CVS2 are used in conjunction with
CCD1 and CCD2 to identify card insertion and interrogate cards to determine the operating voltage and
card type.
CVS1
CVS2
181
167
B10
F12
I/O
2−19
Table 2−16. IEEE 1394 Physical Layer Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
PDV
GHK
Cable not active. This terminal is asserted high when there are no ports receiving incoming bias voltage.
If it is not used, then this terminal must be strapped either to GND through a resistor.
CNA
CPS
111
P17
I/O
I
Cable power status input. This terminal is normally connected to cable power through a 400-kΩ resistor.
This circuit drives an internal comparator that is used to detect the presence of cable power. If CPS is
not used to detect cable power, then this terminal must be tied to ground.
80
P10
PLL filter terminals. These terminals are connected to an external capacitance to form a lag-lead filter
required for stable operation of the internal frequency multiplier PLL running off of the crystal oscillator.
A 0.1-µF 10% capacitor is the only external component required to complete this filter.
FILTER0
FILTER1
105
106
T19
R17
I/O
I
PC0
PC1
PC2
77
76
75
V10
W10
P09
Power class programming inputs. On hardware reset, these inputs set the default value of the power
class indicated during self-ID. Programming is done by tying these terminals high or low.
Current-setting resistor terminals. These terminals are connected to an external resistance to set the
internal operating currents and cable driver output currents. A resistance of 6.34 kΩ 1% is required
to meet the IEEE Std 1394-1995 output voltage limits.
R0
R1
91
92
W13
V13
−
TPA0P
TPA0N
87
86
V12
W12
I/O
I/O
Twisted-pair cable A differential signal terminals. Board trace lengths from each pair of positive and
negative differential signal pins must be matched and as short as possible to the external load resistors
and to the cable connector.
TPA1P
TPA1N
101
99
V15
W15
Twisted-pair bias output. This provides the 1.86-V nominal bias voltage needed for proper operation
of the twisted-pair cable drivers and receivers and for signaling to the remote nodes that there is an
active cable connection. Each of these pins must be decoupled with a 1.0-µF capacitor to ground.
TPBIAS0
TPBIAS1
88
103
U12
U15
I/O
TPB0P
TPB0N
82
81
V11
W11
I/O
I/O
Twisted-pair cable B differential signal terminals. Board trace lengths from each pair of positive and
negative differential signal pins must be matched and as short as possible to the external load resistors
and to the cable connector.
TPB1P
TPB1N
96
95
V14
W14
Crystal oscillator inputs. These pins connect to a 24.576-MHz parallel resonant fundamental mode
crystal. The optimum values for the external shunt capacitors are dependent on the specifications of
the crystal used (see Section 3.10.2, Crystal Selection). Terminal 5 has an internal 10-kΩ (nominal
value) pulldown resistor. An external clock input can be connected to the XI terminal. When using an
external clock input, the XO terminal must be left unconnected. Refer to Section 3.10.2 for the operating
characteristics of the XI terminal.
XI
XO
109
110
R18
R19
−
Table 2−17. Power Supply Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
PDV
GHK
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
83
90
97
U11
R12
R13
ANALOGGND
−
−
Analog circuit ground terminals.
Analog circuit power terminals. A parallel combination of high frequency decoupling capacitors near
each terminal is suggested, such as 0.1 µF and 0.001 µF. Lower frequency 10-µF filtering capacitors
are also recommended. These supply terminals are separated from VDPLL and VSPLL internal to
the controller to provide noise isolation. They must be tied at a low-impedance point on the circuit
board.
85
93
98
R11
U13
U14
ANALOGVCC
PLL circuit power terminals. A parallel combination of high frequency decoupling capacitors near the
terminal is suggested, such as 0.1 µF and 0.001 µF. Lower frequency 10-µF filtering capacitors are
also recommended. This supply terminal is separated from AVDx internal to the controller to provide
noise isolation. It must be tied at a low-impedance point on the circuit board.
VDPLL
VSPLL
107
108
P15
N14
−
−
PLL circuit ground terminals. This terminal must be tied to the low-impedance circuit board ground
plane.
2−20
UltraMedia defines additional functionality for the CardBus/PC Card terminals. Table 2−18 provides the signal
descriptions for the dedicated socket signals.
Table 2−18. UltraMedia Dedicated Socket Terminals
TERMINAL
NUMBER
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
MS_BS/
PDV
GHK
Memory Stick bus state. This signal provides Memory Stick bus state information.
SD flash data 1. This signal provides the SD data path in accordance with the SD Memory
Card Specifications.
O
I/O
117
115
N18
SD_DATA1/IRQ
MS_INS/
SD_CD
Signals a memory stick or SD card insertion
SD flash card detection
M14
M17
I/O
I
Memory Stick reserved. This terminal is in a high-impedance state when an UltraMedia
Memory Stick card has been inserted.
MS_RFU5/
SD_CMD
120
121
SD flash command. This signal provides the SD command in accordance with the SD
Memory Card Specifications.
I/O
I
Memory Stick reserved. This terminal is in a high-impedance state when an UltraMedia
Memory Stick card has been inserted.
MS_RFU7/
SD_CD/DATA3
M18
SD flash card detection/data 3. This signal provides the SD data path in accordance with
the SD Memory Card Specifications.
I/O
MS_SCLK/
SD_CLK
Memory Stick clock. This output provides the MS clock, which operates at 16 MHz.
SD flash clock. This output provides the MMC/SD clock, which operates at 16 MHz.
119
118
M15
N19
O
MS_SDIO/
SD_DATA0
I/O
I/O
Memory Stick serial data I/O. This signal provides Memory Stick data input/output.
SD flash data 0. This signal provides the MMC_SD data path in accordance with the SD
Memory Card Specifications.
196, 198, B07, F07,
199, 201, A06, E07,
200, 202, B06, C06,
RSVD
I/O
Reserved for Smart Card use
197
C07
SD flash data 2. This signal provides the SD data path and CD in accordance with the SD
Memory Card Specifications.
SD_DATA2
122
M19
I/O
SD_WP
116
113
N17
N15
I
SD card write protect signal
UltraMedia card power control
UM_PWR_CTRL
O
2−21
2−22
3 Feature/Protocol Descriptions
The following sections give an overview of the PCI7410 controller. Figure 3−1 shows the connections to the PCI7410
controller. The PCI interface includes all address/data and control signals for PCI protocol. The interrupt interface
includes terminals for parallel PCI, parallel ISA, and serialized PCI and ISA signaling.
CPU
AGP
Graphics
Controller
North
Bridge
Memory
South
Bridge
PCI Bus
Power
Switch
SD/MS
16
68
EEPROM
PCI7410
PC Card
Power
Switch
1394
Socket
Figure 3−1. PCI7410 System Block Diagram
3.1 Power Supply Sequencing
The PCI7410 controller contains 3.3-V I/O buffers with 5-V tolerance requiring a core power supply and clamp
voltages. The core power supply is always 1.8 V. The clamp voltages can be either 3.3 V or 5 V, depending on the
interface. The following power-up and power-down sequences are recommended.
The power-up sequence is:
1. Apply 3.3-V power to V
.
CC
3−1
2. Assert GRST to the device to disable the outputs during power up. Output drivers must be powered up in
the high-impedance state to prevent high current levels through the clamp diodes to the 5-V supply.
3. Apply the clamp voltage.
The power-down sequence is:
1. Assert GRST to switch the outputs to the high-impedance state.
2. Remove the clamp voltage.
3. Remove the 3.3-V power from V
.
CC
3.2 Summary of Flash Media Cards
3.2.1 MultiMediaCard (MMC)
The MultiMediaCard is a flash-memory card about the size of a postage stamp and 1,4 mm in thickness. The
specification for MMC is governed by the MultiMediaCard Association (MMCA). The interface for MMC cards is based
on a 7-terminal serial bus. The MultiMediaCard system specification defines a communication protocol for MMC
cards, referred to as MultiMediaCard mode. In addition, all MMC cards work in the alternate SPI mode. The SPI mode
allows a microcontroller to interface directly to the MMC card, but at the cost of slower performance.
The voltage range for communication with MMC cards is 2.0 to 3.6 V, and the memory-access voltage range is a
card-specific subrange of the communication voltage range. Like SmartMedia cards, MMC cards can be read-only
or read/write; however, MMC cards can also have I/O functionality.
MMC cards are designed to be used in either a stand-alone implementation or in a system with other MMC cards.
When in the MultiMediaCard mode, the bus protocol can address cards with up to 64K of memory, and up to 30 cards
on a single physical bus. However, the maximum data rate is only available with up to 10 MMC cards on the bus. In
order to accommodate such a wide variety of system implementations, the MMC clock rate can be varied from 0 to
20 MHz.
MMC cards, like SmartMedia cards, are also used in many types of consumer electronic devices. Because of their
small size, they are primarily used in portable music players and phones.
3.2.2 Secure Digital (SD)
SD cards are the same size as MMC cards, except for the thickness, which at 2,1 mm is slightly thicker than an MMC
card. SD cards are based upon MMC cards, with the addition of two terminals. The use of these two terminals and
a reserved terminal on MMC cards allows the data bus on SD cards to be up to 4 bits wide instead of the 1-bit width
of the MMC data bus. SD cards can communicate in either SD mode or SPI mode.
The voltage range for basic communication with SD cards is 2.0 to 3.6 V, and the voltage range for other commands
and memory access is 2.7 to 3.6 V. SD cards can be read-only or read/write.
SD is essentially a superset of MMC, in that MMC cards work in SD systems, but SD cards do not work in current
MMC systems. Unlike MMC, each SD card in a system must have a dedicated bus. One of the primary benefits of
SD cards is the added security that they provide. SD cards comply with the highest security of SDMI, have built-in
write-protect features, and include a mechanical write-protect switch.
SD cards are used in many of the same devices as MMC cards. The additional security features of the SD cards also
allow their use in more-secure applications or in devices where content protection is essential.
3.2.3 Memory Stick
Memory Stick cards are about the size of a stick of gum and are 2,8 mm thick. Developed by Sony, Memory Stick
cards have a 10-terminal interface of which three terminals are used for serial communication, two terminals apply
power, two terminals are ground, one terminal is for insertion detection, and two terminals are reserved for future use.
Each card also includes an erasure-prevention switch to protect data stored on the card.
3−2
The voltage range for Memory Stick cards is 2.7 to 3.6 V, and the clock speed can be up to 20 MHz. Memory Stick
cards use the FAT file system to allow for easy communication with PCs.
There are two types of Memory Stick cards, the standard Memory Stick and the MagicGate Memory Stick. MagicGate
technology provides security to Memory Stick cards so that they can be used to store and protect copyrighted data.
Memory Stick cards are primarily used to store still images, moving images, voice and music. As such, they are used
in a variety of devices, including portable music players, digital cameras, and digital picture frames.
3.2.4 Dedicated Socket (Function 1) Interface
Dedicated socket (function 1) terminals can be configured to use one of the two interfaces: Secure Digital (SD) or
Memory Stick (MS). To use the SD or MS interface, the TPS2020 power switch is recommended. There are two socket
select terminals (SKT_SEL1 and SKT_SEL2) in the PCI7410 controller, depending on how these two terminals are
configured, the PCI7410 controller configures the dedicated socket (function 1) to support either the SD or MS
interface. The SKT_SEL1 and SKT_SEL0 terminal configurations are:
SKT_SEL1
SKT_SEL0
INTERFACE SELECTED
Reserved
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
SD/MMC
Memory Stick
None (test mode)
Use a pullup and/or pulldown resistor combination to configure SKT_SEL1 and SKT_SEL0 to select one of the three
interfaces.
3.3 I/O Characteristics
The PCI7410 controller meets the ac specifications of the PC Card Standard (release 8.0) and PCI Local Bus
Specification. Figure 3−2 shows a 3-state bidirectional buffer. Section 12.2, Recommended Operating Conditions,
provides the electrical characteristics of the inputs and outputs.
V
CCP
Tied for Open Drain
OE
Pad
Figure 3−2. 3-State Bidirectional Buffer
3.4 Clamping Voltages
The clamping voltages are set to match whatever external environment the PCI7410 controller is interfaced with:
3.3 V or 5 V. The I/O sites can be pulled through a clamping diode to a voltage rail that protects the core from external
signals. The core power supply is 1.8 V and is independent of the clamping voltages. For example, PCI signaling can
be either 3.3 V or 5 V, and the PCI7410 controller must reliably accommodate both voltage levels. This is
accomplished by using a 3.3-V I/O buffer that is 5-V tolerant, with the applicable clamping voltage applied. If a system
designer desires a 5-V PCI bus, then V
can be connected to a 5-V power supply.
CCP
3.5 Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Interface
The PCI7410 controller is fully compliant with the PCI Local Bus Specification. The PCI7410 controller provides all
required signals for PCI master or slave operation, and may operate in either a 5-V or 3.3-V signaling environment
by connecting the V
terminals to the desired voltage level. In addition to the mandatory PCI signals, the PCI7410
CCP
controller provides the optional interrupt signals INTA, INTB, and INTC for functions 0, 1, and 2, respectively.
3−3
3.5.1 1394 PCI Bus Master
As a bus master, the 1394 function of the PCI7410 controller supports the memory commands specified in Table 3−1
below. The PCI master supports the memory read, memory read line, and memory read multiple commands. The
read command usage for read transactions of greater than two data phases are determined by the selection in
bits 9−8 (MR_ENHANCE field) of the PCI miscellaneous configuration register (refer to Section 7.23 for details). For
read transactions of one or two data phases, a memory read command is used.
Table 3−1. PCI Bus Master Command Support
COMMAND
C/BE3−C/BE0
PCI
OHCI MASTER FUNCTION
Memory read
0110
DMA read from memory
DMA write to memory
DMA read from memory
DMA read from memory
DMA write to memory
Memory write
0111
Memory read multiple
Memory read line
1100
1110
Memory write and invalidate
1111
3.5.2 PCI Bus Lock (LOCK)
The bus-locking protocol defined in the PCI Local Bus Specification is not highly recommended, but is provided on
the PCI7410 controller as an additional compatibility feature. The PCI LOCK signal can be routed to the MFUNC4
terminal by setting the appropriate values in bits 19−16 of the multifunction routing status register. See Section 4.37,
Multifunction Routing Status Register, for details. Note that the use of LOCK is only supported by PCI-to-CardBus
bridges in the downstream direction (away from the processor).
PCI LOCK indicates an atomic operation that may require multiple transactions to complete. When LOCK is asserted,
nonexclusive transactions can proceed to an address that is not currently locked. A grant to start a transaction on
the PCI bus does not assure control of LOCK; control of LOCK is obtained under its own protocol. It is possible for
different initiators to use the PCI bus while a single master retains ownership of LOCK. Note that the CardBus signal
for this protocol is CBLOCK to avoid confusion with the bus clock.
An agent may need to do an exclusive operation because a critical access to memory might be broken into several
transactions, but the master wants exclusive rights to a region of memory. The granularity of the lock is defined by
PCI to be 16 bytes, aligned. The LOCK protocol defined by the PCI Local Bus Specification allows a resource lock
without interfering with nonexclusive real-time data transfer, such as video.
The PCI bus arbiter may be designed to support only complete bus locks using the LOCK protocol. In this scenario,
the arbiter does not grant the bus to any other agent (other than the LOCK master) while LOCK is asserted. A
complete bus lock may have a significant impact on the performance of the video. The arbiter that supports complete
bus LOCK must grant the bus to the cache to perform a writeback due to a snoop to a modified line when a locked
operation is in progress.
The PCI7410 controller supports all LOCK protocols associated with PCI-to-PCI bridges, as also defined for
PCI-to-CardBus bridges. This includes disabling write posting while a locked operation is in progress, which can solve
a potential deadlock when using devices such as PCI-to-PCI bridges. The potential deadlock can occur if a CardBus
target supports delayed transactions and blocks access to the target until it completes a delayed read. This target
characteristic is prohibited by the PCI Local Bus Specification, and the issue is resolved by the PCI master using
LOCK.
2
3.5.3 Serial EEPROM I C Bus
The PCI7410 controller offers many choices for modes of operation, and these choices are selected by programming
several configuration registers. For system board applications, these registers are normally programmed through the
BIOS routine. For add-in card and docking-station/port-replicator applications, the PCI7410 controller provides a
2
two-wire inter-integrated circuit (IIC or I C) serial bus for use with an external serial EEPROM.
3−4
The PCI7410 controller is always the bus master, and the EEPROM is always the slave. Either device can drive the
bus low, but neither device drives the bus high. The high level is achieved through the use of pullup resistors on the
SCL and SDA signal lines. The PCI7410 controller is always the source of the clock signal, SCL.
System designers who wish to load register values with a serial EEPROM must use a pullup resistor on the SCL
terminal. If the PCI7410 controller detects a logic-high level on the SCL terminal at the end of GRST, then it initiates
2
incremental reads from the external EEPROM. Any size serial EEPROM up to the I C limit of 16 Kbits can be used,
but only the first 67 bytes (from offset 00h to offset 42h) are required to configure the PCI7410 controller. Figure 3−3
shows a 2-Kbit serial EEPROM application.
2
In addition to loading configuration data from an EEPROM, the PCI7410 I C bus can be used to read and write from
2
2
other I C serial devices. A system designer can control the I C bus, using the PCI7410 controller as bus master, by
reading and writing PCI configuration registers. Setting bit 3 (SBDETECT) in the serial bus control/status register (PCI
offset B3h, see Section 4.51) causes the PCI7410 controller to route the SDA and SCL signals to the SDA and SCL
terminals, respectively. The read/write data, slave address, and byte addresses are manipulated by accessing the
serial bus data, serial bus index, and serial bus slave address registers (PCI offsets B0h, B1h, and B2h; see Sections
4.48, 4.49, and 4.50, respectively).
EEPROM interface status information is communicated through the serial bus control and status register (PCI offset
B3h, see Section 4.51). Bit 2 (EEDETECT) in this register indicates whether or not the PCI7410 serial ROM circuitry
detects the pullup resistor on SCL. Any undefined condition, such as a missing acknowledge, results in bit 1
(DATAERR) being set. Bit 0 (EEBUSY) is set while the subsystem ID register is loading (serial ROM interface is busy).
The subsystem vendor ID for functions 2 and 3 is also loaded through EEPROM. The EEPROM load data goes to
all four functions from the serial EEPROM loader.
V
CC
Serial
ROM
A0
SCL
SDA
A1 SCL
A2 SDA
PCI7410
Figure 3−3. Serial ROM Application
3.5.4 Loading Subsystem Identification
The subsystem vendor ID register (PCI offset 40h, see Section 4.27) and subsystem ID register (PCI offset 42h, see
Section 4.28) make up a doubleword of PCI configuration space for function 0. This doubleword register is used for
system and option card (mobile dock) identification purposes and is required by some operating systems.
Implementation of this unique identifier register is a PC 99/PC 2001 requirement.
The PCI7410 controller offers two mechanisms to load a read-only value into the subsystem registers. The first
mechanism relies upon the system BIOS providing the subsystem ID value. The default access mode to the
subsystem registers is read-only, but can be made read/write by setting bit 5 (SUBSYSRW) in the system control
register (PCI offset 80h, see Section 4.30). Once this bit is set, the BIOS can write a subsystem identification value
3−5
into the registers at PCI offset 40h. The BIOS must clear the SUBSYSRW bit such that the subsystem vendor ID
register and subsystem ID register is limited to read-only access. This approach saves the added cost of
implementing the serial electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM).
In some conditions, such as in a docking environment, the subsystem vendor ID register and subsystem ID register
must be loaded with a unique identifier via a serial EEPROM. The PCI7410 controller loads the data from the serial
EEPROM after a reset of the primary bus. Note that the SUSPEND input gates the PCI reset from the entire PCI7410
core, including the serial-bus state machine (see Section 3.9.6, Suspend Mode, for details on using SUSPEND).
The PCI7410 controller provides a two-line serial-bus host controller that can interface to a serial EEPROM. See
Section 3.7, Serial EEPROM Interface, for details on the two-wire serial-bus controller and applications.
3.5.4.1 Function 2 Subsystem Identification
The subsystem identification register is used for system and option card identification purposes. This register can
be initialized from the serial EEPROM or programmed via the subsystem access register at offset F8h in the PCI
configuration space (see Section 7.25, Subsystem Access Register). See Table 7−22 for a complete description of
the register contents.
Write access to the subsystem access register updates the subsystem identification registers identically to
OHCI-Lynx. The system ID value written to this register may also be read back from this register. See Table 7−22
for a complete description of the register contents.
3.5.4.2 Function 3 Subsystem Identification
The subsystem identification register is used for system and option card identification purposes. This register can
be initialized from the serial EEPROM or programmed via the subsystem access register at offset F8h in the PCI
configuration space (see Section 11.25, Subsystem Access Register). See Table 11−9 for a complete description of
the register contents.
3.6 PC Card Applications
The PCI7410 controller supports all the PC Card features and applications as described below.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Card insertion/removal and recognition per the PC Card Standard (release 8.0)
Zoomed video support
Speaker and audio applications
LED socket activity indicators
PC Card controller programming model
CardBus socket registers
3.6.1 PC Card Insertion/Removal and Recognition
The PC Card Standard (release 8.0) addresses the card-detection and recognition process through an interrogation
procedure that the socket must initiate on card insertion into a cold, nonpowered socket. Through this interrogation,
card voltage requirements and interface (16-bit versus CardBus) are determined.
The scheme uses the card-detect and voltage-sense signals. The configuration of these four terminals identifies the
card type and voltage requirements of the PC Card interface.
3.6.2 Low Voltage CardBus Card Detection
The card detection logic of the PCI7410 controller includes the detection of Cardbus cards with V
= 3.3 V and
CC
V
= 1.8 V. The reporting of the 1.8-V CardBus card (V
= 3.3 V, V = 1.8 V) is reported through the socket present
PP
CC PP
state register as follows based on bit 10 (12V_SW_SEL) in the general control register (PCI offset 86h, see Section
4.32):
•
If the 12V_SW_SEL bit is 0 (TPS2221 is used), then the 1.8-V CardBus card causes the 3VCARD bit in the
socket present state register to be set.
•
If the 12V_SW_SEL bit is 1 (TPS2211A is used), then the 1.8-V CardBus card causes the XVCARD bit in
the socket present state register to be set.
3−6
3.6.3 Card Detection With A PCI7410 Controller
The PC Card Standard addresses the card detection and recognition process through an interrogation procedure that
the socket must initiate upon card insertion into a cold, unpowered socket. Through this interrogation, card voltage
requirements and interface type (16-bit vs. CardBus) are determined. The scheme uses the CD1, CD2, VS1, and VS2
signals (CCD1, CCD2, CVS1, CVS2 for CardBus). A PC Card designer connects these four terminals in a certain
configuration to indicate the type of card and its supply voltage requirements. The encoding scheme for this, defined
in the PC Card Standard, is shown in Table 3−2.
Table 3−2. PC Card—Card Detect and Voltage Sense Connections
CD2//CCD2
Ground
CD1//CCD1
Ground
VS2//CVS2
Open
VS1//CVS1
Open
Key
5 V
5 V
Interface
V
V
/V
CC
PP CORE
16-bit PC Card
16-bit PC Card
5 V
5 V and 3.3 V
5 V, 3.3 V, and
X.X V
Per CIS (V
Per CIS (V
Per CIS (V
)
)
)
PP
PP
PP
Ground
Ground
Open
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
5 V
16-bit PC Card
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Open
Open
Ground
LV
LV
LV
LV
16-bit PC Card
CardBus PC Card
16-bit PC Card
3.3 V
Per CIS (V
Per CIS (V
Per CIS (V
Per CIS (V
Per CIS (V
)
)
)
)
)
PP
PP
PP
PP
PP
Connect to
CVS1
Connect to
CCD1
3.3 V
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
3.3 V and X.X V
3.3 V and X.X V
Connect to
CVS2
Connect to
CCD2
CardBus PC Card
Connect to
CVS1
Connect to
CCD2
3.3 V, X.X V,
and Y.Y V
Ground
Ground
Ground
LV
CardBus PC Card
Ground
Ground
Ground
Open
Open
LV
LV
16-bit PC Card
Y.Y V
Y.Y V
Per CIS (V
)
PP
Connect to
CVS2
Connect to
CCD2
CardBus PC Card
1.8 V (V )
CORE
Connect to
CVS2
Connect to
CCD1
Ground
Open
LV
LV
LV
CardBus PC Card
CardBus PC Card
Reserved
X.X V and Y.Y V
Y.Y V
Per CIS (V
)
PP
Connect to
CVS1
Connect to
CCD2
Ground
Open
Per CIS (V
)
PP
Connect to
CVS1
Connect to
CCD1
Ground
Ground
Ground
Per query terminals
Reserved
Connect to
CVS2
Connect to
CCD1
Ground
Reserved
3−7
3.6.4 Power Switch Interface
The power switch interface of the PCI7410 controller is a 4-pin parallel interface. This 4-pin interface is implemented
such that the PCI7410 controller can connect to both the TPS2211A and TPS2221 power switches. Bit 10
(12V_SW_SEL) in the general control register (PCI offset 86h, see Section 4.32) selects the power switch that is
implemented. The PCI7410 controller defaults to use the control logic for the TPS2221 power switch. See Table 3−3
and Table 3−4 below for the power switch control logic.
Table 3−3. TPS2221 Control Logic
VD0/VCCD1
VD1/VCCD0
VD2/VPPD1
VD3/VPPD0
V
CC
V
/V
PP CORE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0 V
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
3.3 V
3.3 V
3.3 V
3.3 V
5 V
0 V
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
0 V
3.3 V
5 V
1.8 V
0V
5 V
3.3V
5 V
5 V
5 V
1.8 V
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
3.3 V
5 V
Hi-Z
Table 3−4. TPS2211A Control Logic
VD0/VCCD1
VD1/VCCD0
VD2/VPPD1
VD3/VPPD0
V
CC
V
/V
PP CORE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0 V
0 V
0 V
12 V
0 V
0 V
0 V
Hi-Z
0 V
3.3 V
3.3 V
3.3 V
3.3 V
5 V
12 V
3.3 V
Hi-Z
0 V
5 V
12 V
5 V
5 V
5 V
Hi-Z
0 V
0 V
0 V
12 V
0 V
0 V
0 V
Hi-Z
3−8
3.6.5 Zoomed Video Support
The PCI7410 controller allows for the implementation of zoomed video (ZV) for PC Cards. Zoomed video is supported
by setting bit 6 (ZVENABLE) in the card control register (PCI offset 91h, see Section 4.39) on a per-socket function
basis. Setting this bit puts 16-bit PC Card address lines A25−A4 of the PC Card interface in the high-impedance state.
These lines can then transfer video and audio data directly to the appropriate controller. Card address lines A3−A0
can still access PC Card CIS registers for PC Card configuration. Figure 3−4 illustrates a PCI7410 ZV
implementation.
Speakers
CRT
Motherboard
PCI Bus
VGA
Controller
Audio
Codec
Zoomed Video
Port
PCM
Audio
Input
PC Card
19
19
4
Video
Audio
4
PC Card
Interface
PCI7410
Figure 3−4. Zoomed Video Implementation Using the PCI7410 Controller
Not shown in Figure 3−4 is the multiplexing scheme used to route the socket ZV source to the graphics controller.
The PCI7410 controller provides ZVSTAT and ZVSEL0 signals on the multifunction terminals to switch external bus
drivers. Figure 3−5 shows an implementation for switching between two ZV streams using external logic.
1
PCI7410
ZVSTAT
ZVSEL0
0
Figure 3−5. Zoomed Video Switching Application
Figure 3−5 illustrates an implementation using standard three-state bus drivers with active-low output enables.
ZVSEL0 is an active-low output indicating that the CardBus socket ZV mode is enabled. Table 3−5 illustrates the
functionality of the ZV output signals.
3−9
Table 3−5. Functionality of the ZV Output Signals
INPUTS
SOCKET ENABLE
OUTPUTS
PORTSEL
ZVSEL0
ZVSTAT
X
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
X
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
3.6.6 Standardized Zoomed-Video Register Model
The standardized zoomed-video register model is defined for the purpose of standardizing the ZV port control for PC
Card controllers across the industry. The following list summarizes the standardized zoomed-video register model
changes to the existing PC Card register set.
•
•
•
Socket present state register (CardBus socket address + 08h, see Section 6.3)
Bit 27 (ZVSUPPORT) has been added. The platform BIOS can set this bit via the socket force event register
(CardBus socket address + 0Ch, see Section 6.4) to define whether zoomed video is supported on that
socket by the platform.
Socket force event register (CardBus socket address + 0Ch, see Section 6.4)
Bit 27 (FZVSUPPORT) has been added. The platform BIOS can use this bit to set bit 27 (ZVSUPPORT)
in the socket present state register (CardBus socket address + 08h, see Section 6.3) to define whether
zoomed video is supported on that socket by the platform.
Socket control register (CardBus socket address +10h, see Section 6.5)
Bit 11 (ZV_ACTIVITY) has been added. This bit is set when zoomed video is enabled for either of the PC
Card sockets.
Bit 10 (STANDARDZVREG) has been added. This bit defines whether the PC Card controller supports the
standardized zoomed-video register model.
Bit 9 (ZVEN) is provided for software to enable or disable zoomed video, per socket.
If the ZV_EN bit (bit 0) in the diagnostic register (PCI offset 93h, see Section 4.41) is 1, then the standardized zoomed
video register model is disabled. For backward compatibility, even if the ZV_EN bit is 0 (enabled), the PCI7410
controller allows software to access zoomed video through the legacy address in the card control register (PCI offset
91h, see Section 4.39), or through the new register model in the socket control register (CardBus socket address +
10h, see Section 6.5).
3.6.7 Internal Ring Oscillator
The internal ring oscillator provides an internal clock source for the PCI7410 controller so that neither the PCI clock
nor an external clock is required in order for the PCI7410 controller to power down a socket or interrogate a PC Card.
This internal oscillator, operating nominally at 16 kHz, is always enabled.
3.6.8 Integrated Pullup Resistors for PC Card Interface
The PC Card Standard requires pullup resistors on various terminals to support both CardBus and 16-bit PC Card
configurations. Table 3−6 lists these terminals. The PCI7410 controller has integrated all of these pullup resistors and
requires no additional external components. The I/O buffer on the BVD1(STSCHG)/CSTSCHG terminal has the
capability to switch to an internal pullup resistor when a 16-bit PC Card is inserted, or switch to an internal pulldown
resistor when a CardBus card is inserted. This prevents inadvertent CSTSCHG events.
3−10
Table 3−6. Terminals With Integrated Pullup Resistors
TERMINAL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
TERMINAL NUMBER
SIGNAL NAME
PDV
154
160
153
155
157
159
185
184
125
GHK
F15
F13
E18
E17
A16
E14
A09
F10
L17
PDV
187
173
182
169
181
167
183
186
GHK
C09
B12
C10
B13
B10
F12
E10
B09
A14 // CPERR
A15 // CIRDY
CD2 // CCD2
INPACK // CREQ
READY // CINT
RESET // CRST
VS1 // CVS1
A19 // CBLOCK
A20 // CSTOP
A21 // CDEVSEL
A22 // CTRDY
VS2 // CVS2
BVD1(STSCHG/RI) // CSTSCHG
BVD2(SPKR) // CAUDIO
CD1 // CCD1
WAIT // CSERR
WP(IOIS16) // CCLKRUN
3.6.9 SPKROUT and CAUDPWM Usage
The SPKROUT terminal carries the digital audio signal from the PC Card to the system. When a 16-bit PC Card is
configured for I/O mode, the BVD2 terminal becomes the SPKR input terminal from the card. This terminal, in
CardBus applications, is referred to as CAUDIO. SPKR passes a TTL-level binary audio signal to the PCI7410
controller. The CardBus CAUDIO signal also can pass a single-amplitude binary waveform as well as a PWM signal.
The binary audio signal from each PC Card sockets is enabled by bit 1 (SPKROUTEN) of the card control register
(PCI offset 91h, see Section 4.39).
Older controllers support CAUDIO in binary or PWM mode but use the same output terminal (SPKROUT). Some
audio chips may not support both modes on one terminal and may have a separate terminal for binary and PWM.
The PCI7410 implementation includes a signal for PWM, CAUDPWM, which can be routed to an MFUNC terminal.
Bit 2 (AUD2MUX), located in the card control register, is programmed to route a CardBus CAUDIO PWM terminal
to CAUDPWM. See Section 4.37, Multifunction Routing Register, for details on configuring the MFUNC terminals.
Figure 3−6 illustrates the SPKROUT connection.
System
Core Logic
BINARY_SPKR
SPKROUT
Speaker
Subsystem
PWM_SPKR
PCI7410
CAUDPWM
Figure 3−6. SPKROUT Connection to Speaker Driver
3.6.10 LED Socket Activity Indicators
The socket activity LEDs are provided to indicate when a PC Card is being accessed. The LEDA1 signal can be routed
to the multifunction terminals. When configured for LED output, this terminal outputs an active high signal to indicate
socket activity. The LED_SKT output indicates socket activity to the CardBus socket. See Section 4.37, Multifunction
Routing Status Register, for details on configuring the multifunction terminals.
The active-high LED signal is driven for 64 ms. When the LED is not being driven high, it is driven to a low state. Either
of the two circuits shown in Figure 3−7 can be implemented to provide LED signaling, and the board designer must
implement the circuit that best fits the application.
The LED activity signals are valid when a card is inserted, powered, and not in reset. For PC Card-16, the LED activity
signals are pulsed when READY(IREQ) is low. For CardBus cards, the LED activity signals are pulsed if CFRAME,
IRDY, or CREQ are active.
3−11
Current Limiting
R ≈ 500 Ω
LED
PCI7410
Current Limiting
R ≈ 500 Ω
Application-
Specific Delay
LED
PCI7410
Figure 3−7. Two Sample LED Circuits
As indicated, the LED signals are driven for a period of 64 ms by a counter circuit. To avoid the possibility of the LEDs
appearing to be stuck when the PCI clock is stopped, the LED signaling is cut off when the SUSPEND signal is
asserted, when the PCI clock is to be stopped during the clock run protocol, or when in the D2 or D1 power state.
If any additional socket activity occurs during this counter cycle, then the counter is reset and the LED signal remains
driven. If socket activity is frequent (at least once every 64 ms), then the LED signals remain driven.
3.6.11 CardBus Socket Registers
The PCI7410 controller contains all registers for compatibility with the PCI Local Bus Specification and the PC Card
Standard. These registers, which exist as the CardBus socket registers, are listed in Table 3−7.
Table 3−7. CardBus Socket Registers
REGISTER NAME
OFFSET
00h
Socket event
Socket mask
04h
Socket present state
Socket force event
Socket control
08h
0Ch
10h
Reserved
14h−1Ch
20h
Socket power management
3.6.12 PCI Firmware Loading Function Programming Model
Function 3 of the PCI7410 controller is a firmware loader function. This function provides an I/O window that a
software driver uses to load the PCI7410 firmware into the internal RAM. A simplified method of operation follows:
1. GRST assertions reset the internal RAM and the function 3 firmware loader.
2. While loading the firmware, the controller holds the UltraMedia core in reset.
3. The firmware loading software driver interfaces to function 3 and loads the firmware.
4. The software driver indicates load completion to UltraMedia via bit 2 (DONE) of the firmware loader control
register (offset 04h, see Section 3.6.12.2) in the function 3 I/O window.
The software driver that interfaces with PCI function 3 of the PCI7410 controller loads the firmware into the program
RAM via the allocated I/O window for that function. Two I/O addresses are allocated, and these are used to load
firmware to the PCI7410 program RAM. The functionality of these I/O registers is listed in Table 3−8.
3−12
Table 3−8. Firmware Loader I/O Register Map
REGISTER NAME
Data/address
OFFSET
00h
Firmware loader control
04h
3.6.12.1Data/Address Register
When bit 3 (ADDR_RST) is set in the firmware loader control register (offset 04h, see Section 3.6.12.2), the next data
written to this register is a doubleword that specifies the start address of the next block of internal RAM to be loaded.
When the doubleword of address information is written to this field, the ADDR_RST bit is automatically cleared and
the following writes to this register represent the internal RAM data. Because the internal RAM in the PCI7410
controller is 16 bits wide, the internal RAM data written to this register is written one word at a time. The internal RAM
address is autoincremented after each word of internal RAM data is written to this location. It is appropriate to buffer
requests to the internal RAM and retry PCI writes to this register when the buffer is full. If the firmware loader is unable
to update the RAM, then a PCI slave retry time-out occurs, data is lost, and bit 0 (ERR) in the control register is set.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Data address
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Data address
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Data address
00h
Read/Write
FFFF FFFFh
Default:
3.6.12.2Firmware Loader Control Register
This register contains various control and status bits for the firmware loader. Bit descriptions are given in Table 3−9.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Firmware loader control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Firmware loader control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
W
0
RW
0
R
0
RU
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Firmware loader control
04h
Read-only, Write-only, Read/Update, Read/Write
0000 0000h
Default:
3−13
Table 3−9. Firmware Loader Control Register Description
BIT
31−4
3
SIGNAL
RSVD
TYPE
FUNCTION
R
Reserved. These bits are read-only and return 0s when read.
ADDR_RST
W
Address reset. When set, this bit indicates that the next data written to the data/address register will be a
doubleword that specifies the start address of the next block of internal RAM to be loaded. This bit is self-
cleared when the address is written to the data/address register.
2
DONE
RW
RAM load done. Setting this bit to 1 indicates to the firmware loader function that the firmware loading is
complete for the RAM selected by the address written when ADDR_RST was set, and embedded control-
lers can begin accessing the RAM.
1
0
RSVD
ERR
R
Reserved. This bit is read-only and returns 0 when read.
RU
When set, this bit indicates that there was an error during the loading of the internal RAM. This field indicates
all loading errors. Software must check this bit after loading each RAM to ensure that the data was loaded
successfully. This bit is cleared by a read of this register.
3.7 Serial EEPROM Interface
The PCI7410 controller has a dedicated serial bus interface that can be used with an EEPROM to load certain
registers in the PCI7410 controller. The EEPROM is detected by a pullup resistor on the SCL terminal. See Table 3−11
for the EEPROM loading map.
3.7.1 Serial-Bus Interface Implementation
The PCI7410 controller drives SCL at nearly 100 kHz during data transfers, which is the maximum specified frequency
2
for standard mode I C. The serial EEPROM must be located at address A0h.
Some serial device applications may include PC Card power switches, ZV source switches, card ejectors, or other
devices that may enhance the user’s PC Card experience. The serial EEPROM device and PC Card power switches
are discussed in the sections that follow.
3.7.2 Accessing Serial-Bus Devices Through Software
The PCI7410 controller provides a programming mechanism to control serial bus devices through software. The
programming is accomplished through a doubleword of PCI configuration space at offset B0h. Table 3−10 lists the
registers used to program a serial-bus device through software.
Table 3−10. PCI7410 Registers Used to Program Serial-Bus Devices
PCI OFFSET
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
B0h
Serial-bus data
Contains the data byte to send on write commands or the received data byte on read commands.
The content of this register is sent as the word address on byte writes or reads. This register is not used
in the quick command protocol.
B1h
B2h
B3h
Serial-bus index
Serial-bus slave
address
Write transactions to this register initiate a serial-bus transaction. The slave device address and the
R/W command selector are programmed through this register.
Serial-bus control
and status
Read data valid, general busy, and general error status are communicated through this register. In
addition, the protocol-select bit is programmed through this register.
3.7.3 Serial-Bus Interface Protocol
The SCL and SDA signals are bidirectional, open-drain signals and require pullup resistors as shown in Figure 3−3.
2
The PCI7410 controller, which supports up to 100-Kb/s data-transfer rate, is compatible with standard mode I C using
7-bit addressing.
All data transfers are initiated by the serial bus master. The beginning of a data transfer is indicated by a start
condition, which is signaled when the SDA line transitions to the low state while SCL is in the high state, as shown
in Figure 3−8. The end of a requested data transfer is indicated by a stop condition, which is signaled by a low-to-high
3−14
transition of SDA while SCL is in the high state, as shown in Figure 3−8. Data on SDA must remain stable during the
high state of the SCL signal, as changes on the SDA signal during the high state of SCL are interpreted as control
signals, that is, a start or a stop condition.
SDA
SCL
Start
Stop
Change of
Condition
Condition
Data Allowed
Data Line Stable,
Data Valid
Figure 3−8. Serial-Bus Start/Stop Conditions and Bit Transfers
Data is transferred serially in 8-bit bytes. The number of bytes that may be transmitted during a data transfer is
unlimited; however, each byte must be completed with an acknowledge bit. An acknowledge (ACK) is indicated by
the receiver pulling the SDA signal low, so that it remains low during the high state of the SCL signal. Figure 3−9
illustrates the acknowledge protocol.
SCL From
1
2
3
7
8
9
Master
SDA Output
By Transmitter
SDA Output
By Receiver
Figure 3−9. Serial-Bus Protocol Acknowledge
The PCI7410 controller is a serial bus master; all other devices connected to the serial bus external to the PCI7410
controller are slave devices. As the bus master, the PCI7410 controller drives the SCL clock at nearly 100 kHz during
bus cycles and places SCL in a high-impedance state (zero frequency) during idle states.
Typically, the PCI7410 controller masters byte reads and byte writes under software control. Doubleword reads are
performed by the serial EEPROM initialization circuitry upon a PCI reset and may not be generated under software
control. See Section 3.7.4, Serial-Bus EEPROM Application, for details on how the PCI7410 controller automatically
loads the subsystem identification and other register defaults through a serial-bus EEPROM.
Figure 3−10 illustrates a byte write. The PCI7410 controller issues a start condition and sends the 7-bit slave device
address and the command bit zero. A 0 in the R/W command bit indicates that the data transfer is a write. The slave
device acknowledges if it recognizes the address. If no acknowledgment is received by the PCI7410 controller, then
an appropriate status bit is set in the serial-bus control/status register (PCI offset B3h, see Section 4.51). The word
address byte is then sent by the PCI7410 controller, and another slave acknowledgment is expected. Then the
PCI7410 controller delivers the data byte MSB first and expects a final acknowledgment before issuing the stop
condition.
3−15
Slave Address
Word Address
Data Byte
S
b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
A
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
A
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
A
P
R/W
A = Slave Acknowledgement
S/P = Start/Stop Condition
Figure 3−10. Serial-Bus Protocol—Byte Write
Figure 3−11 illustrates a byte read. The read protocol is very similar to the write protocol, except the R/W command
bit must be set to 1 to indicate a read-data transfer. In addition, the PCI7410 master must acknowledge reception
of the read bytes from the slave transmitter. The slave transmitter drives the SDA signal during read data transfers.
The SCL signal remains driven by the PCI7410 master.
Slave Address
Word Address
Slave Address
S
b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
A
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
A
S
b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
A
Start
R/W
Restart
R/W
Data Byte
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
M
P
Stop
A = Slave Acknowledgement
M = Master Acknowledgement
S/P = Start/Stop Condition
Figure 3−11. Serial-Bus Protocol—Byte Read
Figure 3−12 illustrates EEPROM interface doubleword data collection protocol.
Slave Address
Word Address
Slave Address
S
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
A
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
A
S
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
A
Start
R/W
Restart
R/W
Data Byte 3
M
Data Byte 2
M
Data Byte 1
M
Data Byte 0
M
P
A = Slave Acknowledgement
M = Master Acknowledgement
S/P = Start/Stop Condition
Figure 3−12. EEPROM Interface Doubleword Data Collection
3.7.4 Serial-Bus EEPROM Application
When the PCI bus is reset and the serial-bus interface is detected, the PCI7410 controller attempts to read the
subsystem identification and other register defaults from a serial EEPROM.
This format must be followed for the PCI7410 controller to load initializations from a serial EEPROM. All bit fields must
be considered when programming the EEPROM.
The serial EEPROM is addressed at slave address 1010 000b by the PCI7410 controller. All hardware address bits
for the EEPROM must be tied to the appropriate level to achieve this address. The serial EEPROM chip in the sample
application (Figure 3−12) assumes the 1010b high-address nibble. The lower three address bits are terminal inputs
to the chip, and the sample application shows these terminal inputs tied to GND.
3−16
Table 3−11. EEPROM Loading Map
SERIAL ROM
OFFSET
BYTE DESCRIPTION
00h
01h
02h
CardBus function indicator (00h)
Number of bytes (20h)
PCI 04h, command register, function 0, bits 8, 6−5, 2−0
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4:3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
Command
Command
Command
RSVD
Command
Command
Command
register, bit 8
register, bit 6
register, bit 5
register, bit 2
register, bit 1
register, bit 0
03h
PCI 04h, command register, function 1, bits 8, 6−5, 2−0
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4:3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
Command
Command
Command
RSVD
Command
Command
Command
register, bit 8
register, bit 6
register, bit 5
register, bit 2
register, bit 1
register, bit 0
04h
05h
06h
07h
08h
09h
0Ah
0Bh
0Ch
0Dh
0Eh
0Fh
10h
11h
12h
13h
14h
15h
16h
17h
18h
19h
1Ah
1Bh
1Ch
1Dh
1Eh
1Fh
PCI 40h, subsystem vendor ID, byte 0
PCI 41h, subsystem vendor ID, byte 1
PCI 42h, subsystem ID, byte 0
PCI 43h, subsystem ID, byte 1
PCI 44h, PC Card 16-bit I/F legacy mode base address register, byte 0, bits 7−1
PCI 45h, PC Card 16-bit I/F legacy mode base address register, byte 1
PCI 46h, PC Card 16-bit I/F legacy mode base address register, byte 2
PCI 47h, PC Card 16-bit I/F legacy mode base address register, byte 3
PCI 80h, system control, function 0, byte 0, bits 6−0
PCI 80h, system control, function 1, byte 0, bit 2
PCI 81h, system control, byte 1
Reserved load all 0s (PCI 82h, system control, byte 2)
PCI 83h, system control, byte 3
PCI 8Ch, MFUNC routing, byte 0
PCI 8Dh, MFUNC routing, byte 1
PCI 8Eh, MFUNC routing, byte 2
PCI 8Fh, MFUNC routing, byte 3
PCI 90h, retry status, bits 7, 6
PCI 91h, card control, bit 7
PCI 92h, device control, bits 6, 5, 3−0
PCI 93h, diagnostic, bits 7, 4−0
PCI A2h, power-management capabilities, function 0, bit 15 (bit 7 of EEPROM offset 16h corresponds to bit 15)
PCI A2h, power-management capabilities, function 1, bit 15 (bit 7 of EEPROM offset 16h corresponds to bit 15)
CB Socket + 0Ch, function 0 socket force event, bit 27 (bit 3 of EEPROM offset 17h corresponds to bit 27)
CB Socket + 0Ch, function 1 socket force event, bit 27 (bit 3 of EEPROM offset 18h corresponds to bit 27)
ExCA 00h, ExCA identification and revision, bits 7−0
PCI 86h, general control, byte 0, bits 5, 4, 3, 1, 0
PCI 87h, general control, byte 1, bits 4−2
3−17
Table 3−11. EEPROM Loading Map (Continued)
SERIAL ROM
OFFSET
BYTE DESCRIPTION
20h
21h
22h
23h
24h
25h
26h
27h
28h
29h
PCI 89h, GPE enable, bits 7, 6, 4−0
PCI 8Bh, general-purpose output, bits 4−0
1394 OHCI function indicator (02h)
Number of bytes (17h)
PCI 3Fh, maximum latency bits 7−4
PCI 3Eh, minimum grant, bits 3−0
PCI 2Ch, subsystem vendor ID, byte 0
PCI 2Dh, subsystem vendor ID, byte 1
PCI 2Eh, subsystem ID, byte 0
PCI 2Fh, subsystem ID, byte 1
PCI F4h, Link_Enh, byte 0, bits 7, 2, 1
OHCI 50h, host controller control, bit 23
[7]
[6]
[5:3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
Link_Enh.
enab_unfair
HCControl.Program Phy
Enable
RSVD
Link_Enh, bit 2
Link_Enh.
enab_accel
RSVD
2Ah
Mini-ROM address, this byte indicates the MINI ROM offset into the EEPROM
00h = No MINI ROM
Other Values = MINI ROM offset
2Bh
2Ch
2Dh
2Eh
2Fh
30h
31h
32h
33h
34h
35h
36h
37h
38h
39h
3Ah
3Bh
3Ch
3Dh
3Eh
3Fh
40h
41h
42h
OHCI 24h, GUIDHi, byte 0
OHCI 25h, GUIDHi, byte 1
OHCI 26h, GUIDHi, byte 2
OHCI 27h, GUIDHi, byte 3
OHCI 28h, GUIDLo, byte 0
OHCI 29h, GUIDLo, byte 1
OHCI 2Ah, GUIDLo, byte 2
OHCI 2Bh, GUIDLo, byte 3
Checksum (Reserved—no bit loaded)
PCI F5h, Link_Enh, byte 1, bits 7, 6, 5, 4
PCI F0h, PCI miscellaneous, byte 0, bits 5, 4, 2, 1, 0
PCI F1h, PCI miscellaneous, byte 1, bits 7, 3, 2, 1, 0
Reserved
Reserved (CardBus CIS pointer)
Reserved
PCI ECh, PCI PHY control, bits 7, 3, 1
Firmware loader function indicator (03h)
Number of bytes (05h)
PCI 2Ch, subsystem vendor ID, byte 0
PCI 2Dh, subsystem vendor ID, byte 1
PCI 2Eh, subsystem ID, byte 0
PCI 2Fh, subsystem ID, byte 1
PCI 50h, miscellaneous control, bit 0
End-of-list indicator (80h)
3−18
3.8 Programmable Interrupt Subsystem
Interrupts provide a way for I/O devices to let the microprocessor know that they require servicing. The dynamic
nature of PC Cards and the abundance of PC Card I/O applications require substantial interrupt support from the
PCI7410 controller. The PCI7410 controller provides several interrupt signaling schemes to accommodate the needs
of a variety of platforms. The different mechanisms for dealing with interrupts in this device are based on various
specifications and industry standards. The ExCA register set provides interrupt control for some 16-bit PC Card
functions, and the CardBus socket register set provides interrupt control for the CardBus PC Card functions. The
PCI7410 controller is, therefore, backward compatible with existing interrupt control register definitions, and new
registers have been defined where required.
The PCI7410 controller detects PC Card interrupts and events at the PC Card interface and notifies the host controller
using one of several interrupt signaling protocols. To simplify the discussion of interrupts in the PCI7410 controller,
PC Card interrupts are classified either as card status change (CSC) or as functional interrupts.
The method by which any type of PCI7410 interrupt is communicated to the host interrupt controller varies from
system to system. The PCI7410 controller offers system designers the choice of using parallel PCI interrupt signaling,
parallel ISA-type IRQ interrupt signaling, or the IRQSER serialized ISA and/or PCI interrupt protocol. It is possible
to use the parallel PCI interrupts in combination with either parallel IRQs or serialized IRQs, as detailed in the sections
that follow. All interrupt signaling is provided through the seven multifunction terminals, MFUNC0−MFUNC6.
3.8.1 PC Card Functional and Card Status Change Interrupts
PC Card functional interrupts are defined as requests from a PC Card application for interrupt service and are
indicated by asserting specially-defined signals on the PC Card interface. Functional interrupts are generated by
16-bit I/O PC Cards and by CardBus PC Cards.
Card status change (CSC)-type interrupts are defined as events at the PC Card interface that are detected by the
PCI7410 controller and may warrant notification of host card and socket services software for service. CSC events
include both card insertion and removal from PC Card sockets, as well as transitions of certain PC Card signals.
Table 3−12 summarizes the sources of PC Card interrupts and the type of card associated with them. CSC and
functional interrupt sources are dependent on the type of card inserted in the PC Card socket. The four types of cards
that can be inserted into any PC Card socket are:
•
•
•
16-bit memory card
16-bit I/O card
CardBus cards
Table 3−12. Interrupt Mask and Flag Registers
CARD TYPE
EVENT
MASK
FLAG
Battery conditions (BVD1, BVD2)
Wait states (READY)
ExCA offset 05h/45h/805h bits 1 and 0 ExCA offset 04h/44h/804h bits 1 and 0
16-bit memory
ExCA offset 05h/45h/805h bit 2
ExCA offset 05h/45h/805h bit 0
Always enabled
ExCA offset 04h/44h/804h bit 2
ExCA offset 04h/44h/804h bit 0
PCI configuration offset 91h bit 0
16-bit I/O
16-bit I/O
Change in card status (STSCHG)
Interrupt request (IREQ)
All 16-bit PC
Cards
Power cycle complete
ExCA offset 05h/45h/805h bit 3
ExCA offset 04h/44h/804h bit 3
Change in card status (CSTSCHG)
Interrupt request (CINT)
Socket mask bit 0
Always enabled
Socket event bit 0
PCI configuration offset 91h bit 0
Socket event bit 3
CardBus
Power cycle complete
Socket mask bit 3
Socket mask bits 2 and 1
Card insertion or removal
Socket event bits 2 and 1
Functional interrupt events are valid only for 16-bit I/O and CardBus cards; that is, the functional interrupts are not
valid for 16-bit memory cards. Furthermore, card insertion and removal-type CSC interrupts are independent of the
card type.
3−19
Table 3−13. PC Card Interrupt Events and Description
CARD TYPE
EVENT
TYPE
SIGNAL
DESCRIPTION
A transition on BVD1 indicates a change in the
PC Card battery conditions.
BVD1(STSCHG)//CSTSCHG
Battery conditions
(BVD1, BVD2)
CSC
A transition on BVD2 indicates a change in the
PC Card battery conditions.
BVD2(SPKR)//CAUDIO
READY(IREQ)//CINT
16-bit
memory
A transition on READY indicates a change in the
ability of the memory PC Card to accept or provide
data.
Wait states
(READY)
CSC
Change in card
status (STSCHG)
The assertion of STSCHG indicates a status change
on the PC Card.
16-bit I/O
16-bit I/O
CSC
Functional
CSC
BVD1(STSCHG)//CSTSCHG
READY(IREQ)//CINT
Interrupt request
(IREQ)
The assertion of IREQ indicates an interrupt request
from the PC Card.
Change in card
status (CSTSCHG)
The assertion of CSTSCHG indicates a status
change on the PC Card.
BVD1(STSCHG)//CSTSCHG
READY(IREQ)//CINT
CardBus
Interrupt request
(CINT)
The assertion of CINT indicates an interrupt request
from the PC Card.
Functional
A transition on either CD1//CCD1 or CD2//CCD2
indicates an insertion or removal of a 16-bit or
CardBus PC Card.
Card insertion
or removal
CD1//CCD1,
CD2//CCD2
CSC
CSC
All PC Cards
Power cycle
complete
An interrupt is generated when a PC Card power-up
cycle has completed.
N/A
The naming convention for PC Card signals describes the function for 16-bit memory, I/O cards, and CardBus. For
example, READY(IREQ)//CINT includes READY for 16-bit memory cards, IREQ for 16-bit I/O cards, and CINT for
CardBus cards. The 16-bit memory card signal name is first, with the I/O card signal name second, enclosed in
parentheses. The CardBus signal name follows after a double slash (//).
The 1997 PC Card Standard describes the power-up sequence that must be followed by the PCI7410 controller when
an insertion event occurs and the host requests that the socket V
and V be powered. Upon completion of this
CC
PP
power-up sequence, the PCI7410 interrupt scheme can be used to notify the host system (see Table 3−13), denoted
by the power cycle complete event. This interrupt source is considered a PCI7410 internal event, because it depends
on the completion of applying power to the socket rather than on a signal change at the PC Card interface.
3.8.2 Interrupt Masks and Flags
Host software may individually mask (or disable) most of the potential interrupt sources listed in Table 3−13 by setting
the appropriate bits in the PCI7410 controller. By individually masking the interrupt sources listed, software can
control those events that cause a PCI7410 interrupt. Host software has some control over the system interrupt the
PCI7410 controller asserts by programming the appropriate routing registers. The PCI7410 controller allows host
software to route PC Card CSC and PC Card functional interrupts to separate system interrupts. Interrupt routing
somewhat specific to the interrupt signaling method used is discussed in more detail in the following sections.
When an interrupt is signaled by the PCI7410 controller, the interrupt service routine must determine which of the
events listed in Table 3−12 caused the interrupt. Internal registers in the PCI7410 controller provide flags that report
the source of an interrupt. By reading these status bits, the interrupt service routine can determine the action to be
taken.
Table 3−12 details the registers and bits associated with masking and reporting potential interrupts. All interrupts can
be masked except the functional PC Card interrupts, and an interrupt status flag is available for all types of interrupts.
Notice that there is not a mask bit to stop the PCI7410 controller from passing PC Card functional interrupts through
to the appropriate interrupt scheme. These interrupts are not valid until the card is properly powered, and there must
never be a card interrupt that does not require service after proper initialization.
Table 3−12 lists the various methods of clearing the interrupt flag bits. The flag bits in the ExCA registers (16-bit PC
Card-related interrupt flags) can be cleared using two different methods. One method is an explicit write of 1 to the
3−20
flag bit to clear and the other is by reading the flag bit register. The selection of flag bit clearing methods is made by
bit 2 (IFCMODE) in the ExCA global control register (ExCA offset 1Eh/5Eh/81Eh, see Section 5.20), and defaults to
the flag-cleared-on-read method.
The CardBus-related interrupt flags can be cleared by an explicit write of 1 to the interrupt flag in the socket event
register (see Section 6.1). Although some of the functionality is shared between the CardBus registers and the ExCA
registers, software must not program the chip through both register sets when a CardBus card is functioning.
3.8.3 Using Parallel IRQ Interrupts
The seven multifunction terminals, MFUNC6−MFUNC0, implemented in the PCI7410 controller can be routed to
obtain a subset of the ISA IRQs. The IRQ choices provide ultimate flexibility in PC Card host interruptions. To use
the parallel ISA-type IRQ interrupt signaling, software must program the device control register (PCI offset 92h, see
Section 4.40), to select the parallel IRQ signaling scheme. See Section 4.37, Multifunction Routing Status Register,
for details on configuring the multifunction terminals.
A system using parallel IRQs requires (at a minimum) one PCI terminal, INTA, to signal CSC events. This requirement
is dictated by certain card and socket-services software. The INTA requirement calls for routing the MFUNC0 terminal
for INTA signaling. The INTRTIE bit is used, in this case, to route socket interrupt events to INTA. This leaves (at a
maximum) six different IRQs to support legacy 16-bit PC Card functions.
As an example, suppose the six IRQs used by legacy PC Card applications are IRQ3, IRQ4, IRQ5, IRQ10, IRQ11,
and IRQ15. The multifunction routing status register must be programmed to a value of 0FBA 5432h. This value
routes the MFUNC0 terminal to INTA signaling and routes the remaining terminals as illustrated in Figure 3−13. Not
shown is that INTA must also be routed to the programmable interrupt controller (PIC), or to some circuitry that
provides parallel PCI interrupts to the host.
PCI7410
MFUNC1
PIC
IRQ3
MFUNC2
MFUNC3
MFUNC4
MFUNC5
MFUNC6
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ15
Figure 3−13. IRQ Implementation
Power-on software is responsible for programming the multifunction routing status register to reflect the IRQ
configuration of a system implementing the PCI7410 controller. The multifunction routing status register is a global
register that is shared between the four PCI7410 functions. See Section 4.37, Multifunction Routing Status Register,
for details on configuring the multifunction terminals.
The parallel ISA-type IRQ signaling from the MFUNC6−MFUNC0 terminals is compatible with the input signal
requirements of the 8259 PIC. The parallel IRQ option is provided for system designs that require legacy ISA IRQs.
Design constraints may demand more MFUNC6−MFUNC0 IRQ terminals than the PCI7410 controller makes
available.
3.8.4 Using Parallel PCI Interrupts
Parallel PCI interrupts are available when exclusively in parallel PCI interrupt/parallel ISA IRQ signaling mode, and
when only IRQs are serialized with the IRQSER protocol. The INTA, INTB, and INTC can be routed to MFUNC
terminals (MFUNC0, MFUNC1, and MFUNC2). If bit 29 (INTRTIE) is set in the system control register (PCI offset 80h,
see Section 4.30) function 0 and function 1 share PCI INTA.
The INTRTIE and TIEALL bits affect the read-only value provided through accesses to the interrupt pin register (PCI
offset 3Dh, see Section 4.25). When the TIEALL bit is set, all three functions return a value of 01h on reads from the
interrupt pin register for both parallel and serial PCI interrupts. Table 3−14 summarizes the interrupt signaling modes.
3−21
Table 3−14. Interrupt Pin Register Cross Reference
INTPIN
INTPIN
INTPIN
INTRTIE Bit
TIEALL Bit
Function 0
(CardBus)
Function 1
(Dedicated Socket)
Function 2
(1394 OHCI)
0
1
0
0
1
0x01 (INTA)
0x01 (INTA)
0x01 (INTA)
0x02 (INTB)
0x01 (INTA)
0x01 (INTA)
0x03 (INTC)
0x03 (INTC)
0x01 (INTA)
X
3.8.5 Using Serialized IRQSER Interrupts
The serialized interrupt protocol implemented in the PCI7410 controller uses a single terminal to communicate all
interrupt status information to the host controller. The protocol defines a serial packet consisting of a start cycle,
multiple interrupt indication cycles, and a stop cycle. All data in the packet is synchronous with the PCI clock. The
packet data describes 16 parallel ISA IRQ signals and the optional 4 PCI interrupts INTA, INTB, INTC, and INTD. For
details on the IRQSER protocol, refer to the document Serialized IRQ Support for PCI Systems.
3.8.6 SMI Support in the PCI7410 Controller
The PCI7410 controller provides a mechanism for interrupting the system when power changes have been made to
the PC Card socket interfaces. The interrupt mechanism is designed to fit into a system maintenance interrupt (SMI)
scheme. SMI interrupts are generated by the PCI7410 controller, when enabled, after a write cycle to either the socket
control register (CB offset 10h, see Section 6.5) of the CardBus register set, or the ExCA power control register (ExCA
offset 02h/42h/802h, see Section 5.3) causes a power cycle change sequence to be sent on the power switch
interface.
The SMI control is programmed through three bits in the system control register (PCI offset 80h, see Section 4.30).
These bits are SMIROUTE (bit 26), SMISTATUS (bit 25), and SMIENB (bit 24). Table 3−15 describes the SMI control
bits function.
Table 3−15. SMI Control
BIT NAME
SMIROUTE
SMISTAT
FUNCTION
This shared bit controls whether the SMI interrupts are sent as a CSC interrupt or as IRQ2.
This socket dependent bit is set when an SMI interrupt is pending. This status flag is cleared by writing back a 1.
When set, SMI interrupt generation is enabled. This bit is shared by functions 0 and 1.
SMIENB
If CSC SMI interrupts are selected, then the SMI interrupt is sent as the CSC on a per-socket basis. The CSC interrupt
can be either level or edge mode, depending upon the CSCMODE bit in the ExCA global control register (ExCA offset
1Eh/5Eh/81Eh, see Section 5.20).
If IRQ2 is selected by SMIROUTE, then the IRQSER signaling protocol supports SMI signaling in the IRQ2 IRQ/Data
slot. In a parallel ISA IRQ system, the support for an active low IRQ2 is provided only if IRQ2 is routed to either
MFUNC3 or MFUNC6 through the multifunction routing status register (PCI offset 8Ch, see Section 4.37).
3.9 Power Management Overview
In addition to the low-power CMOS technology process used for the PCI7410 controller, various features are
designed into the device to allow implementation of popular power-saving techniques. These features and techniques
are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Clock run protocol
Cardbus PC Card power management
16-bit PC Card power management
Suspend mode
Ring indicate
PCI power management
3−22
•
•
Cardbus bridge power management
ACPI support
PCI Bus
Core Logic/
Embedded
Controller
PRST
†
GRST
TPS2211A or
4
CLKRUN
PME
TPS2221
Power Switch
PCI7410
PC Card
68
Socket A
TPS2020
1394
Socket
Dedicated
Socket B
16
†
The system connection to GRST is implementation-specific. GRST must be asserted on initial power up of the PCI7410 controller. PRST must
be asserted for subsequent warm resets.
Figure 3−14. System Diagram Implementing CardBus Device Class Power Management
3.9.1 1394 Power Management (Function 1)
The PCI7410 controller complies with PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification. The device supports the
D0 (uninitialized), D0 (active), D1, D2, and D3 power states as defined by the power-management definition in the
1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification, Appendix A.4 and PCI Bus Power Management Specification.
PME is supported to provide notification of wake events. Per Section A.4.2, the 1394 OHCI sets PMCSR.PME_STS
in the D0 state due to unmasked interrupt events. In previous OHCI implementations, unmasked interrupt events
were interpreted as (IntEvent.n && IntMask.n && IntMask.masterIntEnable), where n represents a specific interrupt
event. Based on feedback from Microsoft this implementation may cause problems with the existing Windows
power-management arcitecture as a PME and an interrupt could be simultaneously signaled on a transition from the
D1 to D0 state where interrupts were enabled to generate wake events. If bit 10 (ignore_mstrIntEna_for_pme) in the
PCI miscellaneous configuration register (OHCI offset F0h, see Section 7.23) is set, then the PCI7410 controller
implements the preferred behavior as (IntEvent.n && IntMask.n). Otherwise, the PCI7410 controller implements the
preferred behavior as (IntEvent.n && IntMask.n && IntMask.masterIntEnable). In addition, when the
ignore_mstrIntEna_for_pme bit is set, it causes bit 26 of the OHCI vendor ID register (OHCI offset 40h, see
Section 8.15) to read 1, otherwise, bit 26 reads 0. An open drain buffer is used for PME. If PME is enabled in the power
management control/status register (PCI offset A4h, see Section 4.45), then insertion of a PC Card causes the
PCI7410 controller to assert PME which wakes the system from a low power state (D3, D2, or D1). The OS services
PME and takes the PCI7410 controller to the D0 state.
3.9.2 Integrated Low-Dropout Voltage Regulator (LDO-VR)
The PCI7410 controller requires 1.8-V core voltage. The core power can be supplied by the PCI7410 controller itself
using the internal LDO-VR. The core power can alternatively be supplied by an external power supply through the
VR_PORT terminal. Table 3−16 lists the requirements for both the internal core power supply and the external core
power supply.
3−23
Table 3−16. Requirements for Internal/External 1.8-V Core Power Supply
SUPPLY
V
CC
VR_EN
VR_PORT NOTE
Internal
3.3 V
GND
1.8-V output Internal 1.8-V LDO-VR is enabled. A 1.0-µF bypass capacitor is required on the VR_PORT
terminal for decoupling. This output is not for external use.
External
3.3 V
V
CC
1.8-V input Internal 1.8-V LDO-VR is disabled. An external 1.8-V power supply, of minimum 50-mA
capacity, is required. A 0.1-µF bypass capacitor on the VR_PORT terminal is required.
3.9.3 Clock Run Protocol
The PCI CLKRUN feature is the primary method of power management on the PCI interface of the PCI7410 controller.
CLKRUN signaling is provided through the MFUNC6 terminal. Since some chip sets do not implement CLKRUN, this
is not always available to the system designer, and alternate power-saving features are provided. For details on the
CLKRUN protocol see the PCI Mobile Design Guide.
The PCI7410 controller does not permit the central resource to stop the PCI clock under any of the following
conditions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bit 1 (KEEPCLK) in the system control register (PCI offset 80h, see Section 4.30) is set.
The 16-bit PC Card resource manager is busy.
The PCI7410 CardBus master state machine is busy. A cycle may be in progress on CardBus.
The PCI7410 master is busy. There may be posted data from CardBus to PCI in the PCI7410 controller.
Interrupts are pending.
The CardBus CCLK for the socket has not been stopped by the PCI7410 CCLKRUN manager.
The PCI7410 controller restarts the PCI clock using the CLKRUN protocol under any of the following conditions:
•
•
•
•
A 16-bit PC Card IREQ or a CardBus CINT has been asserted by either card.
A CardBus CBWAKE (CSTSCHG) or 16-bit PC Card STSCHG/RI event occurs in the socket.
A CardBus attempts to start the CCLK using CCLKRUN.
A CardBus card arbitrates for the CardBus bus using CREQ.
3.9.4 CardBus PC Card Power Management
The PCI7410 controller implements its own card power-management engine that can turn off the CCLK to a socket
when there is no activity to the CardBus PC Card. The PCI clock-run protocol is followed on the CardBus CCLKRUN
interface to control this clock management.
3.9.5 16-Bit PC Card Power Management
The COE bit (bit 7) of the ExCA power control register (ExCA offset 02h/42h/802h, see Section 5.3) and PWRDWN
bit (bit 0) of the ExCA global control register (ExCA offset 1Eh/5Eh/81Eh, see Section 5.20) are provided for 16-bit
PC Card power management. The COE bit places the card interface in a high-impedance state to save power. The
power savings when using this feature are minimal. The COE bit resets the PC Card when used, and the PWRDWN
bit does not. Furthermore, the PWRDWN bit is an automatic COE, that is, the PWRDWN performs the COE function
when there is no card activity.
NOTE: The 16-bit PC Card must implement the proper pullup resistors for the COE and
PWRDWN modes.
3.9.6 Suspend Mode
The SUSPEND signal, provided for backward compatibility, gates the PRST (PCI reset) signal and the GRST (global
reset) signal from the PCI7410 controller. Besides gating PRST and GRST, SUSPEND also gates PCLK inside the
PCI7410 controller in order to minimize power consumption.
3−24
It should also be noted that asynchronous signals, such as card status change interrupts and RI_OUT, can be passed
to the host system without a PCI clock. However, if card status change interrupts are routed over the serial interrupt
stream, then the PCI clock must be restarted in order to pass the interrupt, because neither the internal oscillator nor
an external clock is routed to the serial-interrupt state machine. Figure 3−15 is a signal diagram of the suspend
function.
RESET
GNT
SUSPEND
PCLK
External Terminals
Internal Signals
RESETIN
SUSPENDIN
PCLKIN
Figure 3−15. Signal Diagram of Suspend Function
3.9.7 Requirements for Suspend Mode
The suspend mode prevents the clearing of all register contents on the assertion of reset (PRST or GRST) which
would require the reconfiguration of the PCI7410 controller by software. Asserting the SUSPEND signal places the
PCI outputs of the controller in a high-impedance state and gates the PCLK signal internally to the controller unless
a PCI transaction is currently in process (GNT is asserted). It is important that the PCI bus not be parked on the
PCI7410 controller when SUSPEND is asserted because the outputs are in a high-impedance state.
The GPIOs, MFUNC signals, and RI_OUT signal are all active during SUSPEND, unless they are disabled in the
appropriate PCI7410 registers.
3.9.8 Ring Indicate
The RI_OUT output is an important feature in power management, allowing a system to go into a suspended mode
and wake-up on modem rings and other card events. TI-designed flexibility permits this signal to fit wide platform
requirements. RI_OUT on the PCI7410 controller can be asserted under any of the following conditions:
•
A 16-bit PC Card modem in a powered socket asserts RI to indicate to the system the presence of an
incoming call.
•
•
A powered down CardBus card asserts CSTSCHG (CBWAKE) requesting system and interface wake-up.
A powered CardBus card asserts CSTSCHG from the insertion/removal of cards or change in battery
voltage levels.
3−25
Figure 3−16 shows various enable bits for the PCI7410 RI_OUT function; however, it does not show the masking of
CSC events. See Table 3−12 for a detailed description of CSC interrupt masks and flags.
RI_OUT Function
CSTSMASK
CSC
RIENB
PC Card
Socket
RINGEN
Card
I/F
RI_OUT
RI
CDRESUME
CSC
Figure 3−16. RI_OUT Functional Diagram
RI from the 16-bit PC Card interface is masked by bit 7 (RINGEN) in the ExCA interrupt and general control register
(ExCA offset 03h/43h/803h, see Section 5.4). This is programmed on a per-socket basis and is only applicable when
a 16-bit card is powered in the socket.
The CBWAKE signaling to RI_OUT is enabled through the same mask as the CSC event for CSTSCHG. The mask
bit (bit 0, CSTSMASK) is programmed through the socket mask register (CB offset 04h, see Section 6.2) in the
CardBus socket registers.
RI_OUT can be routed through any of three different pins, RI_OUT/PME, MFUNC2, or MFUNC4. The RI_OUT
function is enabled by setting bit 7 (RIENB) in the card control register (PCI offset 91h, see Section 4.39). The PME
function is enabled by setting bit 8 (PME_ENABLE) in the power-management control/status register (PCI offset A4h,
see Section 4.45). When bit 0 (RIMUX) in the system control register (PCI offset 80h, see Section 4.30) is set to 0,
both the RI_OUT function and the PME function are routed to the RI_OUT/PME terminal. If both functions are enabled
and RIMUX is set to 0, then the RI_OUT/PME terminal becomes RI_OUT only and PME assertions are never seen.
Therefore, in a system using both the RI_OUT function and the PME function, RIMUX must be set to 1 and RI_OUT
must be routed to either MFUNC2 or MFUNC4.
3.9.9 PCI Power Management for CardBus (Function 0)
The PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification for PCI to CardBus Bridges establishes the infrastructure
required to let the operating system control the power of PCI functions. This is done by defining a standard PCI
interface and operations to manage the power of PCI functions on the bus. The PCI bus and the PCI functions can
be assigned one of seven power-management states, resulting in varying levels of power savings.
The seven power-management states of PCI functions are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
D0-uninitialized − Before device configuration, device not fully functional
D0-active − Fully functional state
D1 − Low-power state
D2 − Low-power state
D3 − Low-power state. Transition state before D3
hot
cold
D3
− PME signal-generation capable. Main power is removed and VAUX is available.
cold
D3 − No power and completely nonfunctional
off
NOTE 1: In the D0-uninitialized state, the PCI7410 controller does not generate PME and/or interrupts. When bits 0 (IO_EN) and 1 (MEM_EN)
of the command register (PCI offset 04h, see Section 4.5) are both set, the PCI7410 controller switches the state to D0-active. Transition
from D3
to the D0-uninitialized state happens at the deassertion of PRST. The assertion of GRST forces the controller to the
cold
D0-uninitialized state immediately.
NOTE 2: The PWR_STATE bits (bits 1−0) of the power-management control/status register (PCI offset A4h, see Section 4.45) only code for four
power states, D0, D1, D2, and D3 . The differences between the three D3 states is invisible to the software because the controller
hot
is not accessible in the D3
or D3 state.
off
cold
Similarly, bus power states of the PCI bus are B0−B3. The bus power states B0−B3 are derived from the device power
state of the originating bridge device.
3−26
For the operating system (OS) to manage the device power states on the PCI bus, the PCI function must support four
power-management operations. These operations are:
•
•
•
•
Capabilities reporting
Power status reporting
Setting the power state
System wake-up
The OS identifies the capabilities of the PCI function by traversing the new capabilities list. The presence of
capabilities in addition to the standard PCI capabilities is indicated by a 1 in bit 4 (CAPLIST) of the status register (PCI
offset 06h, see Section 4.6).
The capabilities pointer provides access to the first item in the linked list of capabilities. For the PCI7410 controller,
a CardBus bridge with PCI configuration space header type 2, the capabilities pointer is mapped to an offset of 14h.
The first byte of each capability register block is required to be a unique ID of that capability. PCI power management
has been assigned an ID of 01h. The next byte is a pointer to the next pointer item in the list of capabilities. If there
are no more items in the list, then the next item pointer must be set to 0. The registers following the next item pointer
are specific to the capability of the function. The PCI power-management capability implements the register block
outlined in Table 3−17.
Table 3−17. Power-Management Registers
REGISTER NAME
Power-management capabilities
Power-management control/status register bridge support extensions
OFFSET
A0h
Next item pointer
Capability ID
Data
Power-management control/status (CSR)
A4h
The power-management capabilities register (PCI offset A2h, see Section 4.44) is a static read-only register that
provides information on the capabilities of the function related to power management. The power-management
control/status register (PCI offset A4h, see Section 4.45) enables control of power-management states and
enables/monitors power-management events. The data register is an optional register that can provide dynamic data.
For more information on PCI power management, see the PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification for
PCI to CardBus Bridges.
3.9.9.1 Function 2 Power Management
The PCI7410 controller complies with the PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification. The device supports
the D0 (unitialized), D0 (active), D1, D2, and D3 power states as defined by the power management definition in the
1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification, Appendix A4.
Table 3−18. Function 2 Power-Management Registers
REGISTER NAME
Power-management capabilities
Power-management control/status register bridge support extensions
OFFSET
44h
Next item pointer
Capability ID
Data
Power-management control/status (CSR)
48h
3.9.9.2 Function 3 Power Management
The PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification is applicable for the firmware loader. This function supports
the D0 and D3 power states.
Table 3−19. Function 3 Power-Management Registers
REGISTER NAME
Power-management capabilities
Power-management control/status register bridge support extensions
OFFSET
44h
Next item pointer
Capability ID
Data
Power-management control/status (CSR)
48h
3.9.10 CardBus Bridge Power Management
The PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification for PCI to CardBus Bridges was approved by PCMCIA in
December of 1997. This specification follows the device and bus state definitions provided in the PCI Bus Power
3−27
Management Interface Specification published by the PCI Special Interest Group (SIG). The main issue addressed
in the PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification for PCI to CardBus Bridges is wake-up from D3 or D3
without losing wake-up context (also called PME context).
hot
cold
The specific issues addressed by the PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification for PCI to CardBus Bridges
for D3 wake-up are as follows:
•
Preservation of device context. The specification states that a reset must occur during the transition from
D3 to D0. Some method to preserve wake-up context must be implemented so that the reset does not clear
the PME context registers.
•
Power source in D3
if wake-up support is required from this state.
cold
The Texas Instruments PCI7410 controller addresses these D3 wake-up issues in the following manner:
•
•
Two resets are provided to handle preservation of PME context bits:
−
Global reset (GRST) is used only on the initial boot up of the system after power up. It places the
PCI7410 controller in its default state and requires BIOS to configure the device before becoming fully
functional.
−
PCI reset (PRST) has dual functionality based on whether PME is enabled or not. If PME is enabled,
then PME context is preserved. If PME is not enabled, then PRST acts the same as a normal PCI reset.
Please see the master list of PME context bits in Section 3.9.12.
Power source in D3
auxiliary power source must be supplied to the PCI7410 V
if wake-up support is required from this state. Since V
is removed in D3
terminals. Consult the PCI14xx
, an
cold
CC
cold
CC
Implementation Guide for D3 Wake-Up or the PCI Power Management Interface Specification for PCI to
CardBus Bridges for further information.
3.9.11 ACPI Support
The Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) Specification provides a mechanism that allows unique
pieces of hardware to be described to the ACPI driver. The PCI7410 controller offers a generic interface that is
compliant with ACPI design rules.
Two doublewords of general-purpose ACPI programming bits reside in PCI7410 PCI configuration space at offset
88h. The programming model is broken into status and control functions. In compliance with ACPI, the top level event
status and enable bits reside in the general-purpose event status register (PCI offset 88h, see Section 4.33) and
general-purpose event enable register (PCI offset 89h, see Section 4.34). The status and enable bits are
implemented as defined by ACPI and illustrated in Figure 3−17.
Status Bit
Event Input
Event Output
Enable Bit
Figure 3−17. Block Diagram of a Status/Enable Cell
The status and enable bits generate an event that allows the ACPI driver to call a control method associated with the
pending status bit. The control method can then control the hardware by manipulating the hardware control bits or
by investigating child status bits and calling their respective control methods. A hierarchical implementation would
be somewhat limiting, however, as upstream devices would have to remain in some level of power state to report
events.
For more information of ACPI, see the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) Specification.
3.9.12 Master List of PME Context Bits and Global Reset-Only Bits
PME context bit means that the bit is cleared only by the assertion of GRST when the PME enable bit, bit 8 of the
power management control/status register (PCI offset A4h, see Section 4.45) is set. If PME is not enabled, then these
bits are cleared when either PRST or GRST is asserted.
3−28
The PME context bits (functions 0 and 1) are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bridge control register (PCI offset 3Eh, see Section 4.26): bit 6
System control register (PCI offset 80h, see Section 4.30): bits 10−8
Power management control/status register (PCI offset A4h, see Section 4.45): bit 15
ExCA power control register (ExCA 802h/842h, see Section 5.3): bits 7, 5 (82365SL mode only), 4−3, 1−0
ExCA interrupt and general control (ExCA 803h/843h, see Section 5.4): bits 6, 5
ExCA card status-change register (ExCA 804h/844h, see Section 5.5): bits 3−0
ExCA card status-change interrupt configuration register (ExCA 805h/845h, see Section 5.6): bits 3−0
ExCA card detect and general control register (ExCA 816h, see Section 5.19): bits 7−6
Socket event register (CardBus offset 00h, see Section 6.1): bits 3−0
Socket mask register (CardBus offset 04h, see Section 6.2): bits 3−0
Socket present state register (CardBus offset 08h, see Section 6.3): bits 27, 13−7, 5−1
Socket control register (CardBus offset 10h, see Section 6.5): bits 6−4, 2−0
Global reset-only bits, as the name implies, are cleared only by GRST. These bits are never cleared by PRST,
regardless of the setting of the PME enable bit. The GRST signal is gated only by the SUSPEND signal. This means
that assertion of SUSPEND blocks the GRST signal internally, thus preserving all register contents. Figure 3−14 is
a diagram showing the application of GRST and PRST.
The global reset-only bits (functions 0 and 1) are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Status register (PCI offset 06h, see Section 4.6): bits 15−11, 8
Secondary status register (PCI offset 16h, see Section 4.15): bits 15−11, 8
Subsystem vendor ID register (PCI offset 40h, see Section 4.27): bits 15–0
Subsystem ID register (PCI offset 42h, see Section 4.28): bits 15–0
PC Card 16-bit I/F legacy-mode base-address register (PCI offset 44h, see Section 4.29): bits 31−0
System control register (PCI offset 80h, see Section 4.30): bits 31−24, 22−13, 11, 6−0
UM_CD debounce register (PCI offset 84h, see Section 4.31): bits 7−0
General control register (PCI offset 86h, see Section 4.32): bits 15−10, 7, 5−3, 1−0
General-purpose event status register (PCI offset 88h, see Section 4.33): bits 7−6, 4−0
General-purpose event enable register (PCI offset 89h, see Section 4.34): bits 7−6, 4−0
General-purpose output register (PCI offset 8Bh, see Section 4.36): bits 4−0
Multifunction routing register (PCI offset 8Ch, see Section 4.37): bits 31−0
Retry status register (PCI offset 90h, see Section 4.38): bits 7−5, 3, 1
Card control register (PCI offset 91h, see Section 4.39): bits 7−5, 2−0
Device control register (PCI offset 92h, see Section 4.40): bits 7−5, 3−0
Diagnostic register (PCI offset 93h, see Section 4.41): bits 7−0
Power management capabilities register (PCI offset A2h, see Section 4.44): bit 15
Power management CSR register (PCI offset A4h, see Section 4.45): bit 8
Serial bus data register (PCI offset B0h, see Section 4.48): bits 7−0
Serial bus index register (PCI offset B1h, see Section 4.49): bits 7−0
Serial bus slave address register (PCI offset B2h, see Section 4.50): bits 7−0
Serial bus control/status register (PCI offset B3h, see Section 4.51): bits 7, 3−0
ExCA identification and revision register (ExCA 800h, see Section 5.1): bits 7−0
ExCA global control register (ExCA 81Eh, see Section 5.20): bits 2−0
CardBus socket power management register (CardBus 20h, see Section 6.6): bits 25−24
The global reset-only bit (function 2) is:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Subsystem vendor ID register (PCI offset 2Ch, see Section 7.12): bits 15−0
Subsystem ID register (PCI offset 2Eh, see Section 7.12): bits 31−16
Minimum grant and maximum latency register (PCI offset 3Eh, see Section 7.16): bits 15−0
Power management control and status register (PCI offset 48h, see Section 7.20): bits 15, 8, 1, 0
PCI PHY control register (PCI offset ECh, see Section 7.22): bits 7, 4−0
Miscellaneous configuration register (PCI offset F0h, see Section 7.23): bits 15, 11−8, 5−0
3−29
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Link enhancement control register (PCI offset F4h, see Section 7.24): bits 15−12, 10, 8−7, 2−1
Bus options register (OHCI offset 20h, see Section 8.9): bits 15−12
GUID high register (OHCI offset 24h, see Section 8.10): bits 31−0
GUID low register (OHCI offset 28h, see Section 8.11): bits 31−0
Host controller control register (OHCI offset 50h/54h, see Section 8.16): bit 23
Link control register (OHCI offset E0h/E4h, see Section 8.31): bit 6
PHY-link loopback test register (Local offset C14h): bits 6−4, 0
Link test control register (Local offset C00h): bits 12−8
The global reset-only (function 3) register bits:
•
•
•
•
Subsystem vendor ID register (PCI offset 2Ch, see Section 7.12): bits 15−0
Subsystem ID register (PCI offset 2Eh, see Section 7.12): bits 31−16
Power management control and status register (PCI offset 48h, see Section 7.20): bits 1, 0
Miscellaneous control register (PCI offset 50h, see Section ): bit 0
3.10 IEEE 1394 Application Information
3.10.1 PHY Port Cable Connection
PCI7410
400 kΩ
CPS
Cable
Power
Pair
1 µF
TPBIAS
56 Ω
56 Ω
TPA+
TPA−
Cable
Pair
A
Cable Port
TPB+
TPB−
Cable
Pair
B
56 Ω
56 Ω
5 kΩ
220 pF
(see Note A)
Outer Shield
Termination
NOTE A: IEEE Std 1394-1995 calls for a 250-pF capacitor, which is a nonstandard component value. A 220-pF capacitor is recommended.
Figure 3−18. TP Cable Connections
3−30
Outer Cable Shield
1 MΩ
0.01 µF
0.001 µF
Chassis Ground
Figure 3−19. Typical Compliant DC Isolated Outer Shield Termination
Outer Cable Shield
Chassis Ground
Figure 3−20. Non-DC Isolated Outer Shield Termination
3.10.2 Crystal Selection
The PCI7410 controller is designed to use an external 24.576-MHz crystal connected between the XI and XO
terminals to provide the reference for an internal oscillator circuit. This oscillator in turn drives a PLL circuit that
generates the various clocks required for transmission and resynchronization of data at the S100 through S400 media
data rates.
A variation of less than 100 ppm from nominal for the media data rates is required by IEEE Std 1394-1995. Adjacent
PHYs may therefore have a difference of up to 200 ppm from each other in their internal clocks, and PHY devices
must be able to compensate for this difference over the maximum packet length. Large clock variations may cause
resynchronization overflows or underflows, resulting in corrupted packet data.
The following are some typical specifications for crystals used with the PHYs from TI in order to achieve the required
frequency accuracy and stability:
•
•
Crystal mode of operation: Fundamental
Frequency tolerance @ 25°C: Total frequency variation for the complete circuit is 100 ppm. A crystal with
30 ppm frequency tolerance is recommended for adequate margin.
•
•
Frequency stability (over temperature and age): A crystal with 30 ppm frequency stability is recommended
for adequate margin.
NOTE: The total frequency variation must be kept below 100 ppm from nominal with some
allowance for error introduced by board and device variations. Trade-offs between frequency
tolerance and stability may be made as long as the total frequency variation is less than
100 ppm. For example, the frequency tolerance of the crystal may be specified at 50 ppm and
the temperature tolerance may be specified at 30 ppm to give a total of 80 ppm possible
variation due to the crystal alone. Crystal aging also contributes to the frequency variation.
Load capacitance: For parallel resonant mode crystal circuits, the frequency of oscillation is dependent
upon the load capacitance specified for the crystal. Total load capacitance (C ) is a function of not only the
L
discrete load capacitors, but also board layout and circuit. It is recommended that load capacitors with a
maximum of 5% tolerance be used.
3−31
For example, load capacitors (C9 and C10 in Figure 3−21) of 16 pF each were appropriate for the layout of the
PCI7410 evaluation module (EVM), which uses a crystal specified for 12-pF loading. The load specified for the crystal
includes the load capacitors (C9 and C10), the loading of the PHY pins (C
), and the loading of the board itself
PHY
(C ). The value of C
is typically about 1 pF, and C
is typically 0.8 pF per centimeter of board etch; a typical
BD
PHY
BD
board can have 3 pF to 6 pF or more. The load capacitors C9 and C10 combine as capacitors in series so that the
total load capacitance is:
C9 C10
C9 ) C10
C
+
) C
) C
L
PHY
BD
C9
X1
X0
X1
C
+ C
BD
PHY
24.576 MHz
I
S
C10
Figure 3−21. Load Capacitance for the PCI7410 PHY
The layout of the crystal portion of the PHY circuit is important for obtaining the correct frequency, minimizing noise
introduced into the PHY phase-lock loop, and minimizing any emissions from the circuit. The crystal and two load
capacitors must be considered as a unit during layout. The crystal and the load capacitors must be placed as close
as possible to one another while minimizing the loop area created by the combination of the three components.
Varying the size of the capacitors may help in this. Minimizing the loop area minimizes the effect of the resonant
current (Is) that flows in this resonant circuit. This layout unit (crystal and load capacitors) must then be placed as
close as possible to the PHY X1 and X0 terminals to minimize etch lengths, as shown in Figure 3−22.
C9
C10
X1
For more details on crystal selection, see application report SLLA051 available from the TI website:
http://www.ti.com/sc/1394.
Figure 3−22. Recommended Crystal and Capacitor Layout
3.10.3 Bus Reset
In the PCI7410 controller, the initiate bus reset (IBR) bit may be set to 1 in order to initiate a bus reset and initialization
sequence. The IBR bit is located in PHY register 1, along with the root-holdoff bit (RHB) and Gap_Count field, as
required by IEEE Std 1394a-2000. Therefore, whenever the IBR bit is written, the RHB and Gap_Count are also
written.
The RHB and Gap_Count may also be updated by PHY-config packets. The PCI7410 controller is IEEE 1394a-2000
compliant, and therefore both the reception and transmission of PHY-config packets cause the RHB and Gap_Count
to be loaded, unlike older IEEE 1394-1995 compliant PHY devices which decode only received PHY-config packets.
The gap-count is set to the maximum value of 63 after 2 consecutive bus resets without an intervening write to the
Gap_Count, either by a write to PHY register 1 or by a PHY-config packet. This mechanism allows a PHY-config
3−32
packet to be transmitted and then a bus reset initiated so as to verify that all nodes on the bus have updated their
RHBs and Gap_Count values, without having the Gap_Count set back to 63 by the bus reset. The subsequent
connection of a new node to the bus, which initiates a bus reset, then causes the Gap_Count of each node to be set
to 63. Note, however, that if a subsequent bus reset is instead initiated by a write to register 1 to set the IBR bit, all
other nodes on the bus have their Gap_Count values set to 63, while this node Gap_Count remains set to the value
just loaded by the write to PHY register 1.
Therefore, in order to maintain consistent gap-counts throughout the bus, the following rules apply to the use of the
IBR bit, RHB, and Gap_Count in PHY register 1:
•
Following the transmission of a PHY-config packet, a bus reset must be initiated in order to verify that all
nodes have correctly updated their RHBs and Gap_Count values and to ensure that a subsequent new
connection to the bus causes the Gap_Count to be set to 63 on all nodes in the bus. If this bus reset is
initiated by setting the IBR bit to 1, then the RHB and Gap_Count field must also be loaded with the correct
values consistent with the just transmitted PHY-config packet. In the PCI7410 controller, the RHB and
Gap_Count are updated to their correct values upon the transmission of the PHY-config packet, so these
values may first be read from register 1 and then rewritten.
•
•
Other than to initiate the bus reset, which must follow the transmission of a PHY-config packet, whenever
the IBR bit is set to 1 in order to initiate a bus reset, the Gap_Count value must also be set to 63 so as to
be consistent with other nodes on the bus, and the RHB must be maintained with its current value.
The PHY register 1 must not be written to except to set the IBR bit. The RHB and Gap_Count must not be
written without also setting the IBR bit to 1.
3−33
3−34
4 PC Card Controller Programming Model
This chapter describes the PCI7410 PCI configuration registers that make up the 256-byte PCI configuration header
for each PCI7410 function. There are some bits which affect both CardBus functions, but which, in order to work
properly, must be accessed only through function 0. These are called global bits. Registers containing one or more
global bits are denoted by § in Table 4−2.
Any bit followed by a † is not cleared by the assertion of PRST (see CardBus Bridge Power Management,
Section 3.9.10, for more details) if PME is enabled (PCI offset A4h, bit 8). In this case, these bits are cleared only by
GRST. If PME is not enabled, then these bits are cleared by GRST or PRST. These bits are sometimes referred to
as PME context bits and are implemented to allow PME context to be preserved during the transition from D3
or
hot
D3
to D0.
cold
If a bit is followed by a ‡, then this bit is cleared only by GRST in all cases (not conditional on PME being enabled).
These bits are intended to maintain device context such as interrupt routing and MFUNC programming during warm
resets.
A bit description table, typically included when the register contains bits of more than one type or purpose, indicates
bit field names, a detailed field description, and field access tags which appear in the type column. Table 4−1
describes the field access tags.
Table 4−1. Bit Field Access Tag Descriptions
ACCESS TAG
NAME
Read
Write
Set
MEANING
Field can be read by software.
R
W
S
Field can be written by software to any value.
Field can be set by a write of 1. Writes of 0 have no effect.
Field can be cleared by a write of 1. Writes of 0 have no effect.
Field can be autonomously updated by the PCI7410 controller.
C
U
Clear
Update
4.1 PCI Configuration Registers (Functions 0 and 1)
The PCI7410 controller is a multifunction PCI device, and the PC Card controller is integrated as PCI functions 0 and
1. The configuration header, compliant with the PCI Local Bus Specification as a CardBus bridge header, is
PC99/PC2001 compliant as well. Table 4−2 illustrates the PCI configuration register map, which includes both the
predefined portion of the configuration space and the user-definable registers.
Table 4−2. Functions 0 and 1 PCI Configuration Register Map
REGISTER NAME
OFFSET
00h
Device ID
Status ‡
Vendor ID
Command
04h
Class code
Header type
Revision ID
08h
BIST
Latency timer
Cache line size
0Ch
10h
CardBus socket registers/ExCA base address register
Secondary status ‡
CardBus latency timer Subordinate bus number
Reserved
Capability pointer
PCI bus number
14h
CardBus bus number
18h
CardBus memory base register 0
1Ch
20h
CardBus memory limit register 0
CardBus memory base register 1
CardBus memory limit register 1
24h
28h
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4−1
Table 4−2. Functions 0 and 1 PCI Configuration Register Map (Continued)
REGISTER NAME
OFFSET
2Ch
CardBus I/O base register 0
CardBus I/O limit register 0
CardBus I/O base register 1
CardBus I/O limit register 1
30h
34h
38h
Bridge control †
Subsystem ID ‡
Interrupt pin
Interrupt line
3Ch
Subsystem vendor ID ‡
40h
PC Card 16-bit I/F legacy-mode base-address ‡
Reserved
44h
48h−7Ch
80h
System control †‡§
General control ‡§
General-purpose output ‡
Reserved
UM_CD debounce ‡
84h
General-purpose event
enable ‡
General-purpose event
status ‡
General-purpose input
Device control ‡§
88h
Multifunction routing status ‡
8Ch
90h
Diagnostic ‡§
Card control ‡§
Retry status ‡§
Capability ID
Reserved
94h−9Ch
A0h
Power management capabilities ‡
Next item pointer
Power management
control/status bridge support
extensions
Power management data
(Reserved)
A4h
Power management control/status †‡
Reserved
Serial bus slave address ‡
Reserved
A8h−ACh
B0h
Serial bus control/status ‡
Serial bus index ‡
Serial bus data ‡
B4h−FCh
†
One or more bits in this register are PME context bits and can be cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not
enabled, then this bit is cleared by the assertion of PRST or GRST.
‡
§
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
One or more bits in this register are global in nature and must be accessed only through function 0.
4.2 Vendor ID Register
The vendor ID register contains a value allocated by the PCI SIG that identifies the manufacturer of the PCI device.
The vendor ID assigned to Texas Instruments is 104Ch.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Vendor ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Vendor ID
00h (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only
Default:
104Ch
4−2
4.3 Device ID Register Function 0
The device ID register contains a value assigned to the PCI7410 controller by Texas Instruments. The device
identification for the PCI7410 controller is AC49h.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Device ID
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Device ID
02h (Function 0)
Read-only
AC49h
Default:
4.4 Device ID Register Function 1
This read-only register contains the device ID assigned by TI to the PCI7410 dedicated socket function (PCI function
1). When the dedicated socket is SD/MMC, the device ID is AC4Bh. When the dedicated socket is Memory Stick, the
device ID is AC4Ch.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Device ID—SD/MMC
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Device ID (dedicated SD/MMC)
02h (Function 1)
Read-only
Default:
AC4Bh
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Device ID—Memory Stick
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Device ID (dedicated Memory Stick)
02h (Function 1)
Read-only
Default:
AC4Ch
4−3
4.5 Command Register
The PCI command register provides control over the PCI7410 interface to the PCI bus. All bit functions adhere to the
definitions in the PCI Local Bus Specification (see Table 4−3). None of the bit functions in this register are shared
among the PCI7410 PCI functions. Three command registers exist in the PCI7410 controller, one for each function.
Software manipulates the PCI7410 functions as separate entities when enabling functionality through the command
register. The SERR_EN and PERR_EN enable bits in this register are internally wired OR between the three
functions, and these control bits appear to software to be separate for each function.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Command
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Command
04h
Read-only, Read/Write
0000h
Default:
Table 4−3. Command Register Description
FUNCTION
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
15−11
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 15−11 return 0s when read.
INTx disable. When set to 1, this bit disables the function from asserting interrupts on the INTx signals.
0 = INTx assertion is enabled (default)
1 = INTx assertion is disabled
10
9
INT_DISABLE
FBB_EN
RW
R
This bit is disabled (read-only 0) if bit 7 (PCI2_3_EN) in the general control register (PCI offset 86h, see
Section 4.32) is 0.
Fast back-to-back enable. The PCI7410 controller does not generate fast back-to-back transactions;
therefore, this bit is read-only. This bit returns a 0 when read.
System error (SERR) enable. This bit controls the enable for the SERR driver on the PCI interface. SERR
can be asserted after detecting an address parity error on the PCI bus. Both this bit and bit 6 must be set
for the PCI7410 controller to report address parity errors.
8
7
6
SERR_EN
RSVD
RW
R
0 = Disables the SERR output driver (default)
1 = Enables the SERR output driver
Reserved. Bit 7 returns 0 when read.
Parity error response enable. This bit controls the PCI7410 response to parity errors through the PERR
signal. Data parity errors are indicated by asserting PERR, while address parity errors are indicated by
asserting SERR.
PERR_EN
RW
0 = PCI7410 controller ignores detected parity errors (default).
1 = PCI7410 controller responds to detected parity errors.
VGA palette snoop. When set to 1, palette snooping is enabled (i.e., the PCI7410 controller does not
respond to palette register writes and snoops the data). When the bit is 0, the PCI7410 controller treats
all palette accesses like all other accesses.
5
4
3
2
VGA_EN
MWI_EN
SPECIAL
MAST_EN
RW
R
Memory write-and-invalidate enable. This bit controls whether a PCI initiator device can generate memory
write-and-invalidate commands. The PCI7410 controller does not support memory write-and-invalidate
commands, it uses memory write commands instead; therefore, this bit is hardwired to 0. This bit returns
0 when read. Writes to this bit have no effect.
Special cycles. This bit controls whether or not a PCI device ignores PCI special cycles. The PCI7410
controller does not respond to special cycle operations; therefore, this bit is hardwired to 0. This bit returns
0 when read. Writes to this bit have no effect.
R
Bus master control. This bit controls whether or not the PCI7410 controller can act as a PCI bus initiator
(master). The PCI7410 controller can take control of the PCI bus only when this bit is set.
0 = Disables the PCI7410 ability to generate PCI bus accesses (default)
RW
1 = Enables the PCI7410 ability to generate PCI bus accesses
4−4
Table 4−3. Command Register Description (continued)
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Memory space enable. This bit controls whether or not the PCI7410 controller can claim cycles in PCI
memory space.
1
MEM_EN
RW
RW
0 = Disables the PCI7410 response to memory space accesses (default)
1 = Enables the PCI7410 response to memory space accesses
I/O space control. This bit controls whether or not the PCI7410 controller can claim cycles in PCI I/O space.
0 = Disables the PCI7410 controller from responding to I/O space accesses (default)
1 = Enables the PCI7410 controller to respond to I/O space accesses
0
IO_EN
4.6 Status Register
The status register provides device information to the host system. Bits in this register can be read normally. A bit
in the status register is reset when a 1 is written to that bit location; a 0 written to a bit location has no effect. All bit
functions adhere to the definitions in the PCI Bus Specification, as seen in the bit descriptions. PCI bus status is shown
through each function. See Table 4−4 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Status
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
1
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Status
06h (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only, Read/Write
0210h
Default:
Table 4−4. Status Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Detected parity error. This bit is set when a parity error is detected, either an address or data parity error.
Write a 1 to clear this bit.
15 ‡
PAR_ERR
RW
Signaled system error. This bit is set when SERR is enabled and the PCI7410 controller signaled a system
error to the host. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
14 ‡
13 ‡
12 ‡
11 ‡
10−9
SYS_ERR
MABORT
RW
RW
RW
RW
R
Received master abort. This bit is set when a cycle initiated by the PCI7410 controller on the PCI bus has
been terminated by a master abort. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
Received target abort. This bit is set when a cycle initiated by the PCI7410 controller on the PCI bus was
terminated by a target abort. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
TABT_REC
TABT_SIG
PCI_SPEED
Signaled target abort. This bit is set by the PCI7410 controller when it terminates a transaction on the PCI
bus with a target abort. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
DEVSEL timing. These bits encode the timing of DEVSEL and are hardwired to 01b indicating that the
PCI7410 controller asserts this signal at a medium speed on nonconfiguration cycle accesses.
Data parity error detected. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
0 = The conditions for setting this bit have not been met.
1 = A data parity error occurred and the following conditions were met:
a. PERR was asserted by any PCI device including the PCI7410.
b. The PCI7410 controller was the bus master during the data parity error.
c. The parity error response bit is set in the command register.
8 ‡
DATAPAR
RW
Fast back-to-back capable. The PCI7410 controller cannot accept fast back-to-back transactions; thus, this
bit is hardwired to 0.
7
6
5
FBB_CAP
UDF
R
R
R
UDF supported. The PCI7410 controller does not support user-definable features; therefore, this bit is
hardwired to 0.
66-MHz capable. The PCI7410 controller operates at a maximum PCLK frequency of 33 MHz; therefore,
this bit is hardwired to 0.
66MHZ
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4−5
Table 4−4. Status Register Description (continued)
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Capabilities list. This bit returns 1 when read. This bit indicates that capabilities in addition to standard PCI
capabilities are implemented. The linked list of PCI power-management capabilities is implemented in this
function.
4
CAPLIST
R
Interrupt status. This bit reflects the interrupt status of the function. Only when bit 10 (INT_DISABLE) in the
command register (PCI offset 04h, see Section 4.5) is a 0 and this bit is a 1, will the function’s INTx signal
be asserted. Setting the INT_DISABLE bit to a 1 has no effect on the state of this bit. This bit is disabled
(read-only 0) if bit 7 (PCI2_3_EN) in the general control register (PCI offset 86h, see Section 4.32) is 0.
3
INT_STATUS
RSVD
R
R
2−0
Reserved. These bits return 0s when read.
4.7 Revision ID Register
The revision ID register indicates the silicon revision of the PCI7410 controller.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Revision ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Revision ID
08h (functions 0, 1)
Read-only
00h
Default:
4.8 Class Code Register
The class code register recognizes PCI7410 functions 0 and 1 as a bridge device (06h) and a CardBus bridge device
(07h), with a 00h programming interface.
Bit
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
PCI class code
Base class
Subclass
Programming interface
Type
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Default
Register:
Offset:
Type:
PCI class code
09h (functions 0, 1)
Read-only
Default:
06 0700h
4.9 Cache Line Size Register
The cache line size register is programmed by host software to indicate the system cache line size.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Cache line size
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Cache line size
0Ch (Functions 0, 1)
Read/Write
00h
Default:
4−6
4.10 Latency Timer Register
The latency timer register specifies the latency timer for the PCI7410 controller, in units of PCI clock cycles. When
the PCI7410 controller is a PCI bus initiator and asserts FRAME, the latency timer begins counting from zero. If the
latency timer expires before the PCI7410 transaction has terminated, then the PCI7410 controller terminates the
transaction when its GNT is deasserted.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Latency timer
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Latency timer
0Dh
Read/Write
00h
Default:
4.11 Header Type Register
The header type register returns 82h when read, indicating that the PCI7410 functions 0 and 1 configuration spaces
adhere to the CardBus bridge PCI header. The CardBus bridge PCI header ranges from PCI registers 00h−7Fh, and
80h−FFh is user-definable extension registers.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Header type
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Header type
0Eh (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only
Default:
82h
4.12 BIST Register
Because the PCI7410 controller does not support a built-in self-test (BIST), this register returns the value of 00h when
read.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
BIST
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
BIST
0Fh (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only
Default:
00h
4−7
4.13 CardBus Socket Registers/ExCA Base Address Register
This register is programmed with a base address referencing the CardBus socket registers and the memory-mapped
ExCA register set. Bits 31−12 are read/write, and allow the base address to be located anywhere in the 32-bit PCI
memory address space on a 4-Kbyte boundary. Bits 11−0 are read-only, returning 0s when read. When software
writes all 1s to this register, the value read back is FFFF F000h, indicating that at least 4K bytes of memory address
space are required. The CardBus registers start at offset 000h, and the memory-mapped ExCA registers begin at
offset 800h. This register is not shared by functions 0 and 1, so the system maps each socket control register
separately.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
CardBus socket registers/ExCA base address
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
CardBus socket registers/ExCA base address
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
CardBus socket registers/ExCA base address
10h
Read-only, Read/Write
0000 0000h
Default:
4.14 Capability Pointer Register
The capability pointer register provides a pointer into the PCI configuration header where the PCI power management
register block resides. PCI header doublewords at A0h and A4h provide the power management (PM) registers. Each
socket has its own capability pointer register. This register is read-only and returns A0h when read.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Capability pointer
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Capability pointer
14h
Read-only
A0h
Default:
4−8
4.15 Secondary Status Register
The secondary status register is compatible with the PCI-PCI bridge secondary status register. It indicates
CardBus-related device information to the host system. This register is very similar to the PCI status register (PCI
offset 06h, see Section 4.6), and status bits are cleared by a writing a 1. This register is not shared by the two socket
functions, but is accessed on a per-socket basis. See Table 4−5 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Secondary status
RC
0
RC
0
RC
0
RC
0
RC
0
R
0
R
1
RC
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Secondary status
16h
Read-only, Read/Clear
0200h
Default:
Table 4−5. Secondary Status Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Detected parity error. This bit is set when a CardBus parity error is detected, either an address or data
parity error. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
15 ‡
CBPARITY
RC
Signaled system error. This bit is set when CSERR is signaled by a CardBus card. The PCI7410 controller
does not assert the CSERR signal. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
14 ‡
13 ‡
12 ‡
11 ‡
10−9
CBSERR
CBMABORT
REC_CBTA
SIG_CBTA
CB_SPEED
RC
RC
RC
RC
R
Received master abort. This bit is set when a cycle initiated by the PCI7410 controller on the CardBus bus
is terminated by a master abort. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
Received target abort. This bit is set when a cycle initiated by the PCI7410 controller on the CardBus bus
is terminated by a target abort. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
Signaled target abort. This bit is set by the PCI7410 controller when it terminates a transaction on the
CardBus bus with a target abort. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
CDEVSEL timing. These bits encode the timing of CDEVSEL and are hardwired to 01b indicating that the
PCI7410 controller asserts this signal at a medium speed.
CardBus data parity error detected. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
0 = The conditions for setting this bit have not been met.
1 = A data parity error occurred and the following conditions were met:
a. CPERR was asserted on the CardBus interface.
8 ‡
CB_DPAR
RC
b. The PCI7410 controller was the bus master during the data parity error.
c. The parity error response enable bit (bit 0) is set in the bridge control register (PCI offset 3Eh,
see Section 4.26).
Fast back-to-back capable. The PCI7410 controller cannot accept fast back-to-back transactions;
therefore, this bit is hardwired to 0.
7
6
CBFBB_CAP
CB_UDF
R
R
User-definable feature support. The PCI7410 controller does not support user-definable features;
therefore, this bit is hardwired to 0.
66-MHz capable. The PCI7410 CardBus interface operates at a maximum CCLK frequency of 33 MHz;
therefore, this bit is hardwired to 0.
5
CB66MHZ
RSVD
R
R
4−0
These bits return 0s when read.
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4−9
4.16 PCI Bus Number Register
The PCI bus number register is programmed by the host system to indicate the bus number of the PCI bus to which
the PCI7410 controller is connected. The PCI7410 controller uses this register in conjunction with the CardBus bus
number and subordinate bus number registers to determine when to forward PCI configuration cycles to its secondary
buses.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
PCI bus number
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
PCI bus number
18h (Functions 0, 1)
Read/Write
Default:
00h
4.17 CardBus Bus Number Register
The CardBus bus number register is programmed by the host system to indicate the bus number of the CardBus bus
to which the PCI7410 controller is connected. The PCI7410 controller uses this register in conjunction with the PCI
bus number and subordinate bus number registers to determine when to forward PCI configuration cycles to its
secondary buses. This register is separate for each PCI7410 controller function.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
CardBus bus number
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
CardBus bus number
19h
Read/Write
00h
Default:
4.18 Subordinate Bus Number Register
The subordinate bus number register is programmed by the host system to indicate the highest numbered bus below
the CardBus bus. The PCI7410 controller uses this register in conjunction with the PCI bus number and CardBus bus
number registers to determine when to forward PCI configuration cycles to its secondary buses. This register is
separate for each CardBus controller function.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Subordinate bus number
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Subordinate bus number
1Ah
Read/Write
00h
Default:
4−10
4.19 CardBus Latency Timer Register
The CardBus latency timer register is programmed by the host system to specify the latency timer for the PCI7410
CardBus interface, in units of CCLK cycles. When the PCI7410 controller is a CardBus initiator and asserts CFRAME,
the CardBus latency timer begins counting. If the latency timer expires before the PCI7410 transaction has
terminated, then the PCI7410 controller terminates the transaction at the end of the next data phase. A recommended
minimum value for this register of 20h allows most transactions to be completed.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
CardBus latency timer
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
CardBus latency timer
1Bh (Functions 0, 1)
Read/Write
Default:
00h
4.20 CardBus Memory Base Registers 0, 1
These registers indicate the lower address of a PCI memory address range. They are used by the PCI7410 controller
to determine when to forward a memory transaction to the CardBus bus, and likewise, when to forward a CardBus
cycle to PCI. Bits 31−12 of these registers are read/write and allow the memory base to be located anywhere in the
32-bit PCI memory space on 4-Kbyte boundaries. Bits 11−0 are read-only and always return 0s. Writes to these bits
have no effect. Bits 8 and 9 of the bridge control register (PCI offset 3Eh, see Section 4.26) specify whether memory
windows 0 and 1 are prefetchable or nonprefetchable. The memory base register or the memory limit register must
be nonzero in order for the PCI7410 controller to claim any memory transactions through CardBus memory windows
(i.e., these windows by default are not enabled to pass the first 4 Kbytes of memory to CardBus).
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Memory base registers 0, 1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Memory base registers 0, 1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Memory base registers 0, 1
1Ch, 24h
Read-only, Read/Write
0000 0000h
Default:
4−11
4.21 CardBus Memory Limit Registers 0, 1
These registers indicate the upper address of a PCI memory address range. They are used by the PCI7410 controller
to determine when to forward a memory transaction to the CardBus bus, and likewise, when to forward a CardBus
cycle to PCI. Bits 31−12 of these registers are read/write and allow the memory base to be located anywhere in the
32-bit PCI memory space on 4-Kbyte boundaries. Bits 11−0 are read-only and always return 0s. Writes to these bits
have no effect. Bits 8 and 9 of the bridge control register (PCI offset 3Eh, see Section 4.26) specify whether memory
windows 0 and 1 are prefetchable or nonprefetchable. The memory base register or the memory limit register must
be nonzero in order for the PCI7410 controller to claim any memory transactions through CardBus memory windows
(i.e., these windows by default are not enabled to pass the first 4 Kbytes of memory to CardBus).
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Memory limit registers 0, 1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Memory limit registers 0, 1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Memory limit registers 0, 1
20h, 28h
Read-only, Read/Write
0000 0000h
Default:
4.22 CardBus I/O Base Registers 0, 1
These registers indicate the lower address of a PCI I/O address range. They are used by the PCI7410 controller to
determine when to forward an I/O transaction to the CardBus bus, and likewise, when to forward a CardBus cycle
to the PCI bus. The lower 16 bits of this register locate the bottom of the I/O window within a 64-Kbyte page. The upper
16 bits (31−16) are all 0s, which locates this 64-Kbyte page in the first page of the 32-bit PCI I/O address space. Bits
31−2 are read/write and always return 0s forcing I/O windows to be aligned on a natural doubleword boundary in the
first 64-Kbyte page of PCI I/O address space. Bits 1−0 are read-only, returning 00 or 01 when read, depending on
the value of bit 11 (IO_BASE_SEL) in the general control register (PCI offset 86h, see Section 4.32). These I/O
windows are enabled when either the I/O base register or the I/O limit register is nonzero. The I/O windows by default
are not enabled to pass the first doubleword of I/O to CardBus.
Either the I/O base register or the I/O limit register must be nonzero to enable any I/O transactions.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
I/O base registers 0, 1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
I/O base registers 0, 1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
I/O base registers 0, 1
2Ch, 34h
Read-only, Read/Write
0000 000Xh
Default:
4−12
4.23 CardBus I/O Limit Registers 0, 1
These registers indicate the upper address of a PCI I/O address range. They are used by the PCI7410 controller to
determine when to forward an I/O transaction to the CardBus bus, and likewise, when to forward a CardBus cycle
to PCI. The lower 16 bits of this register locate the top of the I/O window within a 64-Kbyte page, and the upper 16
bits are a page register which locates this 64-Kbyte page in 32-bit PCI I/O address space. Bits 15−2 are read/write
and allow the I/O limit address to be located anywhere in the 64-Kbyte page (indicated by bits 31−16 of the appropriate
I/O base register) on doubleword boundaries.
Bits 31−16 are read-only and always return 0s when read. The page is set in the I/O base register. Bits 15−2 are
read/write and bits 1−0 are read-only, returning 00 or 01 when read, depending on the value of bit 12 (IO_LIMIT_SEL)
in the general control register (PCI offset 86h, see Section 4.32). Writes to read-only bits have no effect.
These I/O windows are enabled when either the I/O base register or the I/O limit register is nonzero. By default, the
I/O windows are not enabled to pass the first doubleword of I/O to CardBus.
Either the I/O base register or the I/O limit register must be nonzero to enable any I/O transactions.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
I/O limit registers 0, 1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
I/O limit registers 0, 1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
I/O limit registers 0, 1
30h, 38h
Read-only, Read/Write
0000 000Xh
Default:
4.24 Interrupt Line Register
The interrupt line register is a read/write register used by the host software. As part of the interrupt routing procedure,
the host software writes this register with the value of the system IRQ assigned to the function.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Interrupt line
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Interrupt line
3Ch
Read/Write
FFh
Default:
4−13
4.25 Interrupt Pin Register
The value read from this register is function dependent. The default value for function 0 is 01h (INTA), and the default
value for function 1 is 02h (INTB), and the default value for function 2 is 03h (INTC). The value also depends on the
values of bits 28, the tie-all bit (TIEALL), and 29, the interrupt tie bit (INTRTIE), in the system control register (PCI
offset 80h, see Section 4.30). The INTRTIE bit is compatible with previous TI CardBus controllers, and when set to
1, ties INTB to INTA internally. The TIEALL bit ties INTA, INTB, and INTC together internally. The internal interrupt
connections set by INTRTIE and TIEALL are communicated to host software through this standard register interface.
This read-only register is described for all PCI7410 functions in Table 4−6.
PCI function 0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Interrupt pin − PCI function 0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
PCI function 1
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Interrupt pin − PCI function 1
Type
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
Default
PCI function 2
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Interrupt pin − PCI function 2
Type
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
Default
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Interrupt pin
3Dh
Read-only
Default:
01h (function 0), 02h (function 1), 03h (function 2)
Table 4−6. Interrupt Pin Register Cross Reference
INTPIN
FUNCTION 0
(CARDBUS)
INTPIN
FUNCTION 1
(DEDICATED SOCKET)
INTPIN
FUNCTION 2
(1394 OHCI)
INTRTIE BIT
(BIT 29, OFFSET 80h)
TIEALL BIT
(BIT 28, OFFSET 80h)
0
1
0
0
1
01h (INTA)
01h (INTA)
01h (INTA)
02h (INTB)
01h (INTA)
01h (INTA)
03h (INTC)
03h (INTC)
01h (INTA)
X
4−14
4.26 Bridge Control Register
The bridge control register provides control over various PCI7410 bridging functions. Some bits in this register are
global in nature and must be accessed only through function 0. See Table 4−7 for a complete description of the
register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Bridge control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
1
RW
1
RW
0
RW
1
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Bridge control
3Eh (Function 0, 1)
Read-only, Read/Write
0340h
Default:
Table 4−7. Bridge Control Register Description
FUNCTION
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
15−11
RSVD
R
These bits return 0s when read.
Write posting enable. Enables write posting to and from the CardBus sockets. Write posting enables the
posting of write data on burst cycles. Operating with write posting disabled impairs performance on burst
cycles. Note that burst write data can be posted, but various write transactions may not. This bit is socket
dependent and is not shared between functions 0 and 1.
10
9
POSTEN
PREFETCH1
PREFETCH0
INTR
RW
RW
RW
RW
Memory window 1 type. This bit specifies whether or not memory window 1 is prefetchable. This bit is
socket dependent. This bit is encoded as:
0 = Memory window 1 is nonprefetchable.
1 = Memory window 1 is prefetchable (default).
Memory window 0 type. This bit specifies whether or not memory window 0 is prefetchable. This bit is
socket dependent. This bit is encoded as:
8
0 = Memory window 0 is nonprefetchable.
1 = Memory window 0 is prefetchable (default).
PCI interrupt − IREQ routing enable. This bit is used to select whether PC Card functional interrupts are
routed to PCI interrupts or to the IRQ specified in the ExCA registers.
0 = Functional interrupts are routed to PCI interrupts (default).
7
1 = Functional interrupts are routed by ExCA registers.
CardBus reset. When this bit is set, the CRST signal is asserted on the CardBus interface. The CRST
signal can also be asserted by passing a PRST assertion to CardBus.
0 = CRST is deasserted.
6 †
CRST
RW
RW
1 = CRST is asserted (default).
This bit is not cleared by the assertion of PRST. It is only cleared by the assertion of GRST.
Master abort mode. This bit controls how the PCI7410 controller responds to a master abort when the
PCI7410 controller is an initiator on the CardBus interface. This bit is common between each socket.
0 = Master aborts not reported (default).
5
MABTMODE
1 = Signal target abort on PCI and signal SERR, if enabled.
4
3
RSVD
R
This bit returns 0 when read.
VGA enable. This bit affects how the PCI7410 controller responds to VGA addresses. When this bit is set,
accesses to VGA addresses will be forwarded.
VGAEN
RW
ISA mode enable. This bit affects how the PCI7410 controller passes I/O cycles within the 64-Kbyte ISA
range. This bit is not common between sockets. When this bit is set, the PCI7410 controller does not
forward the last 768 bytes of each 1K I/O range to CardBus.
2
1
ISAEN
RW
RW
CSERR enable. This bit controls the response of the PCI7410 controller to CSERR signals on the CardBus
bus. This bit is separate for each socket.
CSERREN
0 = CSERR is not forwarded to PCI SERR (default)
1 = CSERR is forwarded to PCI SERR.
†
One or more bits in this register are PME context bits and can be cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not
enabled, then this bit is cleared by the assertion of PRST or GRST.
4−15
Table 4−7. Bridge Control Register Description (Continued)
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
CardBus parity error response enable. This bit controls the response of the PCI7410 to CardBus parity
errors. This bit is separate for each socket.
0
CPERREN
RW
0 = CardBus parity errors are ignored (default).
1 = CardBus parity errors are reported using CPERR.
4.27 Subsystem Vendor ID Register
The subsystem vendor ID register, used for system and option card identification purposes, may be required for
certain operating systems. This register is read-only or read/write, depending on the setting of bit 5 (SUBSYSRW)
in the system control register (PCI offset 80h, See Section 4.30). When bit 5 is 0, this register is read/write; when bit
5 is 1, this register is read-only. The default mode is read-only. All bits in this register are reset by GRST only.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Subsystem vendor ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Subsystem vendor ID
40h (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only, (Read/Write when bit 5 in the system control register is 0)
0000h
Default:
4.28 Subsystem ID Register
The subsystem ID register, used for system and option card identification purposes, may be required for certain
operating systems. This register is read-only or read/write, depending on the setting of bit 5 (SUBSYSRW) in the
system control register (PCI offset 80h, see Section 4.30). When bit 5 is 0, this register is read/write; when bit 5 is
1, this register is read-only. The default mode is read-only. All bits in this register are reset by GRST only.
If an EEPROM is present, then the subsystem ID and subsystem vendor ID is loaded from the EEPROM after a reset.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Subsystem ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Subsystem ID
42h (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only, (Read/Write when bit 5 in the system control register is 0)
0000h
Default:
4−16
4.29 PC Card 16-Bit I/F Legacy-Mode Base-Address Register
The PCI7410 controller supports the index/data scheme of accessing the ExCA registers, which is mapped by this
register. An address written to this register is the address for the index register and the address+1 is the data address.
Using this access method, applications requiring index/data ExCA access can be supported. The base address can
be mapped anywhere in 32-bit I/O space on a word boundary; hence, bit 0 is read-only, returning 1 when read. As
specified in the PCI to PCMCIA CardBus Bridge Register Description specification, this register is shared by functions
0 and 1. See the ExCA register set description in Section 5 for register offsets. All bits in this register are reset by
GRST only.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
PC Card 16-bit I/F legacy-mode base-address
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
PC Card 16-bit I/F legacy-mode base-address
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
PC Card 16-bit I/F legacy-mode base-address
44h (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only, Read/Write
Default:
0000 0001h
4−17
4.30 System Control Register
System-level initializations are performed through programming this doubleword register. Some of the bits are global
in nature and must be accessed only through function 0. See Table 4−8 for a complete description of the register
contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
System control
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
System control
RW
1
RW
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
1
RW
1
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
System control
80h (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only, Read/Write
0800 9060h
Default:
Table 4−8. System Control Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Serial input stepping. In serial PCI interrupt mode, these bits are used to configure the serial stream PCI
interrupt frames, and can be used to accomplish an even distribution of interrupts signaled on the four PCI
interrupt slots.
00 = INTA/INTB/INTC signal in INTA/INTB/INTC slots (default)
01 = INTA/INTB/INTC signal in INTB/INTC/INTD slots
31−30 ‡§ SER_STEP
RW
10 = INTA/INTB/INTC signal in INTC/INTD/INTA slots
11 = INTA/INTB/INTC signal in INTD/INTA/INTB slots
This bit ties INTA to INTB internally (to INTA), and reports this through the interrupt pin register (PCI offset
3Dh, see Section 4.25). This bit has no effect on INTC.
29 ‡§
INTRTIE
RW
This bit ties INTA, INTB, and INTC internally (to INTA), and reports this through the interrupt pin register
(PCI offset 3Dh, see Section 4.25).
28 ‡
27 ‡
TIEALL
RSVD
RW
RW
Internal oscillator is always enabled.
SMI interrupt routing. This bit is shared between functions 0 and 1, and selects whether IRQ2 or CSC is
signaled when a write occurs to power a PC Card socket.
26 ‡§
25 ‡
SMIROUTE
SMISTATUS
RW
RW
0 = PC Card power change interrupts are routed to IRQ2 (default).
1 = A CSC interrupt is generated on PC Card power changes.
SMI interrupt status. This socket-dependent bit is set when a write occurs to set the socket power, and
the SMIENB bit is set. Writing a 1 to this bit clears the status.
0 = SMI interrupt is signaled.
1 = SMI interrupt is not signaled.
SMI interrupt mode enable. When this bit is set, the SMI interrupt signaling generates an interrupt when
a write to the socket power control occurs. This bit is shared and defaults to 0 (disabled).
0 = SMI interrupt mode is disabled (default).
24 ‡§
23
SMIENB
RSVD
RW
R
1 = SMI interrupt mode is enabled.
Reserved
CardBus reserved terminals signaling. When this bit is set, the RSVD CardBus terminals are driven low
when a CardBus card has been inserted. When this bit is low, these signals are placed in a high-impedance
state.
22 ‡
CBRSVD
RW
0 = Place the CardBus RSVD terminals in a high-impedance state.
1 = Drive the CardBus RSVD terminals low (default).
‡
§
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
These bits are global in nature and must be accessed only through function 0.
4−18
Table 4−8. System Control Register Description (continued)
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
V
CC
protection enable. This bit is socket dependent.
21 ‡
VCCPROT
RW
0 = V
protection is enabled for 16-bit cards (default).
protection is disabled for 16-bit cards.
CC
CC
1 = V
Reduced zoomed video enable. When this bit is enabled, AD25−AD22 of the card interface for 16-bit
PC Cards are placed in the high impedance state. This bit is encoded as:
0 = Reduced zoomed video is disabled (default).
20 ‡
19−16 ‡
15 ‡§
REDUCEZV
RSVD
RW
R
1 = Reduced zoomed video is enabled.
Reserved. These bits return 0s when read.
Memory read burst enable downstream. When this bit is set, the PCI7410 controller allows memory
read transactions to burst downstream.
MRBURSTDN
RW
0 = MRBURSTDN downstream is disabled.
1 = MRBURSTDN downstream is enabled (default).
Memory read burst enable upstream. When this bit is set, the PCI7410 controller allows memory read
transactions to burst upstream.
14 ‡§
MRBURSTUP
RW
0 = MRBURSTUP upstream is disabled (default).
1 = MRBURSTUP upstream is enabled.
Socket activity status. When set, this bit indicates access has been performed to or from a PC Card.
Reading this bit causes it to be cleared. This bit is socket dependent.
0 = No socket activity (default)
13 ‡
12
SOCACTIVE
RSVD
R
R
1 = Socket activity
Reserved. This bit returns 1 when read.
Power-stream-in-progress status bit. When set, this bit indicates that a power stream to the power
switch is in progress and a powering change has been requested. When this bit is cleared, it indicates
that the power stream is complete.
11 ‡
10 †
9 †
PWRSTREAM
DELAYUP
R
R
R
0 = Power stream is complete, delay has expired (default).
1 = Power stream is in progress.
Power-up delay-in-progress status bit. When set, this bit indicates that a power-up stream has been
sent to the power switch, and proper power may not yet be stable. This bit is cleared when the power-up
delay has expired.
0 = Power-up delay has expired (default).
1 = Power-up stream sent to switch. Power might not be stable.
Power-down delay-in-progress status bit. When set, this bit indicates that a power-down stream has
been sent to the power switch, and proper power may not yet be stable. This bit is cleared when the
power-down delay has expired.
DELAYDOWN
0 = Power-down delay has expired (default).
1 = Power-down stream sent to switch. Power might not be stable.
Interrogation in progress. When set, this bit indicates an interrogation is in progress, and clears when
the interrogation completes. This bit is socket-dependent.
0 = Interrogation not in progress (default)
8 †
7
INTERROGATE
RSVD
R
R
1 = Interrogation in progress
Reserved. This bit returns 0 when read.
†
One or more bits in this register are PME context bits and can be cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not
enabled, then this bit is cleared by the assertion of PRST or GRST.
‡
§
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
These bits are global in nature and must be accessed only through function 0.
4−19
Table 4−8. System Control Register Description (continued)
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Power savings mode enable. When this bit is set, the PCI7410 controller consumes less power with
no performance loss. This bit is shared between the two PCI7410 CardBus functions.
0 = Power savings mode disabled
6 ‡§
PWRSAVINGS
RW
1 = Power savings mode enabled (default)
Subsystem ID and subsystem vendor ID, ExCA ID and revision register read/write enable. This bit also
controls read/write for the function 3 subsystem ID register.
0 = Registers are read/write.
5 ‡§
4 ‡§
SUBSYSRW
CB_DPAR
RW
RW
1 = Registers are read-only (default).
CardBus data parity SERR signaling enable.
0 = CardBus data parity not signaled on PCI SERR signal (default)
1 = CardBus data parity signaled on PCI SERR signal
PC/PCI DMA enable. Enables PC/PCI DMA when set. When PC/PCI DMA is enabled, PCREQ and
PCGNT must be routed to a multifunction routing terminal. See Multifunction Routing Status Register
(PCI offset 8Ch, see Section 4.37) for options.
3 ‡§
2 ‡
CDMA_EN
RW
R
0 = Centralized DMA disabled (default)
1 = Centralized DMA enabled
ExCA power control bit.
0 = Enables 3.3 V (defoult)
1 = Enables 5 V
EXCAPOWER
Keep clock. When this bit is set, the PCI7410 controller follows the CLKRUN protocol to maintain the
system PCLK and the CCLK (CardBus clock). This bit is global to the PCI7410 functions.
0 = Allow system PCLK and CCLK to stop (default)
1 = Never allow system PCLK or CCLK clock to stop
1 ‡§
KEEPCLK
RW
Note that the functionality of this bit has changed relative to that of the PCI12XX family of TI CardBus
controllers. In these CardBus controllers, setting this bit only maintains the PCI clock, not the CCLK.
In the PCI7410 controller, setting this bit maintains both the PCI clock and the CCLK.
PME/RI_OUT select bit. When this bit is 1, the PME signal is routed to the PME/RI_OUT terminal (PDV
21, GHK J03). When this bit is 0 and bit 7 (RIENB) of the card control register is 1, the RI_OUT signal
is routed to the PME/RI_OUT terminal (PDV 21, GHK J03). If this bit is 0 and bit 7 (RIENB) of the card
control register is 0, then the output (PDV 21, GHK J03) is placed in a high-impedance state. This
terminal is encoded as:
0 = RI_OUT signal is routed to the PME/RI_OUT terminal (PDV 21, GHK J03) if bit 7 of the card
control register is 1. (default)
0 ‡§
RIMUX
RW
1 = PME signal is routed to the PME/RI_OUT terminal (PDV 21, GHK J03) of the PCI7410
controller.
NOTE: If this bit (bit 0) is 0 and bit 7 of the card control register (PCI offset 91h, see Section 4.39) is
0, then the output on the PME/RI_OUT terminal (PDV 21, GHK J03) is placed in a high-impedance
state.
‡
§
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
These bits are global in nature and must be accessed only through function 0.
4.31 UM_CD Debounce Register
This register provides debounce time in units of 2 ms for the UM_CD signal on UltraMedia cards. This register defaults
to19h, which gives a default debounce time of 50 ms. All bits in this register are reset by GRST only.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
UM_CD debounce
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
1
RW
1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
UM_CD debounce
84h (Functions 0, 1)
Read/Write
Default:
19h
4−20
4.32 General Control Register
The general control register provides top level PCI arbitration control. See Table 4−9 for a complete description of
the register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
General control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
General control
86h
Read/Write, Read-only
0000h
Default:
Table 4−9. General Control Register Description
BIT
15−13 ‡
12 ‡
SIGNAL
RSVD
TYPE
RW
FUNCTION
These bits are for test purposes and must not be changed from their default values of 000b.
IO_LIMIT_SEL
RW
When this bit is set, bit 0 in the I/O limit registers (PCI offsets 30h and 38h) for both CardBus functions
is set.
0 = Bit 0 in the I/O limit registers is 0 (default)
1 = Bit 0 in the I/O limit registers is 1
11 ‡
10 ‡
IO_BASE_SEL
12V_SW_SEL
RW
RW
When this bit is set, bit 0 in the I/O base registers (PCI offsets 2Ch and 34h) for both CardBus functions
is set.
0 = Bit 0 in the I/O base registers is 0 (default)
1 = Bit 0 in the I/O base registers is 1
Power switch select. This bit selects which power switch is implemented in the system.
0 = A 1.8-V capable power switch (TPS2221) is used (default)
1 = A 12-V capable power switch (TPS2211) is used
9−8
7 ‡
RSVD
R
Reserved. These bits return 0 when read.
PCI2_3_EN
RW
PCI 2.3 enable. When this bit is set, the PCI7410 CardBus functions conform to the PCI 2.3
specification. When in the PCI 2.3 mode, the INT_DISABLE and INT_STATUS bits per the PCI 2.3
specification are functional. When this bit is cleared, the function conforms to the PCI 2.2 specification
and all PCI 2.3 bits are disabled.
0 = PCI 2.2 mode (default)
1 = PCI 2.3 mode
6
RSVD
R
Reserved. This bit returns 0 when read.
5 ‡
4 ‡
DISABLE_FWL
RW
RW
When this bit is set, the firmware loader function is completely nonaccessible and nonfunctional.
When this bit is set, the dedicated socket function is completely nonaccessible and nonfunctional.
DISABLE_DED_
SKT
3 ‡
2
DISABLE_OHCI
RSVD
RW
R
When set, the OHCI 1394 controller function is completely nonaccessible and nonfunctional.
Reserved. This bit returns 0 when read.
1−0 ‡
ARB_CTRL
RW
Controls top level PCI arbitration:
00 = 1394 OHCI priority
01 = CardBus priority
10 = Fair round robin
11 = Fair round robin
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4−21
4.33 General-Purpose Event Status Register
The general-purpose event status register contains status bits that are set when general events occur, and can be
programmed to generate general-purpose event signaling through GPE. See Table 4−10 for a complete description
of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
General-purpose event status
RCU
0
RCU
0
R
0
RCU
0
RCU
0
RCU
0
RCU
0
RCU
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
General-purpose event status
88h
Read/Clear/Update, Read-only
00h
Default:
Table 4−10. General-Purpose Event Status Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
7 ‡
PWR_STS
RCU
Power change status. This bit is set when software changes the V
or V
PP
power state of either socket.
level to or from 12 V
CC
12-V V
for either socket.
request status. This bit is set when software has changed the requested V
PP
PP
6 ‡
5
VPP12_STS
RSVD
RCU
R
Reserved. This bit returns 0 when read. A write has no effect.
GPI4 status. This bit is set on a change in status of the MFUNC5 terminal input level if configured as a
general-purpose input, GPI4.
4 ‡
GP4_STS
RCU
GPI3 status. This bit is set on a change in status of the MFUNC4 terminal input level if configured as a
general-purpose input, GPI3.
3 ‡
2 ‡
1 ‡
0 ‡
GP3_STS
GP2_STS
GP1_STS
GP0_STS
RCU
RCU
RCU
RCU
GPI2 status. This bit is set on a change in status of the MFUNC2 terminal input level if configured as a
general-purpose input, GPI2.
GPI1 status. This bit is set on a change in status of the MFUNC1 terminal input level if configured as a
general-purpose input, GPI1.
GPI0 status. This bit is set on a change in status of the MFUNC0 terminal input level if configured as a
general-purpose input, GPI0.
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4−22
4.34 General-Purpose Event Enable Register
The general-purpose event enable register contains bits that are set to enable GPE signals. See Table 4−11 for a
complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
General-purpose event enable
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
General-purpose event enable
89h
Read-only, Read/Write
00h
Default:
Table 4−11. General-Purpose Event Enable Register Description
BIT
7 ‡
6 ‡
5
SIGNAL
PWR_EN
VPP12_EN
RSVD
TYPE
RW
RW
R
FUNCTION
Power change GPE enable. When this bit is set, GPE is signaled on PWR_STS events.
12-V V GPE enable. When this bit is set, GPE is signaled on VPP12_STS events.
PP
Reserved. This bit returns 0 when read. A write has no effect.
4 ‡
3 ‡
2 ‡
1 ‡
0 ‡
GP4_EN
GP3_EN
GP2_EN
GP1_EN
GP0_EN
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
GPI4 GPE enable. When this bit is set, GPE is signaled on GP4_STS events.
GPI3 GPE enable. When this bit is set, GPE is signaled on GP3_STS events.
GPI2 GPE enable. When this bit is set, GPE is signaled on GP2_STS events.
GPI1 GPE enable. When this bit is set, GPE is signaled on GP1_STS events.
GPI0 GPE enable. When this bit is set, GPE is signaled on GP0_STS events.
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4.35 General-Purpose Input Register
The general-purpose input register contains the logical value of the data input to the GPI terminals. See Table 4−12
for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
General-purpose input
R
0
R
0
R
0
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
General-purpose input
8Ah
Read/Update, Read-only
XXh
Default:
Table 4−12. General-Purpose Input Register Description
FUNCTION
BIT
7−5
4
SIGNAL
RSVD
TYPE
R
Reserved. These bits return 0s when read. Writes have no effect.
GPI4_DATA
GPI3_DATA
GPI2_DATA
GPI1_DATA
GPI0_DATA
RU
RU
RU
RU
RU
GPI4 data input. This bit represents the logical value of the data input from GPI4.
GPI3 data input. This bit represents the logical value of the data input from GPI3.
GPI2 data input. This bit represents the logical value of the data input from GPI2.
GPI1 data input. This bit represents the logical value of the data input from GPI1.
GPI0 data input. This bit represents the logical value of the data input from GPI0.
3
2
1
0
4−23
4.36 General-Purpose Output Register
The general-purpose output register is used to drive the GPO4−GPO0 outputs. See Table 4−13 for a complete
description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
General-purpose output
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
General-purpose output
8Bh
Read-only, Read/Write
00h
Default:
Table 4−13. General-Purpose Output Register Description
BIT
7−5
4 ‡
3 ‡
2 ‡
1 ‡
0 ‡
SIGNAL
RSVD
TYPE
FUNCTION
Reserved. These bits return 0s when read. Writes have no effect.
This bit represents the logical value of the data driven to GPO4.
This bit represents the logical value of the data driven to GPO3.
This bit represents the logical value of the data driven to GPO2.
This bit represents the logical value of the data driven to GPO1.
This bit represents the logical value of the data driven to GPO0.
R
GPO4_DATA
GPO3_DATA
GPO2_DATA
GPO1_DATA
GPO0_DATA
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4−24
4.37 Multifunction Routing Status Register
The multifunction routing status register is used to configure the MFUNC6−MFUNC0 terminals. These terminals may
be configured for various functions. This register is intended to be programmed once at power-on initialization. The
default value for this register can also be loaded through a serial EEPROM. See Table 4−14 for a complete description
of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Multifunction routing status
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Multifunction routing status
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
1
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Multifunction routing status
8Ch
Read/Write, Read-only
0000 1000h
Default:
Table 4−14. Multifunction Routing Status Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
31−28 ‡
RSVD
R
Bits 31−28 return 0s when read.
Multifunction terminal 6 configuration. These bits control the internal signal mapped to the MFUNC6 terminal
as follows:
0000 = RSVD
0001 = CLKRUN
0010 = IRQ2
0011 = IRQ3
0100 = IRQ4
0101 = IRQ5
0110 = IRQ6
0111 = IRQ7
1000 = IRQ8
1001 = IRQ9
1010 = IRQ10
1011 = IRQ11
1100 = IRQ12
1101 = IRQ13
1110 = IRQ14
1111 = IRQ15
27−24 ‡
23−20 ‡
MFUNC6
MFUNC5
RW
Multifunction terminal 5 configuration. These bits control the internal signal mapped to the MFUNC5 terminal
as follows:
0000 = GPI4
0001 = GPO4
0010 = PCGNT
0011 = IRQ3
0100 = IRQ4
0101 = IRQ5
0110 = ZVSTAT
0111 = RSVD
1000 = CAUDPWM
1001 = IRQ9
1010 = IRQ10
1100 = LEDA1
1101 = LED_SKT
1110 = GPE
RW
RW
1011 = OHCI_LED
1111 = IRQ15
Multifunction terminal 4 configuration. These bits control the internal signal mapped to the MFUNC4 terminal
as follows:
0000 = GPI3
0100 = IRQ4
0101 = IRQ5
0110 = ZVSTAT
0111 = RSVD
1000 = CAUDPWM
1001 = IRQ9
1010 = RSVD
1011 = IRQ11
1100 = RI_OUT
1101 = LED_SKT
1110 = GPE
19−16 ‡
MFUNC4
0001 = GPO3
0010 = LOCK PCI
0011 = IRQ3
1111 = IRQ15
Multifunction terminal 3 configuration. These bits control the internal signal mapped to the MFUNC3 terminal
as follows:
0000 = RSVD
0001 = IRQSER
0010 = IRQ2
0011 = IRQ3
0100 = IRQ4
0101 = IRQ5
0110 = IRQ6
0111 = IRQ7
1000 = IRQ8
1001 = IRQ9
1010 = IRQ10
1011 = IRQ11
1100 = IRQ12
1101 = IRQ13
1110 = IRQ14
1111 = IRQ15
15−12 ‡
11−8 ‡
MFUNC3
MFUNC2
RW
RW
Multifunction terminal 2 configuration. These bits control the internal signal mapped to the MFUNC2 terminal
as follows:
0000 = GPI2
0001 = GPO2
0010 = PCREQ
0011 = IRQ3
0100 = IRQ4
0101 = IRQ5
0110 = ZVSTAT
0111 = ZVSEL0
1000 = CAUDPWM
1001 = IRQ9
1010 = IRQ10
1011 = INTC
1100 = RI_OUT
1101 = TEST_MUX
1110 = GPE
1111 = IRQ7
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4−25
Table 4−14. Multifunction Routing Status Register Description (Continued)
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Multifunction terminal 1 configuration. These bits control the internal signal mapped to the MFUNC1 terminal
as follows:
0000 = GPI1
0001 = GPO1
0010 = INTB
0011 = IRQ3
0100 = OHCI_LED 1000 = CAUDPWM
1100 = LEDA1
1101 = LEDA2
1110 = GPE
7−4 ‡
MFUNC1
RW
0101 = IRQ5
1001 = IRQ9
1010 = IRQ10
1011 = IRQ11
0110 = ZVSTAT
0111 = ZVSEL0
1111 = IRQ15
Multifunction terminal 0 configuration. These bits control the internal signal mapped to the MFUNC0 terminal
as follows:
0000 = GPI0
0001 = GPO0
0010 = INTA
0011 = IRQ3
0100 = IRQ4
0101 = IRQ5
0110 = ZVSTAT
0111 = ZVSEL0
1000 = CAUDPWM
1001 = IRQ9
1010 = IRQ10
1011 = IRQ11
1100 = LEDA1
1101 = LEDA2
1110 = GPE
3−0 ‡
MFUNC0
RW
1111 = IRQ15
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4.38 Retry Status Register
The contents of the retry status register enable the retry time-out counters and display the retry expiration status. The
15
flags are set when the PCI7410 controller, as a master, receives a retry and does not retry the request within 2 clock
cycles. The flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the bit. Access this register only through function 0. See Table 4−15
for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Retry status
RW
1
RW
1
RC
0
R
0
RC
0
R
0
RC
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Retry status
90h (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only, Read/Write, Read/Clear
C0h
Default:
Table 4−15. Retry Status Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
PCI retry time-out counter enable. This bit is encoded as:
0 = PCI retry counter disabled
7 ‡
PCIRETRY
RW
1 = PCI retry counter enabled (default)
CardBus retry time-out counter enable. This bit is encoded as:
0 = CardBus retry counter disabled
6 ‡§
CBRETRY
RW
1 = CardBus retry counter enabled (default)
CardBus target B retry expired. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
0 = Inactive (default)
5 ‡
4
TEXP_CBB
RSVD
RC
R
1 = Retry has expired.
Reserved. This bit returns 0 when read.
CardBus target A retry expired. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
0 = Inactive (default)
3 ‡§
2
TEXP_CBA
RSVD
RC
R
1 = Retry has expired.
Reserved. This bit returns 0 when read.
PCI target retry expired. Write a 1 to clear this bit.
1 ‡
0
TEXP_PCI
RSVD
RC
R
0 = Inactive (default)
1 = Retry has expired.
Reserved. This bit returns 0 when read.
‡
§
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
These bits are global in nature and must be accessed only through function 0.
4−26
4.39 Card Control Register
The card control register is provided for PCI1130 compatibility. RI_OUT is enabled through this register, and the
enable bit is shared between functions 0 and 1. See Table 4−16 for a complete description of the register contents.
The RI_OUT signal is enabled through this register, and the enable bit is shared between functions 0 and 1.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Card control
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Card control
91h
Read-only, Read/Write
00h
Default:
Table 4−16. Card Control Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
7 ‡§
RIENB
RW
Ring indicate enable. When this bit is 1, the RI_OUT output is enabled. This bit defaults to 0.
Compatibility ZV mode enable. When this bit is 1, the corresponding PC Card socket interface ZV
terminals enter a high-impedance state. This bit defaults to 0.
6 ‡
ZVENABLE
RW
Port select. This bit controls the priority for the ZV_SEL0 and ZV_SEL1 signaling if bit 6 (ZVENABLE) is
set in both functions.
5 ‡
4−3
2 ‡
PORT_SEL
RSVD
RW
R
0 = Socket 0 takes priority, as signaled through ZV_SEL0, when both sockets are in ZV mode.
1 = Socket 1 takes priority, as signaled through ZV_SEL1, when both sockets are in ZV mode.
Reserved. These bits default to 0.
CardBus audio-to-MFUNC. When this bit is set, the CAUDIO CardBus signal must be routed through an
MFUNC terminal. If this bit is set for both functions, then function 0 is routed.
AUD2MUX
RW
0 = CAUDIO set to CAUDPWM on MFUNC terminal (default)
1 = CAUDIO is not routed.
When bit 1 is set, the SPKR termijnal from the PC Card is enabled and is routed to tthe SPKROUT terminal.
The SPKR signal from socket 0 is XORed with the SPKR signal from socket 1 and sent to SPKROUT. The
SPKROUT terminal drives data only when the SPKROUTEN bit of either function is set. This bit is encoded
as:
1 ‡
0 ‡
SPKROUTEN
RW
RW
0 = SPKR to SPKROUT not enabled (default)
1 = SPKR to SPKROUT enabled
Interrupt flag. This bit is the interrupt flag for 16-bit I/O PC Cards and for CardBus cards. This bit is set when
a functional interrupt is signaled from a PC Card interface, and is socket dependent (i.e., not global). Write
back a 1 to clear this bit.
IFG
0 = No PC Card functional interrupt detected (default)
1 = PC Card functional interrupt detected
‡
§
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
This bit is global in nature and must be accessed only through function 0.
4−27
4.40 Device Control Register
The device control register is provided for PCI1130 compatibility. It contains bits that are shared between functions
0 and 1. The interrupt mode select is programmed through this register. The socket-capable force bits are also
programmed through this register. See Table 4−17 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Device control
RW
0
RW
1
RW
1
R
0
RW
0
RW
1
RW
1
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Device control
92h (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only, Read/Write
66h
Default:
Table 4−17. Device Control Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Socket power lock bit. When this bit is set to 1, software cannot power down the PC Card socket while
in D3. It may be necessary to lock socket power in order to support wake on LAN or RING if the
operating system is programmed to power down a socket when the CardBus controller is placed in the
D3 state.
7 ‡
SKTPWR_LOCK
RW
3-V socket capable force bit.
0 = Not 3-V capable
6 ‡§
3VCAPABLE
RW
1 = 3-V capable (default)
5 ‡
4
IO16R2
RSVD
TEST
RW
R
Diagnostic bit. This bit defaults to 1.
Reserved. This bit returns 0 when read. A write has no effect.
TI test bit. Write only 0 to this bit.
3 ‡§
RW
Interrupt mode. These bits select the interrupt signaling mode. The interrupt mode bits are encoded:
00 = Parallel PCI interrupts only
01 = Reserved
2−1 ‡§
INTMODE
RW
10 = IRQ serialized interrupts and parallel PCI interrupts INTA and INTB
11 = IRQ and PCI serialized interrupts (default)
0 ‡§
RSVD
RW
Reserved. Bit 0 is reserved for test purposes. Only a 0 must be written to this bit.
‡
§
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
These bits are global in nature and must be accessed only through function 0.
4−28
4.41 Diagnostic Register
The diagnostic register is provided for internal TI test purposes. It is a read/write register, but only 0s must be written
to it. See Table 4−18 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Diagnostic
RW
0
R
1
RW
1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Diagnostic
93h (functions 0, 1)
Read/Write
60h
Default:
Table 4−18. Diagnostic Register Description
FUNCTION
BIT
7 ‡§
6 ‡
SIGNAL
TRUE_VAL
RSVD
TYPE
RW
R
This bit defaults to 0. This bit is encoded as:
0 = Reads true values in PCI vendor ID and PCI device ID registers (default)
1 = Returns all 1s to reads from the PCI vendor ID and PCI device ID registers
Reserved. This bit is read-only and returns 1 when read.
CSC interrupt routing control
0 = CSC interrupts routed to PCI if ExCA 803 bit 4 = 1
1 = CSC interrupts routed to PCI if ExCA 805 bits 7−4 = 0000b (default).
In this case, the setting of ExCA 803 bit 4 is a don’t care.
5 ‡
CSC
RW
4 ‡§
3 ‡§
2 ‡§
1 ‡§
DIAG4
DIAG3
DIAG2
DIAG1
RW
RW
RW
RW
Diagnostic RETRY_DIS. Delayed transaction disable.
Diagnostic RETRY_EXT. Extends the latency from 16 to 64.
10
15
.
Diagnostic DISCARD_TIM_SEL_CB. Set = 2 , reset = 2
10
15
.
Diagnostic DISCARD_TIM_SEL_PCI. Set = 2 , reset = 2
Zoomed video enable.
0 ‡
ZV_EN
RW
0 = Enable new ZV register model (default)
1 = Disable new ZV register mode
‡
§
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
This bit is global and is accessed only through function 0.
4−29
4.42 Capability ID Register
The capability ID register identifies the linked list item as the register for PCI power management. The register returns
01h when read, which is the unique ID assigned by the PCI SIG for the PCI location of the capabilities pointer and
the value.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Capability ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Capability ID
A0h
Read-only
01h
Default:
4.43 Next Item Pointer Register
The contents of this register indicate the next item in the linked list of the PCI power management capabilities.
Because the PCI7410 functions only include one capabilities item, this register returns 0s when read.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Next item pointer
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Next item pointer
A1h
Read-only
00h
Default:
4−30
4.44 Power Management Capabilities Register
The power management capabilities register contains information on the capabilities of the PC Card function related
to power management. Both PCI7410 CardBus bridge functions support D0, D1, D2, and D3 power states. Default
register value is FE12h for operation in accordance with PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification revision
1.1. See Table 4−19 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Power management capabilities
RW
1
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Power management capabilities
A2h (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only, Read/Write
FE12h
Default:
Table 4−19. Power Management Capabilities Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
This 5-bit field indicates the power states from which the PCI7410 controller functions can assert PME.
A 0 for any bit indicates that the function cannot assert the PME signal while in that power state. These
5 bits return 11111b when read. Each of these bits is described below:
15 ‡
RW
R
Bit 15 − defaults to a 1 indicating the PME signal can be asserted from the D3
because wake-up support from D3
cold
state. This bit is read/write
is contingent on the system providing an auxiliary power source
cold
to the V
terminals for D3
cold
terminals. If the system designer chooses not to provide an auxiliary power source to the V
PME support
CC
CC
wake-up support, then BIOS must write a 0 to this bit.
14−11
Bit 14 − contains the value 1 to indicate that the PME signal can be asserted from the D3 state.
hot
Bit 13 − contains the value 1 to indicate that the PME signal can be asserted from the D2 state.
Bit 12 − contains the value 1 to indicate that the PME signal can be asserted from the D1 state.
Bit 11 − contains the value 1 to indicate that the PME signal can be asserted from the D0 state.
10
9
D2_Support
D1_Support
RSVD
R
R
R
R
This bit returns a 1 when read, indicating that the function supports the D2 device power state.
This bit returns a 1 when read, indicating that the function supports the D1 device power state.
Reserved. These bits return 000b when read.
8−6
5
DSI
Device-specific initialization. This bit returns 0 when read.
Auxiliary power source. This bit is meaningful only if bit 15 (D3
supporting PME) is set. When this bit
cold
requires auxiliary power supplied by the system by way
is set, it indicates that support for PME in D3
of a proprietary delivery vehicle.
cold
4
AUX_PWR
R
A 0 (zero) in this bit field indicates that the function supplies its own auxiliary power source.
If the function does not support PME while in the D3
0.
state (bit 15=0), then this field must always return
cold
When this bit is 1, it indicates that the function relies on the presence of the PCI clock for PME operation.
When this bit is 0, it indicates that no PCI clock is required for the function to generate PME.
3
PMECLK
Version
R
R
Functions that do not support PME generation in any state must return 0 for this field.
These 3 bits return 010b when read, indicating that there are 4 bytes of general-purpose power
management (PM) registers as described in draft revision 1.1 of the PCI Bus Power Management Interface
Specification.
2−0
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4−31
4.45 Power Management Control/Status Register
The power management control/status register determines and changes the current power state of the PCI7410
CardBus function. The contents of this register are not affected by the internally generated reset caused by the
transition from the D3
to D0 state. See Table 4−20 for a complete description of the register contents.
hot
All PCI registers, ExCA registers, and CardBus registers are reset as a result of a D3 -to-D0 state transition, with
hot
the exception of the PME context bits (if PME is enabled) and the GRST only bits.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Power management control/status
RWC
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Power management control/status
A4h (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only, Read/Write, Read/Write/Clear
0000h
Default:
Table 4−20. Power Management Control/Status Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
PME status. This bit is set when the CardBus function would normally assert the PME signal, independent
of the state of the PME_EN bit. This bit is cleared by a writeback of 1, and this also clears the PME signal
if PME was asserted by this function. Writing a 0 to this bit has no effect.
15 †
PMESTAT
RC
14−13
12−9
DATASCALE
DATASEL
R
R
This 2-bit field returns 0s when read. The CardBus function does not return any dynamic data.
Data select. This 4-bit field returns 0s when read. The CardBus function does not return any dynamic data.
This bit enables the function to assert PME. If this bit is cleared, then assertion of PME is disabled. This
bit is not cleared by the assertion of PRST. It is only cleared by the assertion of GRST.
8 ‡
PME_ENABLE
RSVD
RW
R
7−2
Reserved. These bits return 0s when read.
Power state. This 2-bit field is used both to determine the current power state of a function and to set the
function into a new power state. This field is encoded as:
00 = D0
01 = D1
10 = D2
1−0
PWRSTATE
RW
11 = D3
hot
†
One or more bits in this register are PME context bits and can be cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not
enabled, then this bit is cleared by the assertion of PRST or GRST.
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
‡
4−32
4.46 Power Management Control/Status Bridge Support Extensions Register
This register supports PCI bridge-specific functionality. It is required for all PCI-to-PCI bridges. See Table 4−21 for
a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Power management control/status bridge support extensions
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Power management control/status bridge support extensions
A6h (Functions 0, 1)
Read-only
Default:
C0h
Table 4−21. Power Management Control/Status Bridge Support Extensions Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Bus power/clock control enable. This bit returns 1 when read. This bit is encoded as:
0 = Bus power/clock control is disabled.
1 = Bus power/clock control is enabled (default).
A 0 indicates that the bus power/clock control policies defined in the PCI Bus Power Management Interface
Specification are disabled. When the bus power/clock control enable mechanism is disabled, the power
state field (bits 1−0) of the power management control/status register (PCI offset A4h, see Section 4.45)
cannot be used by the system software to control the power or the clock of the secondary bus. A 1 indicates
that the bus power/clock control mechanism is enabled.
7
BPCC_EN
R
B2/B3 support for D3 . The state of this bit determines the action that is to occur as a direct result of
hot
programming the function to D3 . This bit is only meaningful if bit 7 (BPCC_EN) is a 1. This bit is encoded
hot
as:
6
B2_B3
RSVD
R
R
0 = When the bridge is programmed to D3 , its secondary bus has its power removed (B3).
hot
1 = When the bridge function is programmed to D3 , its secondary bus PCI clock is stopped (B2)
hot
(default).
5−0
Reserved. These bits return 0s when read.
4.47 Power-Management Data Register
The power-management data register returns 0s when read, because the CardBus functions do not report dynamic
data.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Power-management data
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Power-management data
A7h (functions 0, 1)
Read-only
Default:
00h
4−33
4.48 Serial Bus Data Register
The serial bus data register is for programmable serial bus byte reads and writes. This register represents the data
when generating cycles on the serial bus interface. To write a byte, this register must be programmed with the data,
the serial bus index register must be programmed with the byte address, the serial bus slave address must be
programmed with the 7-bit slave address, and the read/write indicator bit must be reset.
On byte reads, the byte address is programmed into the serial bus index register, the serial bus slave address register
must be programmed with both the 7-bit slave address and the read/write indicator bit, and bit 5 (REQBUSY) in the
serial bus control and status register (see Section 4.51) must be polled until clear. Then the contents of this register
are valid read data from the serial bus interface. See Table 4−22 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Serial bus data
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Serial bus data
B0h (function 0)
Read/Write
00h
Default:
Table 4−22. Serial Bus Data Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Serial bus data. This bit field represents the data byte in a read or write transaction on the serial interface.
On reads, the REQBUSY bit must be polled to verify that the contents of this register are valid.
7−0 ‡
SBDATA
RW
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4.49 Serial Bus Index Register
The serial bus index register is for programmable serial bus byte reads and writes. This register represents the byte
address when generating cycles on the serial bus interface. To write a byte, the serial bus data register must be
programmed with the data, this register must be programmed with the byte address, and the serial bus slave address
must be programmed with both the 7-bit slave address and the read/write indicator.
On byte reads, the word address is programmed into this register, the serial bus slave address must be programmed
with both the 7-bit slave address and the read/write indicator bit, and bit 5 (REQBUSY) in the serial bus control and
status register (see Section 4.51) must be polled until clear. Then the contents of the serial bus data register are valid
read data from the serial bus interface. See Table 4−23 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Serial bus index
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Serial bus index
B1h (function 0)
Read/Write
00h
Default:
Table 4−23. Serial Bus Index Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
7−0 ‡
SBINDEX
RW
Serial bus index. This bit field represents the byte address in a read or write transaction on the serial interface.
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4−34
4.50 Serial Bus Slave Address Register
The serial bus slave address register is for programmable serial bus byte read and write transactions. To write a byte,
the serial bus data register must be programmed with the data, the serial bus index register must be programmed
with the byte address, and this register must be programmed with both the 7-bit slave address and the read/write
indicator bit.
On byte reads, the byte address is programmed into the serial bus index register, this register must be programmed
with both the 7-bit slave address and the read/write indicator bit, and bit 5 (REQBUSY) in the serial bus control and
status register (see Section 4.51) must be polled until clear. Then the contents of the serial bus data register are valid
read data from the serial bus interface. See Table 4−24 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Serial bus slave address
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Serial bus slave address
B2h (function 0)
Read/Write
Default:
00h
Table 4−24. Serial Bus Slave Address Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Serial bus slave address. This bit field represents the slave address of a read or write transaction on the
serial interface.
7−1 ‡
SLAVADDR
RW
RW
Read/write command. Bit 0 indicates the read/write command bit presented to the serial bus on byte read
and write accesses.
0 ‡
RWCMD
0 = A byte write access is requested to the serial bus interface.
1 = A byte read access is requested to the serial bus interface.
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4−35
4.51 Serial Bus Control/Status Register
The serial bus control and status register communicates serial bus status information and selects the quick command
protocol. Bit 5 (REQBUSY) in this register must be polled during serial bus byte reads to indicate when data is valid
in the serial bus data register. See Table 4−25 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Serial bus control/status
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RC
0
RC
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Serial bus control/status
B3h (function 0)
Read-only, Read/Write, Read/Clear
00h
Default:
Table 4−25. Serial Bus Control/Status Register Description
BIT
7 ‡
6
SIGNAL
PROT_SEL
RSVD
TYPE
FUNCTION
Protocol select. When bit 7 is set, the send-byte protocol is used on write requests and the receive-byte
protocol is used on read commands. The word address byte in the serial bus index register (see
Section 4.49) is not output by the PCI7410 controller when bit 7 is set.
RW
R
Reserved. Bit 6 returns 0 when read.
Requested serial bus access busy. Bit 5 indicates that a requested serial bus access (byte read or write)
is in progress. A request is made, and bit 5 is set, by writing to the serial bus slave address register (see
Section 4.50). Bit 5 must be polled on reads from the serial interface. After the byte read access has been
completed, this bit is cleared and the read data is valid in the serial bus data register.
5
4
REQBUSY
ROMBUSY
R
R
Serial EEPROM busy status. Bit 4 indicates the status of the PCI7410 serial EEPROM circuitry. Bit 4 is set
during the loading of the subsystem ID and other default values from the serial bus EEPROM.
0 = Serial EEPROM circuitry is not busy
1 = Serial EEPROM circuitry is busy
Serial bus detect. When the serial bus interface is detected through a pullup resistor on the SCL terminal
after reset, this bit is set to 1.
3 ‡
2 ‡
1 ‡
SBDETECT
SBTEST
RW
RW
RC
0 = Serial bus interface not detected
1 = Serial bus interface detected
Serial bus test. When bit 2 is set, the serial bus clock frequency is increased for test purposes.
0 = Serial bus clock at normal operating frequency, ꢀ 100 kHz (default)
1 = Serial bus clock frequency increased for test purposes
Requested serial bus access error. Bit 1 indicates when a data error occurs on the serial interface during
a requested cycle and may be set due to a missing acknowledge. Bit 1 is cleared by a writeback of 1.
0 = No error detected during user-requested byte read or write cycle
REQ_ERR
1 = Data error detected during user-requested byte read or write cycle
EEPROM data error status. Bit 0 indicates when a data error occurs on the serial interface during the
auto-load from the serial bus EEPROM and may be set due to a missing acknowledge. Bit 0 is also set on
invalid EEPROM data formats. See Section 3.7.4, Serial Bus EEPROM Application, for details on
EEPROM data format. Bit 0 is cleared by a writeback of 1.
0 ‡
ROM_ERR
RC
0 = No error detected during auto-load from serial bus EEPROM
1 = Data error detected during auto-load from serial bus EEPROM
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
4−36
5 ExCA Compatibility Registers (Functions 0 and 1)
The ExCA (exchangeable card architecture) registers implemented in the PCI7410 controller are register-compatible
with the Intel 82365SL-DF PCMCIA controller. ExCA registers are identified by an offset value, which is compatible
with the legacy I/O index/data scheme used on the Intel 82365 ISA controller. The ExCA registers are accessed
through this scheme by writing the register offset value into the index register (I/O base), and reading or writing the
data register (I/O base + 1). The I/O base address used in the index/data scheme is programmed in the PC Card 16-bit
I/F legacy mode base address register, which is shared by both card sockets. The offsets from this base address run
contiguously from 00h to 3Fh for socket A, and from 40h to 7Fh for socket B. See Figure 5−1 for an ExCA I/O mapping
illustration. Table 5−1 identifies each ExCA register and its respective ExCA offset.
The PCI7410 controller also provides a memory-mapped alias of the ExCA registers by directly mapping them into
PCI memory space. They are located through the CardBus socket registers/ExCA registers base address register
(PCI register 10h) at memory offset 800h. Each socket has a separate base address programmable by function. See
Figure 5−2 for an ExCA memory mapping illustration. Note that memory offsets are 800h−844h for both functions
0 and 1. This illustration also identifies the CardBus socket register mapping, which is mapped into the same 4K
window at memory offset 0h.
The interrupt registers in the ExCA register set, as defined by the 82365SL specification, control such card functions
as reset, type, interrupt routing, and interrupt enables. Special attention must be paid to the interrupt routing registers
and the host interrupt signaling method selected for the PCI7410 controller to ensure that all possible PCI7410
interrupts can potentially be routed to the programmable interrupt controller. The ExCA registers that are critical to
the interrupt signaling are at memory address ExCA offsets 803h and 805h.
Access to I/O mapped 16-bit PC Cards is available to the host system via two ExCA I/O windows. These are regions
of host I/O address space into which the card I/O space is mapped. These windows are defined by start, end, and
offset addresses programmed in the ExCA registers described in this chapter. I/O windows have byte granularity.
Access to memory-mapped 16-bit PC Cards is available to the host system via five ExCA memory windows. These
are regions of host memory space into which the card memory space is mapped. These windows are defined by start,
end, and offset addresses programmed in the ExCA registers described in this chapter. Memory windows have
4-Kbyte granularity.
A bit location followed by a ‡ means that this bit is not cleared by the assertion of PRST. This bit is only cleared by
the assertion of GRST. This is necessary to retain device context during the transition from D3 to D0.
5−1
Host I/O Space
Offset
00h
PCI7410 Configuration Registers
Offset
PC Card A
ExCA
Registers
Card Bus Socket/ExCA Base Address
16-Bit Legacy-Mode Base Address
10h
44h
Index
Data
3Fh
40h
PC Card B
ExCA
Registers
7Fh
Note: The 16-bit legacy-mode base address
register is shared by function 0 and 1 as
indicated by the shading.
Offset of desired register is placed in the index register and the
data from that location is returned in the data register.
Figure 5−1. ExCA Register Access Through I/O
Host
Memory Space
Host
Memory Space
PCI7410 Configuration Registers
Offset
00h
Offset
Offset
CardBus
Socket A
Registers
10h
44h
CardBus Socket/ExCA Base Address
16-Bit Legacy-Mode Base Address
20h
00h
CardBus
Socket B
Registers
800h
ExCA
Registers
Card A
20h
844h
800h
ExCA
Registers
Card B
Note: The CardBus socket/ExCA base
address mode register is separate for
functions 0 and 1.
844h
Offsets are from the CardBus socket/ExCA base
address register’s base address.
Figure 5−2. ExCA Register Access Through Memory
5−2
Table 5−1. ExCA Registers and Offsets
PCI MEMORY ADDRESS EXCA OFFSET EXCA OFFSET
EXCA REGISTER NAME
OFFSET (HEX)
(CARD A)
(CARD B)
Identification and revision ‡
800
00
40
Interface status
801
01
41
Power control †
802†
803†
804†
805†
806
02
42
Interrupt and general control †
03
43
Card status change †
04
44
Card status change interrupt configuration †
Address window enable
05
45
06
46
I / O window control
807
07
47
I / O window 0 start-address low-byte
I / O window 0 start-address high-byte
I / O window 0 end-address low-byte
I / O window 0 end-address high-byte
I / O window 1 start-address low-byte
I / O window 1 start-address high-byte
I / O window 1 end-address low-byte
I / O window 1 end-address high-byte
Memory window 0 start-address low-byte
Memory window 0 start-address high-byte
Memory window 0 end-address low-byte
Memory window 0 end-address high-byte
Memory window 0 offset-address low-byte
Memory window 0 offset-address high-byte
Card detect and general control †
Reserved
808
08
48
809
09
49
80A
80B
80C
80D
80E
80F
0A
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
10
4A
4B
4C
4D
4E
4F
50
810
811
11
51
812
12
52
813
13
53
814
14
54
815
15
55
816
16
56
817
17
57
Memory window 1 start-address low-byte
Memory window 1 start-address high-byte
Memory window 1 end-address low-byte
Memory window 1 end-address high-byte
Memory window 1 offset-address low-byte
Memory window 1 offset-address high-byte
Global control ‡
818
18
58
819
19
59
81A
81B
81C
81D
81E
81F
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
60
Reserved
Memory window 2 start-address low-byte
Memory window 2 start-address high-byte
Memory window 2 end-address low-byte
Memory window 2 end-address high-byte
Memory window 2 offset-address low-byte
Memory window 2 offset-address high-byte
820
821
21
61
822
22
62
823
23
63
824
24
64
825
25
65
†
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not enabled, then this bit is cleared
by the assertion of PRST or GRST.
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
‡
5−3
Table 5−1. ExCA Registers and Offsets (continued)
PCI MEMORY ADDRESS EXCA OFFSET EXCA OFFSET
EXCA REGISTER NAME
OFFSET (HEX)
(CARD A)
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
−
(CARD B)
66
67
68
69
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F
−
Reserved
826
Reserved
827
Memory window 3 start-address low-byte
Memory window 3 start-address high-byte
Memory window 3 end-address low-byte
Memory window 3 end-address high-byte
Memory window 3 offset-address low-byte
Memory window 3 offset-address high-byte
Reserved
828
829
82A
82B
82C
82D
82E
82F
830
Reserved
Memory window 4 start-address low-byte
Memory window 4 start-address high-byte
Memory window 4 end-address low-byte
Memory window 4 end-address high-byte
Memory window 4 offset-address low-byte
Memory window 4 offset-address high-byte
I/O window 0 offset-address low-byte
I/O window 0 offset-address high-byte
I/O window 1 offset-address low-byte
I/O window 1 offset-address high-byte
Reserved
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
83A
83B
83C
83D
83E
83F
840
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Memory window page register 0
Memory window page register 1
Memory window page register 2
Memory window page register 3
Memory window page register 4
841
−
−
842
−
−
843
−
−
844
−
−
5−4
5.1 ExCA Identification and Revision Register
This register provides host software with information on 16-bit PC Card support and 82365SL-DF compatibility. See
Table 5−2 for a complete description of the register contents.
NOTE: If bit 5 (SUBSYRW) in the system control register is 1, then this register is read-only.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA identification and revision
R
1
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
1
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA identification and revision
CardBus Socket Address + 800h:
Card A ExCA Offset 00h
Card B ExCA Offset 40h
Type:
Default:
Read/Write, Read-only
84h
Table 5−2. ExCA Identification and Revision Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
IFTYPE
RSVD
TYPE
FUNCTION
Interface type. These bits, which are hardwired as 10b, identify the 16-bit PC Card support provided by the
PCI7410 controller. The PCI7410 controller supports both I/O and memory 16-bit PC Cards.
7−6 ‡
5−4 ‡
R
RW
These bits can be used for 82365SL emulation.
82365SL-DF revision. This field stores the Intel 82365SL-DF revision supported by the PCI7410 controller.
Host software can read this field to determine compatibility to the 82365SL-DF register set. This field defaults
to 0100b upon reset. Writing 0010b to this field puts the controller in the 82356SL mode.
3−0 ‡
365REV
RW
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
5−5
5.2 ExCA Interface Status Register
This register provides information on current status of the PC Card interface. An X in the default bit values indicates
that the value of the bit after reset depends on the state of the PC Card interface. See Table 5−3 for a complete
description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA interface status
R
0
R
0
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
Register:
Offset:
ExCA interface status
CardBus Socket Address + 801h:
Card A ExCA Offset 01h
Card B ExCA Offset 41h
Type:
Read-only
Default:
00XX XXXXb
Table 5−3. ExCA Interface Status Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
This bit returns 0 when read. A write has no effect.
7
RSVD
R
CARDPWR. Card power. This bit indicates the current power status of the PC Card socket. This bit reflects
how the ExCA power control register has been programmed. The bit is encoded as:
6
5
CARDPWR
READY
R
0 = V
1 = V
and V
and V
to the socket are turned off (default).
to the socket are turned on.
CC
CC
PP
PP
This bit indicates the current status of the READY signal at the PC Card interface.
R
R
0 = PC Card is not ready for a data transfer.
1 = PC Card is ready for a data transfer.
Card write protect. This bit indicates the current status of the WP signal at the PC Card interface. This signal
reports to the PCI7410 controller whether or not the memory card is write protected. Further, write
protection for an entire PCI7410 16-bit memory window is available by setting the appropriate bit in the
ExCA memory window offset-address high-byte register.
4
CARDWP
0 = WP signal is 0. PC Card is R/W.
1 = WP signal is 1. PC Card is read-only.
Card detect 2. This bit indicates the status of the CD2 signal at the PC Card interface. Software can use
this and CDETECT1 to determine if a PC Card is fully seated in the socket.
3
2
CDETECT2
CDETECT1
R
R
0 = CD2 signal is 1. No PC Card inserted.
1 = CD2 signal is 0. PC Card at least partially inserted.
Card detect 1. This bit indicates the status of the CD1 signal at the PC Card interface. Software can use
this and CDETECT2 to determine if a PC Card is fully seated in the socket.
0 = CD1 signal is 1. No PC Card inserted.
1 = CD1 signal is 0. PC Card at least partially inserted.
Battery voltage detect. When a 16-bit memory card is inserted, the field indicates the status of the battery
voltage detect signals (BVD1, BVD2) at the PC Card interface, where bit 0 reflects the BVD1 status, and
bit 1 reflects BVD2.
00 = Battery is dead.
01 = Battery is dead.
10 = Battery is low; warning.
11 = Battery is good.
1−0
BVDSTAT
R
When a 16-bit I/O card is inserted, this field indicates the status of the SPKR (bit 1) signal and the STSCHG
(bit 0) at the PC Card interface. In this case, the two bits in this field directly reflect the current state of these
card outputs.
5−6
5.3 ExCA Power Control Register
This register provides PC Card power control. Bit 7 of this register enables the 16-bit outputs on the socket interface,
and can be used for power management in 16-bit PC Card applications. See Table 5−5 for a complete description
of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA power control
RW
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA power control
CardBus Socket Address + 802h:
Card A ExCA Offset 02h
Card B ExCA Offset 42h
Type:
Default:
Read-only, Read/Write
00h
Table 5−4. ExCA Power Control Register Description—82365SL Support
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Card output enable. Bit 7 controls the state of all of the 16-bit outputs on the PCI7410 controller. This bit
is encoded as:
7
COE
RW
0 = 16-bit PC Card outputs disabled (default)
1 = 16-bit PC Card outputs enabled
6
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bit 6 returns 0 when read.
Auto power switch enable.
5 †
AUTOPWRSWEN
RW
0 = Automatic socket power switching based on card detects is disabled.
1 = Automatic socket power switching based on card detects is enabled.
PC Card power enable.
0 = V
1 = V
= No connection
CC
CC
4
CAPWREN
RSVD
RW
R
is enabled and controlled by bit 2 (EXCAPOWER) of the system control register
(PCI offset 80h, see Section 4.30).
3−2
1−0
Reserved. Bits 3 and 2 return 0s when read.
PC Card V
PP
ignores this field unless V
power control. Bits 1 and 0 are used to request changes to card V . The PCI7410 controller
PP
to the socket is enabled. This field is encoded as:
CC
EXCAVPP
RW
00 = No connection (default)
01 = V
10 = 12 V
11 = Reserved
CC
†
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not enabled, then this bit is cleared
by the assertion of PRST or GRST.
Table 5−5. ExCA Power Control Register Description—82365SL-DF Support
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Card output enable. This bit controls the state of all of the 16-bit outputs on the PCI7410 controller. This
bit is encoded as:
7 †
COE
RW
0 = 16-bit PC Card outputs are disabled (default).
1 = 16-bit PC Card outputs are enabled.
6−5
4−3 †
2
RSVD
EXCAVCC
RSVD
R
RW
R
Reserved. These bits return 0s when read. Writes have no effect.
V
. These bits are used to request changes to card V . This field is encoded as:
CC
CC
00 = 0 V (default)
01 = 0 V reserved
10 = 5 V
11 = 3.3 V
This bit returns 0 when read. A write has no effect.
V
V
. These bits are used to request changes to card V . The PCI7410 controller ignores this field unless
PP
PP
to the socket is enabled (i.e., 5 Vdc or 3.3 Vdc). This field is encoded as:
CC
1−0 †
EXCAVPP
RW
00 = 0 V (default)
01 = V
10 = 12 V
11 = 0 V reserved
CC
†
This bit is cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not enabled, then this bit is cleared by the assertion of PRST
or GRST.
5−7
5.4 ExCA Interrupt and General Control Register
This register controls interrupt routing for I/O interrupts as well as other critical 16-bit PC Card functions. See
Table 5−6 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA interrupt and general control
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA interrupt and general control
CardBus Socket Address + 803h:
Card A ExCA Offset 03h
Card B ExCA Offset 43h
Type:
Default:
Read/Write
00h
Table 5−6. ExCA Interrupt and General Control Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Card ring indicate enable. Enables the ring indicate function of the BVD1/RI terminals. This bit is encoded
as:
7
RINGEN
RW
0 = Ring indicate disabled (default)
1 = Ring indicate enabled
Card reset. This bit controls the 16-bit PC Card RESET signal, and allows host software to force a card
reset. This bit affects 16-bit cards only. This bit is encoded as:
0 = RESET signal asserted (default)
6 †
5 †
RESET
RW
RW
1 = RESET signal deasserted.
Card type. This bit indicates the PC Card type. This bit is encoded as:
CARDTYPE
0 = Memory PC Card is installed (default)
1 = I/O PC Card is installed
PCI interrupt − CSC routing enable bit. This bit has meaning only if the CSC interrupt routing control bit
(PCI offset 93h, bit 5) is 0. In this case, when this bit is set (high), the card status change interrupts are
routed to PCI interrupts. When low, the card status change interrupts are routed using bits 7−4 in the ExCA
card status-change interrupt configuration register (ExCA offset 805h, see Section 5.6). This bit is encoded
as:
4
CSCROUTE
RW
0 = CSC interrupts routed by ExCA registers (default)
1 = CSC interrupts routed to PCI interrupts
If the CSC interrupt routing control bit (bit 5) of the diagnostic register (PCI offset 93h, see Section 4.41)
is set to 1, this bit has no meaning, which is the default case.
Card interrupt select for I/O PC Card functional interrupts. These bits select the interrupt routing for I/O
PC Card functional interrupts. This field is encoded as:
0000 = No IRQ selected (default). CSC interrupts are routed to PCI Interrupts. This bit setting is ORed
with bit 4 (CSCROUTE) for backward compatibility.
0001 = IRQ1 enabled
0010 = SMI enabled
0011 = IRQ3 enabled
0100 = IRQ4 enabled
0101 = IRQ5 enabled
0110 = IRQ6 enabled
3−0
INTSELECT
RW
0111 = IRQ7 enabled
1000 = IRQ8 enabled
1001 = IRQ9 enabled
1010 = IRQ10 enabled
1011 = IRQ11 enabled
1100 = IRQ12 enabled
1101 = IRQ13 enabled
1110 = IRQ14 enabled
1111 = IRQ15 enabled
†
This bit is cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not enabled, then this bit is cleared by the assertion of PRST
or GRST.
5−8
5.5 ExCA Card Status-Change Register
The ExCA card status-change register controls interrupt routing for I/O interrupts and other critical 16-bit PC Card
functions. The register enables these interrupt sources to generate an interrupt to the host. When the interrupt source
is disabled, the corresponding bit in this register always reads 0. When an interrupt source is enabled, the
corresponding bit in this register is set to indicate that the interrupt source is active. After generating the interrupt to
the host, the interrupt service routine must read this register to determine the source of the interrupt. The interrupt
service routine is responsible for resetting the bits in this register as well. Resetting a bit is accomplished by one of
two methods: a read of this register or an explicit writeback of 1 to the status bit. The choice of these two methods
is based on bit 2 (interrupt flag clear mode select) in the ExCA global control register (CB offset 81Eh, see
Section 5.20). See Table 5−7 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA card status-change
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Type:
ExCA card status-change
Read-only
Offset:
CardBus socket address + 804h; Card A ExCA offset 04h
Card B ExCA offset 44h
00h
Default:
Table 5−7. ExCA Card Status-Change Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
7−4
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 7−4 return 0s when read.
Card detect change. Bit 3 indicates whether a change on CD1 or CD2 occurred at the PC Card
interface. This bit is encoded as:
3 †
2 †
CDCHANGE
R
R
0 = No change detected on either CD1 or CD2
1 = Change detected on either CD1 or CD2
Ready change. When a 16-bit memory is installed in the socket, bit 2 includes whether the source of
a PCI7410 interrupt was due to a change on READY at the PC Card interface, indicating that the
PC Card is now ready to accept new data. This bit is encoded as:
READYCHANGE
0 = No low-to-high transition detected on READY (default)
1 = Detected low-to-high transition on READY
When a 16-bit I/O card is installed, bit 2 is always 0.
Battery warning change. When a 16-bit memory card is installed in the socket, bit 1 indicates whether
the source of a PCI7410 interrupt was due to a battery-low warning condition. This bit is encoded as:
0 = No battery warning condition (default)
1 †
0 †
BATWARN
BATDEAD
R
R
1 = Detected battery warning condition
When a 16-bit I/O card is installed, bit 1 is always 0.
Battery dead or status change. When a 16-bit memory card is installed in the socket, bit 0 indicates
whether the source of a PCI7410 interrupt was due to a battery dead condition. This bit is encoded as:
0 = STSCHG deasserted (default)
1 = STSCHG asserted
Ring indicate. When the PCI7410 is configured for ring indicate operation, bit 0 indicates the status of
RI.
†
These are PME context bits and can be cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not enabled, then these bits are
cleared by the assertion of PRST or GRST.
5−9
5.6 ExCA Card Status-Change Interrupt Configuration Register
This register controls interrupt routing for CSC interrupts, as well as masks/unmasks CSC interrupt sources. See
Table 5−8 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA card status-change interrupt configuration
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA card status-change interrupt configuration
CardBus Socket Address + 805h:
Card A ExCA Offset 05h
Card B ExCA Offset 45h
Type:
Default:
Read/Write
00h
Table 5−8. ExCA Card Status-Change Interrupt Configuration Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Interrupt select for card status change. These bits select the interrupt routing for card status-change
interrupts. This field is encoded as:
0000 = CSC interrupts routed to PCI interrupts if bit 5 of the diagnostic register (PCI offset 93h) is set
to 1b. In this case bit 4 of ExCA 803 is a don’t care. This is the default setting.
0000 = No ISA interrupt routing if bit 5 of the diagnostic register (PCI offset 93h) is set to 0b. In this case,
CSC interrupts are routed to PCI interrupts by setting bit 4 of ExCA 803h to 1b.
0001 = IRQ1 enabled
0010 = SMI enabled
0011 = IRQ3 enabled
0100 = IRQ4 enabled
0101 = IRQ5 enabled
7−4
CSCSELECT
RW
0110 = IRQ6 enabled
0111 = IRQ7 enabled
1000 = IRQ8 enabled
1001 = IRQ9 enabled
1010 = IRQ10 enabled
1011 = IRQ11 enabled
1100 = IRQ12 enabled
1101 = IRQ13 enabled
1110 = IRQ14 enabled
1111 = IRQ15 enabled
Card detect enable. Enables interrupts on CD1 or CD2 changes. This bit is encoded as:
3†
2†
CDEN
RW
RW
0 = Disables interrupts on CD1 or CD2 line changes (default)
1 = Enables interrupts on CD1 or CD2 line changes
Ready enable. This bit enables/disables a low-to-high transition on the PC Card READY signal to generate
a host interrupt. This interrupt source is considered a card status change. This bit is encoded as:
READYEN
0 = Disables host interrupt generation (default)
1 = Enables host interrupt generation
Battery warning enable. This bit enables/disables a battery warning condition to generate a CSC interrupt.
This bit is encoded as:
1†
0†
BATWARNEN
BATDEADEN
RW
RW
0 = Disables host interrupt generation (default)
1 = Enables host interrupt generation
Battery dead enable. This bit enables/disables a battery dead condition on a memory PC Card or assertion
of the STSCHG I/O PC Card signal to generate a CSC interrupt.
0 = Disables host interrupt generation (default)
1 = Enables host interrupt generation
†
This bit is cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not enabled, then this bit is cleared by the assertion of PRST
or GRST.
5−10
5.7 ExCA Address Window Enable Register
The ExCA address window enable register enables/disables the memory and I/O windows to the 16-bit PC Card. By
default, all windows to the card are disabled. The PCI7410 controller does not acknowledge PCI memory or I/O cycles
to the card if the corresponding enable bit in this register is 0, regardless of the programming of the memory or I/O
window start/end/offset address registers. See Table 5−9 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA address window enable
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Type:
ExCA address window enable
Read-only, Read/Write
Offset:
CardBus socket address + 806h; Card A ExCA offset 06h
Card B ExCA offset 46h
00h
Default:
Table 5−9. ExCA Address Window Enable Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
I/O window 1 enable. Bit 7 enables/disables I/O window 1 for the PC Card. This bit is encoded as:
0 = I/O window 1 disabled (default)
7
IOWIN1EN
RW
1 = I/O window 1 enabled
I/O window 0 enable. Bit 6 enables/disables I/O window 0 for the PC Card. This bit is encoded as:
0 = I/O window 0 disabled (default)
6
5
IOWIN0EN
RSVD
RW
R
1 = I/O window 0 enabled
Reserved. Bit 5 returns 0 when read.
Memory window 4 enable. Bit 4 enables/disables memory window 4 for the PC Card. This bit is
encoded as:
4
3
2
1
0
MEMWIN4EN
MEMWIN3EN
MEMWIN2EN
MEMWIN1EN
MEMWIN0EN
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
0 = Memory window 4 disabled (default)
1 = Memory window 4 enabled
Memory window 3 enable. Bit 3 enables/disables memory window 3 for the PC Card. This bit is
encoded as:
0 = Memory window 3 disabled (default)
1 = Memory window 3 enabled
Memory window 2 enable. Bit 2 enables/disables memory window 2 for the PC Card. This bit is
encoded as:
0 = Memory window 2 disabled (default)
1 = Memory window 2 enabled
Memory window 1 enable. Bit 1 enables/disables memory window 1 for the PC Card. This bit is
encoded as:
0 = Memory window 1 disabled (default)
1 = Memory window 1 enabled
Memory window 0 enable. Bit 0 enables/disables memory window 0 for the PC Card. This bit is
encoded as:
0 = Memory window 0 disabled (default)
1 = Memory window 0 enabled
5−11
5.8 ExCA I/O Window Control Register
The ExCA I/O window control register contains parameters related to I/O window sizing and cycle timing. See
Table 5−10 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA I/O window control
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Type:
ExCA I/O window control
Read/Write
Offset:
CardBus socket address + 807h: Card A ExCA offset 07h
Card B ExCA offset 47h
00h
Default:
SIGNAL
Table 5−10. ExCA I/O Window Control Register Description
BIT
TYPE
FUNCTION
I/O window 1 wait state. Bit 7 controls the I/O window 1 wait state for 16-bit I/O accesses. Bit 7 has no effect
on 8-bit accesses. This wait-state timing emulates the ISA wait state used by the Intel 82365SL-DF. This
bit is encoded as:
7
WAITSTATE1
RW
0 = 16-bit cycles have standard length (default).
1 = 16-bit cycles are extended by one equivalent ISA wait state.
I/O window 1 zero wait state. Bit 6 controls the I/O window 1 wait state for 8-bit I/O accesses. Bit 6 has
no effect on 16-bit accesses. This wait-state timing emulates the ISA wait state used by the Intel
82365SL-DF. This bit is encoded as:
6
ZEROWS1
RW
0 = 8-bit cycles have standard length (default).
1 = 8-bit cycles are reduced to equivalent of three ISA cycles.
I/O window 1 IOIS16 source. Bit 5 controls the I/O window 1 automatic data-sizing feature that uses IOIS16
from the PC Card to determine the data width of the I/O data transfer. This bit is encoded as:
0 = Window data width determined by DATASIZE1, bit 4 (default).
5
4
IOSIS16W1
DATASIZE1
RW
RW
1 = Window data width determined by IOIS16.
I/O window 1 data size. Bit 4 controls the I/O window 1 data size. Bit 4 is ignored if bit 5 (IOSIS16W1) is
set. This bit is encoded as:
0 = Window data width is 8 bits (default).
1 = Window data width is 16 bits.
I/O window 0 wait state. Bit 3 controls the I/O window 0 wait state for 16-bit I/O accesses. Bit 3 has no effect
on 8-bit accesses. This wait-state timing emulates the ISA wait state used by the Intel 82365SL-DF. This
bit is encoded as:
3
2
WAITSTATE0
ZEROWS0
RW
RW
0 = 16-bit cycles have standard length (default).
1 = 16-bit cycles are extended by one equivalent ISA wait state.
I/O window 0 zero wait state. Bit 2 controls the I/O window 0 wait state for 8-bit I/O accesses. Bit 2 has
no effect on 16-bit accesses. This wait-state timing emulates the ISA wait state used by the Intel
82365SL-DF. This bit is encoded as:
0 = 8-bit cycles have standard length (default).
1 = 8-bit cycles are reduced to equivalent of three ISA cycles.
I/O window 0 IOIS16 source. Bit 1 controls the I/O window 0 automatic data sizing feature that uses IOIS16
from the PC Card to determine the data width of the I/O data transfer. This bit is encoded as:
0 = Window data width is determined by DATASIZE0, bit 0 (default).
1
0
IOSIS16W0
DATASIZE0
RW
RW
1 = Window data width is determined by IOIS16.
I/O window 0 data size. Bit 0 controls the I/O window 0 data size. Bit 0 is ignored if bit 1 (IOSIS16W0) is
set. This bit is encoded as:
0 = Window data width is 8 bits (default).
1 = Window data width is 16 bits.
5−12
5.9 ExCA I/O Windows 0 and 1 Start-Address Low-Byte Registers
These registers contain the low byte of the 16-bit I/O window start address for I/O windows 0 and 1. The 8 bits of these
registers correspond to the lower 8 bits of the start address.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA I/O windows 0 and 1 start-address low-byte
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA I/O window 0 start-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 808h:
Card A ExCA Offset 08h
Card B ExCA Offset 48h
Register:
Offset:
ExCA I/O window 1 start-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 80Ch:
Card A ExCA Offset 0Ch
Card B ExCA Offset 4Ch
Type:
Default:
Read/Write
00h
5.10 ExCA I/O Windows 0 and 1 Start-Address High-Byte Registers
These registers contain the high byte of the 16-bit I/O window start address for I/O windows 0 and 1. The 8 bits of
these registers correspond to the upper 8 bits of the start address.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA I/O windows 0 and 1 start-address high-byte
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA I/O window 0 start-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 809h:
Card A ExCA Offset 09h
Card B ExCA Offset 49h
Register:
Offset:
ExCA I/O window 1 start-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 80Dh:
Card A ExCA Offset 0Dh
Card B ExCA Offset 4Dh
Type:
Default:
Read/Write
00h
5−13
5.11 ExCA I/O Windows 0 and 1 End-Address Low-Byte Registers
These registers contain the low byte of the 16-bit I/O window end address for I/O windows 0 and 1. The 8 bits of these
registers correspond to the lower 8 bits of the start address.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA I/O windows 0 and 1 end-address low-byte
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA I/O window 0 end-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 80Ah:
Card A ExCA Offset 0Ah
Card B ExCA Offset 4Ah
Register:
Offset:
ExCA I/O window 1 end-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 80Eh:
Card A ExCA Offset 0Eh
Card B ExCA Offset 4Eh
Type:
Default:
Read/Write
00h
5.12 ExCA I/O Windows 0 and 1 End-Address High-Byte Registers
These registers contain the high byte of the 16-bit I/O window end address for I/O windows 0 and 1. The 8 bits of these
registers correspond to the upper 8 bits of the end address.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA I/O windows 0 and 1 end-address high-byte
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA I/O window 0 end-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 80Bh:
Card A ExCA Offset 0Bh
Card B ExCA Offset 4Bh
Register:
Offset:
ExCA I/O window 1 end-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 80Fh:
Card A ExCA Offset 0Fh
Card B ExCA Offset 4Fh
Type:
Default:
Read/Write
00h
5−14
5.13 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Start-Address Low-Byte Registers
These registers contain the low byte of the 16-bit memory window start address for memory windows 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4.
The 8 bits of these registers correspond to bits A19−A12 of the start address.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA memory windows 0−4 start-address low-byte
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA memory window 0 start-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 810h:
Card A ExCA Offset 10h
Card B ExCA Offset 50h
Register:
Offset:
ExCA memory window 1 start-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 818h: Card A ExCA Offset 18h
Card B ExCA Offset 58h
ExCA memory window 2 start-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 820h: Card A ExCA Offset 20h
Card B ExCA Offset 60h
ExCA memory window 3 start-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 828h: Card A ExCA Offset 28h
Card B ExCA Offset 68h
ExCA memory window 4 start-address low-byte
Register:
Offset:
Register:
Offset:
Register:
Offset:
CardBus Socket Address + 830h:
Card A ExCA Offset 30h
Card B ExCA Offset 70h
Type:
Default:
Read/Write
00h
5−15
5.14 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Start-Address High-Byte Registers
These registers contain the high nibble of the 16-bit memory window start address for memory windows 0, 1, 2, 3,
and 4. The lower 4 bits of these registers correspond to bits A23−A20 of the start address. In addition, the memory
window data width and wait states are set in this register. See Table 5−11 for a complete description of the register
contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA memory windows 0−4 start-address high-byte
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA memory window 0 start-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 811h:
Card A ExCA Offset 11h
Card B ExCA Offset 51h
Register:
Offset:
ExCA memory window 1 start-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 819h: Card A ExCA Offset 19h
Card B ExCA Offset 59h
ExCA memory window 2 start-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 821h: Card A ExCA Offset 21h
Card B ExCA Offset 61h
ExCA memory window 3 start-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 829h: Card A ExCA Offset 29h
Card B ExCA Offset 69h
ExCA memory window 4 start-address high-byte
Register:
Offset:
Register:
Offset:
Register:
Offset:
CardBus Socket Address + 831h:
Card A ExCA Offset 31h
Card B ExCA Offset 71h
Type:
Default:
Read/Write
00h
Table 5−11. ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Start-Address High-Byte Registers Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
This bit controls the memory window data width. This bit is encoded as:
7
DATASIZE
RW
0 = Window data width is 8 bits (default)
1 = Window data width is 16 bits
Zero wait-state. This bit controls the memory window wait state for 8- and 16-bit accesses. This wait-state
timing emulates the ISA wait state used by the 82365SL-DF. This bit is encoded as:
6
ZEROWAIT
RW
0 = 8- and 16-bit cycles have standard length (default).
1 = 8-bit cycles reduced to equivalent of three ISA cycles
16-bit cycles reduced to the equivalent of two ISA cycles
5−4
3−0
SCRATCH
STAHN
RW
RW
Scratch pad bits. These bits have no effect on memory window operation.
Start address high-nibble. These bits represent the upper address bits A23−A20 of the memory window
start address.
5−16
5.15 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 End-Address Low-Byte Registers
These registers contain the low byte of the 16-bit memory window end address for memory windows 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4.
The 8 bits of these registers correspond to bits A19−A12 of the end address.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA memory windows 0−4 end-address low-byte
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA memory window 0 end-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 812h:
Card A ExCA Offset 12h
Card B ExCA Offset 52h
Register:
Offset:
ExCA memory window 1 end-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 81Ah: Card A ExCA Offset 1Ah
Card B ExCA Offset 5Ah
ExCA memory window 2 end-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 822h: Card A ExCA Offset 22h
Card B ExCA Offset 62h
ExCA memory window 3 end-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 82Ah: Card A ExCA Offset 2Ah
Card B ExCA Offset 6Ah
ExCA memory window 4 end-address low-byte
Register:
Offset:
Register:
Offset:
Register:
Offset:
CardBus Socket Address + 832h:
Card A ExCA Offset 32h
Card B ExCA Offset 72h
Type:
Default:
Read/Write
00h
5−17
5.16 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 End-Address High-Byte Registers
These registers contain the high nibble of the 16-bit memory window end address for memory windows 0, 1, 2, 3,
and 4. The lower 4 bits of these registers correspond to bits A23−A20 of the end address. In addition, the memory
window wait states are set in this register. See Table 5−12 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA memory windows 0−4 end-address high-byte
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA memory window 0 end-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 813h:
Card A ExCA Offset 13h
Card B ExCA Offset 53h
Register:
Offset:
ExCA memory window 1 end-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 81Bh: Card A ExCA Offset 1Bh
Card B ExCA Offset 5Bh
ExCA memory window 2 end-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 823h: Card A ExCA Offset 23h
Card B ExCA Offset 63h
ExCA memory window 3 end-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 82Bh: Card A ExCA Offset 2Bh
Card B ExCA Offset 6Bh
ExCA Memory window 4 end-address high-byte
Register:
Offset:
Register:
Offset:
Register:
Offset:
CardBus Socket Address + 833h:
Card A ExCA Offset 33h
Card B ExCA Offset 73h
Type:
Default:
Read/Write, Read-only
00h
Table 5−12. ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 End-Address High-Byte Registers Description
BIT
7−6
5−4
3−0
SIGNAL
MEMWS
RSVD
TYPE
RW
R
FUNCTION
Wait state. These bits specify the number of equivalent ISA wait states to be added to 16-bit memory
accesses. The number of wait states added is equal to the binary value of these 2 bits.
Reserved. These bits return 0s when read. Writes have no effect.
End-address high nibble. These bits represent the upper address bits A23−A20 of the memory window end
address.
ENDHN
RW
5−18
5.17 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Offset-Address Low-Byte Registers
These registers contain the low byte of the 16-bit memory window offset address for memory windows 0, 1, 2, 3,
and 4. The 8 bits of these registers correspond to bits A19−A12 of the offset address.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA memory windows 0−4 offset-address low-byte
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA memory window 0 offset-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 814h:
Card A ExCA Offset 14h
Card B ExCA Offset 54h
Register:
Offset:
ExCA memory window 1 offset-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 81Ch: Card A ExCA Offset 1Ch
Card B ExCA Offset 5Ch
ExCA memory window 2 offset-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 824h: Card A ExCA Offset 24h
Card B ExCA Offset 64h
ExCA memory window 3 offset-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 82Ch: Card A ExCA Offset 2Ch
Card B ExCA Offset 6Ch
ExCA memory window 4 offset-address low-byte
Register:
Offset:
Register:
Offset:
Register:
Offset:
CardBus Socket Address + 834h:
Card A ExCA Offset 34h
Card B ExCA Offset 74h
Type:
Default:
Read/Write
00h
5−19
5.18 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Offset-Address High-Byte Registers
These registers contain the high 6 bits of the 16-bit memory window offset address for memory windows 0, 1, 2, 3,
and 4. The lower 6 bits of these registers correspond to bits A25−A20 of the offset address. In addition, the write
protection and common/attribute memory configurations are set in this register. See Table 5−13 for a complete
description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA memory window 0−4 offset-address high-byte
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA memory window 0 offset-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 815h:
Card A ExCA Offset 15h
Card B ExCA Offset 55h
Register:
Offset:
ExCA memory window 1 offset-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 81Dh: Card A ExCA Offset 1Dh
Card B ExCA Offset 5Dh
ExCA memory window 2 offset-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 825h: Card A ExCA Offset 25h
Card B ExCA Offset 65h
ExCA memory window 3 offset-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 82Dh: Card A ExCA Offset 2Dh
Card B ExCA Offset 6Dh
ExCA memory window 4 offset-address high-byte
Register:
Offset:
Register:
Offset:
Register:
Offset:
CardBus Socket Address + 835h:
Card A ExCA Offset 35h
Card B ExCA Offset 75h
Type:
Default:
Read/Write
00h
Table 5−13. ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Offset-Address High-Byte Registers Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Write protect. This bit specifies whether write operations to this memory window are enabled.
This bit is encoded as:
7
WINWP
RW
0 = Write operations are allowed (default).
1 = Write operations are not allowed.
This bit specifies whether this memory window is mapped to card attribute or common memory.
This bit is encoded as:
6
REG
RW
RW
0 = Memory window is mapped to common memory (default).
1 = Memory window is mapped to attribute memory.
Offset-address high byte. These bits represent the upper address bits A25−A20 of the memory window offset
address.
5−0
OFFHB
5−20
5.19 ExCA Card Detect and General Control Register
This register controls how the ExCA registers for the socket respond to card removal. It also reports the status of the
VS1 and VS2 signals at the PC Card interface. Table 5−14 describes each bit in the ExCA card detect and general
control register.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA card detect and general control
R
X
R
X
W
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA card detect and general control
CardBus Socket Address + 816h:
Card A ExCA Offset 16h
Card B ExCA Offset 56h
Type:
Default:
Read-only, Write-only, Read/Write
XX00 0000b
Table 5−14. ExCA Card Detect and General Control Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
VS2. This bit reports the current state of the VS2 signal at the PC Card interface, and, therefore, does not
have a default value.
7 †
VS2STAT
R
0 = VS2 is low.
1 = VS2 is high.
VS1. This bit reports the current state of the VS1 signal at the PC Card interface, and, therefore, does not
have a default value.
6 †
VS1STAT
SWCSC
R
0 = VS1 is low.
1 = VS1 is high.
Software card detect interrupt. If card detect enable, bit 3 in the ExCA card status change interrupt
configuration register (ExCA offset 805h, see Section 5.6) is set, then writing a 1 to this bit causes a
card-detect card-status-change interrupt for the associated card socket.
If the card-detect enable bit is cleared to 0 in the ExCA card status-change interrupt configuration register
(ExCA offset 805h, see Section 5.6), then writing a 1 to the software card-detect interrupt bit has no effect.
This bit is write-only.
5
W
A read operation of this bit always returns 0. Writing a 1 to this bit also clears it. If bit 2 of the ExCA global
control register (ExCA offset 81Eh, see Section 5.20) is set and a 1 is written to clear bit 3 of the ExCA
card status change interrupt register, then this bit also is cleared.
Card detect resume enable. If this bit is set to 1 and a card detect change has been detected on the CD1
and CD2 inputs, then the RI_OUT output goes from high to low. The RI_OUT remains low until the card
status change bit in the ExCA card status-change register (ExCA offset 804h, see Section 5.5) is cleared.
If this bit is a 0, then the card detect resume functionality is disabled.
4
CDRESUME
RW
0 = Card detect resume disabled (default)
1 = Card detect resume enabled
3−2
1
RSVD
REGCONFIG
RSVD
R
RW
R
These bits return 0s when read. Writes have no effect.
Register configuration upon card removal. This bit controls how the ExCA registers for the socket react
to a card removal event. This bit is encoded as:
0 = No change to ExCA registers upon card removal (default)
1 = Reset ExCA registers upon card removal
0
This bit returns 0 when read. A write has no effect.
†
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not enabled, then this bit is cleared
by the assertion of PRST or GRST.
5−21
5.20 ExCA Global Control Register
This register controls both PC Card sockets, and is not duplicated for each socket. The host interrupt mode bits in
this register are retained for 82365SL-DF compatibility. See Table 5−15 for a complete description of the register
contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA global control
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA global control
CardBus Socket Address + 81Eh:
Card A ExCA Offset 1Eh
Card B ExCA Offset 5Eh
Type:
Default:
Read-only, Read/Write
00h
Table 5−15. ExCA Global Control Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
These bits return 0s when read. Writes have no effect.
7−5
RSVD
R
Level/edge interrupt mode select, card B. This bit selects the signaling mode for the PCI7410 host interrupt
for card B interrupts. This bit is encoded as:
4
INTMODEB
INTMODEA
IFCMODE
CSCMODE
RW
0 = Host interrupt is edge mode (default).
1 = Host interrupt is level mode.
Level/edge interrupt mode select, card A. This bit selects the signaling mode for the PCI7410 host interrupt
for card A interrupts. This bit is encoded as:
3
RW
RW
RW
0 = Host interrupt is edge-mode (default).
1 = Host interrupt is level-mode.
Interrupt flag clear mode select. This bit selects the interrupt flag clear mechanism for the flags in the ExCA
card status change register. This bit is encoded as:
2 ‡
1 ‡
0 = Interrupt flags cleared by read of CSC register (default)
1 = Interrupt flags cleared by explicit writeback of 1
Card status change level/edge mode select. This bit selects the signaling mode for the PCI7410 host
interrupt for card status changes. This bit is encoded as:
0 = Host interrupt is edge-mode (default).
1 = Host interrupt is level-mode.
Power-down mode select. When this bit is set to 1, the PCI7410 controller is in power-down mode. In
power-down mode the PCI7410 card outputs are placed in a high-impedance state until an active cycle
is executed on the card interface. Following an active cycle the outputs are again placed in a
high-impedance state. The PCI7410 controller still receives functional interrupts and/or card status
change interrupts; however, an actual card access is required to wake up the interface. This bit is encoded
as:
0 ‡
PWRDWN
RW
0 = Power-down mode disabled (default)
1 = Power-down mode enabled
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
5−22
5.21 ExCA I/O Windows 0 and 1 Offset-Address Low-Byte Registers
These registers contain the low byte of the 16-bit I/O window offset address for I/O windows 0 and 1. The 8 bits of
these registers correspond to the lower 8 bits of the offset address, and bit 0 is always 0.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA I/O windows 0 and 1 offset-address low-byte
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA I/O window 0 offset-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 836h:
Card A ExCA Offset 36h
Card B ExCA Offset 76h
Register:
Offset:
ExCA I/O window 1 offset-address low-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 838h:
Card A ExCA Offset 38h
Card B ExCA Offset 78h
Type:
Default:
Read/Write, Read-only
00h
5.22 ExCA I/O Windows 0 and 1 Offset-Address High-Byte Registers
These registers contain the high byte of the 16-bit I/O window offset address for I/O windows 0 and 1. The 8 bits of
these registers correspond to the upper 8 bits of the offset address.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA I/O windows 0 and 1 offset-address high-byte
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
ExCA I/O window 0 offset-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 837h:
Card A ExCA Offset 37h
Card B ExCA Offset 77h
Register:
Offset:
ExCA I/O window 1 offset-address high-byte
CardBus Socket Address + 839h:
Card A ExCA Offset 39h
Card B ExCA Offset 79h
Type:
Default:
Read/Write
00h
5−23
5.23 ExCA Memory Windows 0−4 Page Registers
The upper 8 bits of a 4-byte PCI memory address are compared to the contents of this register when decoding
addresses for 16-bit memory windows. Each window has its own page register, all of which default to 00h. By
programming this register to a nonzero value, host software can locate 16-bit memory windows in any one of 256
16-Mbyte regions in the 4-gigabyte PCI address space. These registers are only accessible when the ExCA registers
are memory-mapped, that is, these registers may not be accessed using the index/data I/O scheme.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
ExCA memory windows 0−4 page
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
ExCA memory windows 0−4 page
CardBus Socket Address + 840h, 841h, 842h, 843h, 844h
Read/Write
00h
Default:
5−24
6 CardBus Socket Registers (Functions 0 and 1)
The 1997 PC Card Standard requires a CardBus socket controller to provide five 32-bit registers that report and
control socket-specific functions. The PCI7410 controller provides the CardBus socket/ExCA base address register
(PCI offset 10h, see Section 4.13) to locate these CardBus socket registers in PCI memory address space. Each
function has a separate base address register for accessing the CardBus socket registers (see Figure 6−1).
Table 6−1 gives the location of the socket registers in relation to the CardBus socket/ExCA base address.
In addition to the five required registers, the PCI7410 controller implements a register at offset 20h that provides
power management control for the socket.
Host
Memory Space
Host
Memory Space
PCI7410 Configuration Registers
Offset
00h
Offset
Offset
CardBus
Socket A
Registers
10h
44h
CardBus Socket/ExCA Base Address
16-Bit Legacy-Mode Base Address
20h
00h
CardBus
Socket B
Registers
800h
ExCA
Registers
Card A
20h
844h
800h
ExCA
Registers
Card B
Note: The CardBus socket/ExCA base
address mode register is separate for
functions 0 and 1.
844h
Offsets are from the CardBus socket/ExCA base
address register’s base address.
Figure 6−1. Accessing CardBus Socket Registers Through PCI Memory
Table 6−1. CardBus Socket Registers
REGISTER NAME
OFFSET
00h
Socket event †
Socket mask †
04h
Socket present state †
Socket force event
Socket control †
08h
0Ch
10h
Reserved
14h−1Ch
20h
Socket power management ‡
†
‡
One or more bits in the register are PME context bits and can be cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not
enabled, then these bits are cleared by the assertion of PRST or GRST.
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
6−1
6.1 Socket Event Register
This register indicates a change in socket status has occurred. These bits do not indicate what the change is, only
that one has occurred. Software must read the socket present state register for current status. Each bit in this register
can be cleared by writing a 1 to that bit. The bits in this register can be set to a 1 by software through writing a 1 to
the corresponding bit in the socket force event register. All bits in this register are cleared by PCI reset. They can be
immediately set again, if, when coming out of PC Card reset, the bridge finds the status unchanged (i.e., CSTSCHG
reasserted or card detect is still true). Software needs to clear this register before enabling interrupts. If it is not cleared
and interrupts are enabled, then an unmasked interrupt is generated based on any bit that is set. See Table 6−2 for
a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Socket event
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Socket event
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RWC RWC RWC RWC
0
0
0
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Socket event
CardBus Socket Address + 00h
Read-only, Read/Write to Clear
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 6−2. Socket Event Register Description
FUNCTION
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
31−4
RSVD
R
These bits return 0s when read.
Power cycle. This bit is set when the PCI7410 controller detects that the PWRCYCLE bit in the socket
present state register (offset 08h, see Section 6.3) has changed. This bit is cleared by writing a 1.
†
3
†
2
†
1
PWREVENT
CD2EVENT
CD1EVENT
RWC
RWC
RWC
CCD2. This bit is set when the PCI7410 controller detects that the CDETECT2 field in the socket present
state register (offset 08h, see Section 6.3) has changed. This bit is cleared by writing a 1.
CCD1. This bit is set when the PCI7410 controller detects that the CDETECT1 field in the socket present
state register (offset 08h, see Section 6.3) has changed. This bit is cleared by writing a 1.
CSTSCHG. This bit is set when the CARDSTS field in the socket present state register (offset 08h, see
Section 6.3) has changed state. For CardBus cards, this bit is set on the rising edge of the CSTSCHG
signal. For 16-bit PC Cards, this bit is set on both transitions of the CSTSCHG signal. This bit is reset by
writing a 1.
†
0
CSTSEVENT
RWC
†
This bit is cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not enabled, then this bit is cleared by the assertion of PRST
or GRST.
6−2
6.2 Socket Mask Register
This register allows software to control the CardBus card events which generate a status change interrupt. The state
of these mask bits does not prevent the corresponding bits from reacting in the socket event register (offset 00h, see
Section 6.1). See Table 6−3 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Socket mask
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Socket mask
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Socket mask
CardBus Socket Address + 04h
Read-only, Read/Write
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 6−3. Socket Mask Register Description
FUNCTION
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
31−4
RSVD
R
These bits return 0s when read.
Power cycle. This bit masks the PWRCYCLE bit in the socket present state register (offset 08h, see
Section 6.3) from causing a status change interrupt.
†
3
PWRMASK
CDMASK
RW
RW
RW
0 = PWRCYCLE event does not cause a CSC interrupt (default).
1 = PWRCYCLE event causes a CSC interrupt.
Card detect mask. These bits mask the CDETECT1 and CDETECT2 bits in the socket present state
register (offset 08h, see Section 6.3) from causing a CSC interrupt.
00 = Insertion/removal does not cause a CSC interrupt (default).
01 = Reserved (undefined)
10 = Reserved (undefined)
†
2−1
11 = Insertion/removal causes a CSC interrupt.
CSTSCHG mask. This bit masks the CARDSTS field in the socket present state register (offset 08h, see
Section 6.3) from causing a CSC interrupt.
†
0
CSTSMASK
0 = CARDSTS event does not cause a CSC interrupt (default).
1 = CARDSTS event causes a CSC interrupt.
†
This bit is cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not enabled, then this bit is cleared by the assertion of PRST
or GRST.
6−3
6.3 Socket Present State Register
This register reports information about the socket interface. Writes to the socket force event register (offset 0Ch, see
Section 6.4), as well as general socket interface status, are reflected here. Information about PC Card V
support
CC
and card type is only updated at each insertion. Also note that the PCI7410 controller uses the CCD1 and CCD2
signals during card identification, and changes on these signals during this operation are not reflected in this register.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Socket present state
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Socket present state
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
X
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
X
R
X
R
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Socket present state
CardBus Socket Address + 08h
Read-only
Default:
3000 00XXh
Table 6−4. Socket Present State Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
YV socket. This bit indicates whether or not the socket can supply V
PCI7410 controller does not support Y.Y-V V ; therefore, this bit is always reset unless overridden
CC
by the socket force event register (offset 0Ch, see Section 6.4). This bit defaults to 0.
= Y.Y V to PC Cards. The
CC
31
YVSOCKET
R
R
R
R
XV socket. This bit indicates whether or not the socket can supply V
PCI7410 controller does not support X.X-V V ; therefore, this bit is always reset unless overridden
CC
by the socket force event register (offset 0Ch, see Section 6.4). This bit defaults to 0.
= X.X V to PC Cards. The
CC
30
29
28
XVSOCKET
3VSOCKET
5VSOCKET
3-V socket. This bit indicates whether or not the socket can supply V
PCI7410 controller does support 3.3-V V ; therefore, this bit is always set unless overridden by the
CC
socket force event register (offset 0Ch, see Section 6.4).
= 3.3 Vdc to PC Cards. The
CC
5-V socket. This bit indicates whether or not the socket can supply V
PCI7410 controller does support 5-V V ; therefore, this bit is always set unless overridden by bit 6
CC
of the device control register (PCI offset 92h, see Section 4.40).
= 5 Vdc to PC Cards. The
CC
Zoomed video support. This bit indicates whether or not the socket has support for zoomed video.
27 †
26−14
13 †
ZVSUPPORT
RSVD
R
R
R
0 = ZV support disabled
1 = ZV support enabled
These bits return 0s when read.
YV card. This bit indicates whether or not the PC Card inserted in the socket supports V
CC
This bit can be set by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in the socket force event register (offset 0Ch,
see Section 6.4).
= Y.Y Vdc.
YVCARD
XV card. This bit indicates whether or not the PC Card inserted in the socket supports V
CC
= X.X Vdc.
12 †
11 †
10 †
XVCARD
3VCARD
5VCARD
R
R
R
This bit can be set by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in the socket force event register (offset 0Ch,
see Section 6.4).
3-V card. This bit indicates whether or not the PC Card inserted in the socket supports V
CC
This bit can be set by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in the socket force event register (offset 0Ch,
see Section 6.4).
= 3.3 Vdc.
5-V card. This bit indicates whether or not the PC Card inserted in the socket supports V
CC
This bit can be set by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in the socket force event register (offset 0Ch,
see Section 6.4).
= 5 Vdc.
†
One or more bits in the register are PME context bits and can be cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not
enabled, then these bits are cleared by the assertion of PRST or GRST.
6−4
Table 6−4. Socket Present State Register Description (Continued)
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Bad V
an invalid voltage.
request. This bit indicates that the host software has requested that the socket be powered at
CC
9 †
BADVCCREQ
R
0 = Normal operation (default)
1 = Invalid V
CC
request by host software
Data lost. This bit indicates that a PC Card removal event may have caused lost data because the cycle
did not terminate properly or because write data still resides in the PCI7410 controller.
0 = Normal operation (default)
8 †
7 †
6
DATALOST
NOTACARD
IREQCINT
R
R
R
1 = Potential data loss due to card removal
Not a card. This bit indicates that an unrecognizable PC Card has been inserted in the socket. This bit is
not updated until a valid PC Card is inserted into the socket.
0 = Normal operation (default)
1 = Unrecognizable PC Card detected
READY(IREQ)//CINT. This bit indicates the current status of the READY(IREQ)//CINT signal at the PC
Card interface.
0 = READY(IREQ)//CINT is low.
1 = READY(IREQ)//CINT is high.
CardBus card detected. This bit indicates that a CardBus PC Card is inserted in the socket. This bit is not
updated until another card interrogation sequence occurs (card insertion).
5 †
4 †
CBCARD
R
R
16-bit card detected. This bit indicates that a 16-bit PC Card is inserted in the socket. This bit is not
updated until another card interrogation sequence occurs (card insertion).
16BITCARD
Power cycle. This bit indicates the status of each card powering request. This bit is encoded as:
0 = Socket is powered down (default).
3 †
2 †
PWRCYCLE
CDETECT2
R
R
1 = Socket is powered up.
CCD2. This bit reflects the current status of the CCD2 signal at the PC Card interface. Changes to this
signal during card interrogation are not reflected here.
0 = CCD2 is low (PC Card may be present)
1 = CCD2 is high (PC Card not present)
CCD1. This bit reflects the current status of the CCD1 signal at the PC Card interface. Changes to this
signal during card interrogation are not reflected here.
1 †
0
CDETECT1
CARDSTS
R
R
0 = CCD1 is low (PC Card may be present).
1 = CCD1 is high (PC Card not present).
CSTSCHG. This bit reflects the current status of the CSTSCHG signal at the PC Card interface.
0 = CSTSCHG is low.
1 = CSTSCHG is high.
†
One or more bits in the register are PME context bits and can be cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not
enabled, then these bits are cleared by the assertion of PRST or GRST.
6.4 Socket Force Event Register
This register is used to force changes to the socket event register (offset 00h, see Section 6.1) and the socket present
state register (offset 08h, see Section 6.3). The CVSTEST bit (bit 14) in this register must be written when forcing
changes that require card interrogation. See Table 6−5 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Socket force event
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Socket force event
R
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
R
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
W
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Socket force event
CardBus Socket Address + 0Ch
Read-only, Write-only
0000 XXXXh
Default:
6−5
Table 6−5. Socket Force Event Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
31−28
RSVD
R
Reserved. These bits return 0s when read.
FZVSUPPORT
(function 0)
Force zoomed video support. Writes to this bit cause the ZVSUPPORT bit in the socket present state
register to be written.
27
W
RSVD
Reserved. This bit returns 0 when read.
(function 1)
26−15
14
RSVD
R
These bits return 0s when read.
Card VS test. When this bit is set, the PCI7410 controller reinterrogates the PC Card, updates the
socket present state register (offset 08h, see Section 6.3), and re-enables the socket power control.
CVSTEST
W
Force YV card. Writes to this bit cause the YVCARD bit in the socket present state register (offset 08h,
see Section 6.3) to be written. When set, this bit disables the socket power control.
13
12
11
10
9
FYVCARD
FXVCARD
W
W
W
W
W
W
Force XV card. Writes to this bit cause the XVCARD bit in the socket present state register (offset 08h,
see Section 6.3) to be written. When set, this bit disables the socket power control.
Force 3-V card. Writes to this bit cause the 3VCARD bit in the socket present state register (offset 08h,
see Section 6.3) to be written. When set, this bit disables the socket power control.
F3VCARD
Force 5-V card. Writes to this bit cause the 5VCARD bit in the socket present state register (offset 08h,
see Section 6.3) to be written. When set, this bit disables the socket power control.
F5VCARD
Force BadVccReq. Changes to the BADVCCREQ bit in the socket present state register (offset 08h,
see Section 6.3) can be made by writing this bit.
FBADVCCREQ
FDATALOST
Force data lost. Writes to this bit cause the DATALOST bit in the socket present state register (offset
08h, see Section 6.3) to be written.
8
Force not a card. Writes to this bit cause the NOTACARD bit in the socket present state register (offset
08h, see Section 6.3) to be written.
7
6
5
FNOTACARD
RSVD
W
R
This bit returns 0 when read.
Force CardBus card. Writes to this bit cause the CBCARD bit in the socket present state register (offset
08h, see Section 6.3) to be written.
FCBCARD
W
Force 16-bit card. Writes to this bit cause the 16BITCARD bit in the socket present state register (offset
08h, see Section 6.3) to be written.
4
3
F16BITCARD
FPWRCYCLE
W
W
Force power cycle. Writes to this bit cause the PWREVENT bit in the socket event register (offset 00h,
see Section 6.1) to be written, and the PWRCYCLE bit in the socket present state register (offset 08h,
see Section 6.3) is unaffected.
Force CCD2. Writes to this bit cause the CD2EVENT bit in the socket event register (offset 00h, see
Section 6.1) to be written, and the CDETECT2 bit in the socket present state register (offset 08h, see
Section 6.3) is unaffected.
2
1
0
FCDETECT2
FCDETECT1
FCARDSTS
W
W
W
Force CCD1. Writes to this bit cause the CD1EVENT bit in the socket event register (offset 00h, see
Section 6.1) to be written, and the CDETECT1 bit in the socket present state register (offset 08h, see
Section 6.3) is unaffected.
Force CSTSCHG. Writes to this bit cause the CSTSEVENT bit in the socket event register (offset 00h,
see Section 6.1) to be written. The CARDSTS bit in the socket present state register (offset 08h, see
Section 6.3) is unaffected.
6−6
6.5 Socket Control Register
This register provides control of the voltages applied to the socket V and V . The PCI7410 controller ensures that
PP
CC
the socket is powered up only at acceptable voltages when a CardBus card is inserted. See Table 6−6 for a complete
description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Socket control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Socket control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Socket control
CardBus Socket Address + 10h
Read-only, Read/Write
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 6−6. Socket Control Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
31−12
RSVD
R
These bits return 0s when read.
This bit returns 0 when the ZVEN bits (bit 0) for both sockets are 0 (disabled). If either ZVEN bit is
set to 1, the ZV_ACTIVITY bit returns 1.
11
10
ZV_ACTIVITY
R
Standardized zoomed video register model supported. Because the PCI7410 controller supports
this register model, this bit is hardwired to 1.
STANDARDZVREG
R
9
8
ZVEN
RSVD
RW
R
Zoomed video enable. This bit enables zoomed video for the socket.
These bits return 0s when read.
This bit controls how the CardBus clock run state machine decides when to stop the CardBus clock
to the CardBus card:
0 = The CardBus CLKRUN protocol can only attempt to stop/slow the CaredBus clock if the
sockethas been idle for 8 clocks and the PCI CLKRUN protocol is preparing to stop/slow the
PCI bus clock.
7
STOPCLK
RW
1 = The CardBus CLKRUN protocol can only attempt to stop/slow the CaredBus clock if the
socket has been idle for 8 clocks, regardless of the state of the PCI CLKRUN signal.
V
CC
control. These bits are used to request card V changes.
CC
000 = Request power off (default)
001 = Reserved
100 = Request V
101 = Request V
110 = Reserved
111 = Reserved
= X.X V
= Y.Y V
CC
CC
6−4 †
3
VCCCTRL
RSVD
RW
R
010 = Request V
011 = Request V
= 5 V
= 3.3 V
CC
CC
This bit returns 0 when read.
control. These bits are used to request card V
V
changes.
PP
PP
000 = Request power off (default)
100 = Request V
101 = Request V
110 = Reserved
111 = Reserved
= X.X V
= Y.Y V
PP
PP
2−0 †
VPPCTRL
RW
001 = Request V
010 = Request V
011 = Request V
= 12 V
= 5 V
= 3.3 V
PP
PP
PP
†
One or more bits in the register are PME context bits and can be cleared only by the assertion of GRST when PME is enabled. If PME is not
enabled, then this bit is cleared by the assertion of PRST or GRST.
6−7
6.6 Socket Power Management Register
This register provides power management control over the socket through a mechanism for slowing or stopping the
clock on the card interface when the card is idle. See Table 6−7 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Socket power management
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Socket power management
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Socket power management
CardBus Socket Address + 20h
Read-only, Read/Write
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 6−7. Socket Power Management Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
31−26
RSVD
R
Reserved. These bits return 0s when read.
Socket access status. This bit provides information on whether a socket access has occurred. This bit is
cleared by a read access.
25 ‡
SKTACCES
R
0 = No PC Card access has occurred (default).
1 = PC Card has been accessed.
Socket mode status. This bit provides clock mode information.
24 ‡
23−17
16
SKTMODE
RSVD
R
R
0 = Normal clock operation
1 = Clock frequency has changed.
These bits return 0s when read.
CardBus clock control enable. This bit, when set, enables clock control according to bit 0 (CLKCTRL).
CLKCTRLEN
RSVD
RW
R
0 = Clock control disabled (default)
1 = Clock control enabled
15−1
These bits return 0s when read.
CardBus clock control. This bit determines whether the CardBus CLKRUN protocol attempts to stop or
slow the CardBus clock during idle states. The CLKCTRLEN bit enables this bit.
0
CLKCTRL
RW
0 = Allows the CardBus CLKRUN protocol to attempt to stop the CardBus clock (default)
1 = Allows the CardBus CLKRUN protocol to attempt to slow the CardBus clock by a factor of 16
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
6−8
7 OHCI Controller Programming Model
This section describes the internal PCI configuration registers used to program the PCI7410 1394 open host
controller interface. All registers are detailed in the same format: a brief description for each register is followed by
the register offset and a bit table describing the reset state for each register.
A bit description table, typically included when the register contains bits of more than one type or purpose, indicates
bit field names, a detailed field description, and field access tags which appear in the type column. Table 4−1
describes the field access tags.
The PCI7410 controller is a multifunction PCI device. The 1394 OHCI is integrated as PCI function 2. The function
2 configuration header is compliant with the PCI Local Bus Specification as a standard header. Table 7−1 illustrates
the configuration header that includes both the predefined portion of the configuration space and the user-definable
registers.
Table 7−1. Function 2 Configuration Register Map
REGISTER NAME
OFFSET
00h
Device ID
Status
Vendor ID
Command
04h
Class code
Header type
OHCI base address
Revision ID
08h
BIST
Latency timer
Cache line size
0Ch
10h
TI extension base address
CardBus CIS base address
Reserved
14h
18h
1Ch−27h
28h
CardBus CIS pointer ‡
Subsystem ID ‡
Subsystem vendor ID ‡
2Ch
Reserved
30h
PCI power
management
34h
Reserved
capabilities pointer
Reserved
38h
3Ch
Maximum latency ‡
Minimum grant ‡
Interrupt pin
Interrupt line
Capability ID
PCI OHCI control
40h
Power management capabilities
PM data PMCSR_BSE
Reserved
Next item pointer
44h
Power management control and status ‡
48h
4Ch−EBh
ECh
F0h
PCI PHY control ‡
PCI miscellaneous configuration ‡
Link enhancement control ‡
Subsystem access
F4h
F8h
Reserved
FCh
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
7−1
7.1 Vendor ID Register
The vendor ID register contains a value allocated by the PCI SIG and identifies the manufacturer of the PCI device.
The vendor ID assigned to Texas Instruments is 104Ch.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Vendor ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Vendor ID
00h
Read-only
104Ch
Default:
7.2 Device ID Register
The device ID register contains a value assigned to the PCI7410 controller by Texas Instruments. The device
identification for the PCI7410 controller is 802Bh.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Device ID
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Device ID
02h
Read-only
802Bh
Default:
7−2
7.3 Command Register
The command register provides control over the PCI7410 interface to the PCI bus. All bit functions adhere to the
definitions in the PCI Local Bus Specification, as seen in the following bit descriptions. See Table 7−2 for a complete
description of the register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Command
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Command
04h
Read/Write, Read-only
0000h
Default:
Table 7−2. Command Register Description
BIT
15−11
10
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 15−10 return 0s when read.
INT_DISABLE
RW
INTx disable. When set to 1, this bit disables the function from asserting interrupts on the INTx signals.
0 = INTx assertion is enabled (default)
1 = INTx assertion is disabled
This bit is disabled (read-only 0) if bit 11 (PCI2_3_EN) in the PCI miscellaneous configuration
register (see Section 7.23) is 0.
9
8
FBB_ENB
R
Fast back-to-back enable. The PCI7410 controller does not generate fast back-to-back transactions;
therefore, bit 9 returns 0 when read.
SERR_ENB
RW
SERR enable. When bit 8 is set to 1, the PCI7410 SERR driver is enabled. SERR can be asserted after
detecting an address parity error on the PCI bus.
7
6
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bit 7 returns 0 when read.
PERR_ENB
RW
Parity error enable. When bit 6 is set to 1, the PCI7410 controller is enabled to drive PERR response
to parity errors through the PERR signal.
5
4
VGA_ENB
MWI_ENB
R
VGA palette snoop enable. The PCI7410 controller does not feature VGA palette snooping; therefore,
bit 5 returns 0 when read.
RW
Memory write and invalidate enable. When bit 4 is set to 1, the PCI7410 controller is enabled to
generate MWI PCI bus commands. If this bit is cleared, then the PCI7410 controller generates memory
write commands instead.
3
2
1
0
SPECIAL
MASTER_ENB
MEMORY_ENB
IO_ENB
R
RW
RW
R
Special cycle enable. The PCI7410 function does not respond to special cycle transactions; therefore,
bit 3 returns 0 when read.
Bus master enable. When bit 2 is set to 1, the PCI7410 controller is enabled to initiate cycles on the
PCI bus.
Memory response enable. Setting bit 1 to 1 enables the PCI7410 controller to respond to memory
cycles on the PCI bus. This bit must be set to access OHCI registers.
I/O space enable. The PCI7410 controller does not implement any I/O-mapped functionality; therefore,
bit 0 returns 0 when read.
7−3
7.4 Status Register
The status register provides status over the PCI7410 interface to the PCI bus. All bit functions adhere to the definitions
in the PCI Local Bus Specification, as seen in the following bit descriptions. See Table 7−3 for a complete description
of the register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Status
RCU RCU RCU RCU RCU
R
0
R
1
RCU
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
RU
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Status
06h
Read/Clear/Update, Read-only
0210h
Default:
Table 7−3. Status Register Description
BIT
15
FIELD NAME
PAR_ERR
TYPE
RCU
RCU
DESCRIPTION
Detected parity error. Bit 15 is set to 1 when either an address parity or data parity error is detected.
14
SYS_ERR
Signaled system error. Bit 14 is set to 1 when SERR is enabled and the PCI7410 controller has signaled
a system error to the host.
13
12
MABORT
TABORT_REC
TABORT_SIG
PCI_SPEED
DATAPAR
RCU
RCU
RCU
R
Received master abort. Bit 13 is set to 1 when a cycle initiated by the PCI7410 controller on the PCI
bus has been terminated by a master abort.
Received target abort. Bit 12 is set to 1 when a cycle initiated by the PCI7410 controller on the PCI
bus was terminated by a target abort.
11
Signaled target abort. Bit 11 is set to 1 by the PCI7410 controller when it terminates a transaction on
the PCI bus with a target abort.
10−9
8
DEVSEL timing. Bits 10 and 9 encode the timing of DEVSEL and are hardwired to 01b, indicating that
the PCI7410 controller asserts this signal at a medium speed on nonconfiguration cycle accesses.
RCU
Data parity error detected. Bit 8 is set to 1 when the following conditions have been met:
a. PERR was asserted by any PCI device including the PCI7410 controller.
b. The PCI7410 controller was the bus master during the data parity error.
c. Bit 6 (PERR_EN) in the command register at offset 04h in the PCI configuration space
(see Section 7.3) is set to 1.
7
6
5
4
3
FBB_CAP
UDF
R
R
Fast back-to-back capable. The PCI7410 controller cannot accept fast back-to-back transactions;
therefore, bit 7 is hardwired to 0.
User-definable features (UDF) supported. The PCI7410 controller does not support the UDF;
therefore, bit 6 is hardwired to 0.
66MHZ
R
66-MHz capable. The PCI7410 controller operates at a maximum PCLK frequency of 33 MHz;
therefore, bit 5 is hardwired to 0.
CAPLIST
INT_STATUS
R
Capabilities list. Bit 4 returns 1 when read, indicating that capabilities additional to standard PCI are
implemented. The linked list of PCI power-management capabilities is implemented in this function.
RU
Interrupt status. This bit reflects the interrupt status of the function. Only when bit 10 (INT_DISABLE)
in the command register (see Section 7.3) is a 0 and this bit is 1, will the function’s INTx signal be
asserted. Setting the INT_DISABLE bit to 1 has no effect on the state of this bit. This bit is disabled
(read-only 0) if bit 11 (PCI2_3_EN) in the PCI miscellaneous configuration register (see Section 7.23)
is 0.
2−0
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 3−0 return 0s when read.
7−4
7.5 Class Code and Revision ID Register
The class code and revision ID register categorizes the PCI7410 controller as a serial bus controller (0Ch), controlling
an IEEE 1394 bus (00h), with an OHCI programming model (10h). Furthermore, the TI chip revision is indicated in
the least significant byte. See Table 7−4 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Class code and revision ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Class code and revision ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Class code and revision ID
08h
Read-only
0C00 1000h
Default:
Table 7−4. Class Code and Revision ID Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31−24
BASECLASS
R
Base class. This field returns 0Ch when read, which broadly classifies the function as a serial bus
controller.
23−16
15−8
7−0
SUBCLASS
PGMIF
R
R
R
Subclass. This field returns 00h when read, which specifically classifies the function as controlling an
IEEE 1394 serial bus.
Programming interface. This field returns 10h when read, which indicates that the programming model
is compliant with the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification.
CHIPREV
Silicon revision. This field returns 00h when read, which indicates the silicon revision of the PCI7410
controller.
7.6 Latency Timer and Class Cache Line Size Register
The latency timer and class cache line size register is programmed by host BIOS to indicate system cache line size
and the latency timer associated with the PCI7410 controller. See Table 7−5 for a complete description of the register
contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Latency timer and class cache line size
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Latency timer and class cache line size
0Ch
Read/Write
0000h
Default:
Table 7−5. Latency Timer and Class Cache Line Size Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
15−8
LATENCY_TIMER
RW
PCI latency timer. The value in this register specifies the latency timer for the PCI7410 controller, in
units of PCI clock cycles. When the PCI7410 controller is a PCI bus initiator and asserts FRAME, the
latency timer begins counting from zero. If the latency timer expires before the PCI7410 transaction
has terminated, then the PCI7410 controller terminates the transaction when its GNT is deasserted.
7−0
CACHELINE_SZ
RW
Cache line size. This value is used by the PCI7410 controller during memory write and invalidate,
memory-read line, and memory-read multiple transactions.
7−5
7.7 Header Type and BIST Register
The header type and built-in self-test (BIST) register indicates the PCI7410 PCI header type and no built-in self-test.
See Table 7−6 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Header type and BIST
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Header type and BIST
0Eh
Read-only
0000h
Default:
Table 7−6. Header Type and BIST Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
15−8
BIST
R
Built-in self-test. The PCI7410 controller does not include a BIST; therefore, this field returns 00h when
read.
7−0
HEADER_TYPE
R
PCI header type. The PCI7410 controller includes the standard PCI header, which is communicated by
returning 00h when this field is read.
7.8 OHCI Base Address Register
The OHCI base address register is programmed with a base address referencing the memory-mapped OHCI control.
When BIOS writes all 1s to this register, the value read back is FFFF F800h, indicating that at least 2K bytes of
memory address space are required for the OHCI registers. See Table 7−7 for a complete description of the register
contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
OHCI base address
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
OHCI base address
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
OHCI base address
10h
Read/Write, Read-only
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 7−7. OHCI Base Address Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
OHCIREG_PTR
OHCI_SZ
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31−11
10−4
RW
R
OHCI register pointer. This field specifies the upper 21 bits of the 32-bit OHCI base address register.
OHCI register size. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the OHCI registers require a
2K-byte region of memory.
3
2−1
0
OHCI_PF
OHCI_MEMTYPE
OHCI_MEM
R
R
R
OHCI register prefetch. Bit 3 returns 0 when read, indicating that the OHCI registers are
nonprefetchable.
OHCI memory type. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the OHCI base address register
is 32 bits wide and mapping can be done anywhere in the 32-bit memory space.
OHCI memory indicator. Bit 0 returns 0 when read, indicating that the OHCI registers are mapped
into system memory space.
7−6
7.9 TI Extension Base Address Register
The TI extension base address register is programmed with a base address referencing the memory-mapped TI
extension registers. When BIOS writes all 1s to this register, the value read back is FFFF C000h, indicating that at
least 16K bytes of memory address space are required for the TI registers. See Table 7−8 for a complete description
of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
TI extension base address
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
TI extension base address
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
TI extension base address
14h
Read/Write, Read-only
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 7−8. TI Base Address Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TIREG_PTR
TI_SZ
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
TI register pointer. This field specifies the upper 18 bits of the 32-bit TI base address register.
31−14
13−4
RW
R
TI register size. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the TI registers require a 16K-byte
region of memory.
3
TI_PF
R
R
TI register prefetch. Bit 3 returns 0 when read, indicating that the TI registers are nonprefetchable.
2−1
TI_MEMTYPE
TI memory type. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the TI base address register is 32 bits
wide and mapping can be done anywhere in the 32-bit memory space.
0
TI_MEM
R
TI memory indicator. Bit 0 returns 0 when read, indicating that the TI registers are mapped into system
memory space.
7−7
7.10 CardBus CIS Base Address Register
The internal CARDBUS input to the TSB43AB22 core is tied high such that this register returns 0s when read. See
Table 7−9 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
CardBus CIS base address
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
CardBus CIS base address
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
CardBus CIS base address
18h
Read/Write, Read-only
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 7−9. CardBus CIS Base Address Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31−11
CIS_BASE
RW
CIS base address. This field specifies the upper 21 bits of the 32-bit CIS base address. If CARDBUS
is sampled high on a GRST, then this field is read-only, returning 0s when read.
10−4
3
CIS_SZ
CIS_PF
R
R
CIS address space size. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the CIS space requires a
2K-byte region of memory.
CIS prefetch. Bit 3 returns 0 when read, indicating that the CIS is nonprefetchable. Furthermore, the
CIS is a byte-accessible address space, and either a doubleword or 16-bit word access yields
indeterminate results.
2−1
0
CIS_MEMTYPE
CIS_MEM
R
R
CIS memory type. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the CardBus CIS base address
register is 32 bits wide and mapping can be done anywhere in the 32-bit memory space.
CIS memory indicator. Bit 0 returns 0 when read, indicating that the CIS is mapped into system
memory space.
7.11 CardBus CIS Pointer Register
The internal CARDBUS input to the TSB43AB22 core is tied high such that this register returns 0s when read.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
CardBus CIS pointer
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
CardBus CIS pointer
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
CardBus CIS pointer
28h
Read-only
Default:
0000 0000h
7−8
7.12 Subsystem Identification Register
The subsystem identification register is used for system and option card identification purposes. This register can
be initialized from the serial EEPROM or programmed via the subsystem access register at offset F8h in the PCI
configuration space (see Section 7.25). See Table 7−10 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Subsystem identification
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Subsystem identification
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Subsystem identification
2Ch
Read/Update
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 7−10. Subsystem Identification Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
RU
DESCRIPTION
31−16 ‡
15−0 ‡
OHCI_SSID
Subsystem device ID. This field indicates the subsystem device ID.
Subsystem vendor ID. This field indicates the subsystem vendor ID.
OHCI_SSVID
RU
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
7.13 Power Management Capabilities Pointer Register
The power management capabilities pointer register provides a pointer into the PCI configuration header where the
power-management register block resides. The PCI7410 configuration header doublewords at offsets 44h and 48h
provide the power-management registers. This register is read-only and returns 44h when read.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Power management capabilities pointer
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Power management capabilities pointer
34h
Read-only
44h
Default:
7−9
7.14 Interrupt Line Register
The interrupt line register communicates interrupt line routing information. See Table 7−11 for a complete description
of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Interrupt line
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Interrupt line
3Ch
Read/Write
00h
Default:
Table 7−11. Interrupt Line Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
7−0
INTR_LINE
RW
Interrupt line. This field is programmed by the system and indicates to software which interrupt line the
PCI7410 PCI_INTA is connected to.
7.15 Interrupt Pin Register
The value read from this register is function dependent and depends on the values of bits 28, the tie-all bit (TIEALL),
and 29, the interrupt tie bit (INTRTIE), in the system control register (PCI offset 80h, see Section 4.30). The INTRTIE
bit is compatible with previous TI CardBus controllers, and when set to 1, ties INTB to INTA internally. The TIEALL
bit ties INTA, INTB, and INTC together internally. The internal interrupt connections set by INTRTIE and TIEALL are
communicated to host software through this standard register interface. This read-only register is described for all
PCI7410 functions in Table 7−12.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Interrupt pin
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Interrupt pin
3Dh
Read-only
02h
Default:
Table 7−12. PCI Interrupt Pin Register—Read-Only INTPIN Per Function
INTPIN
FUNCTION 0
(CARDBUS)
INTPIN
FUNCTION 1
(DEDICATED SOCKET)
INTPIN
FUNCTION 2
(1394 OHCI)
INTRTIE BIT
(BIT 29, OFFSET 80h)
TIEALL BIT
(BIT 28, OFFSET 80h)
0
1
0
0
1
01h (INTA)
01h (INTA)
01h (INTA)
02h (INTB)
01h (INTA)
01h (INTA)
03h (INTC)
03h (INTC)
01h (INTA)
X
NOTE: When configuring the PCI7410 functions to share PCI interrupts, multifunction terminal MFUNC3 must be configured as IRQSER prior
to setting the INTRTIE bit.
7−10
7.16 Minimum Grant and Maximum Latency Register
The minimum grant and maximum latency register communicates to the system the desired setting of bits 15−8 in
the latency timer and class cache line size register at offset 0Ch in the PCI configuration space (see Section 7.6).
If a serial EEPROM is detected, then the contents of this register are loaded through the serial EEPROM interface
after a GRST. If no serial EEPROM is detected, then this register returns a default value that corresponds to the
MAX_LAT = 4, MIN_GNT = 2. See Table 7−13 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Minimum grant and maximum latency
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
1
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
1
RU
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Minimum grant and maximum latency
3Eh
Read/Update
0402h
Default:
Table 7−13. Minimum Grant and Maximum Latency Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
15−8 ‡
MAX_LAT
RU
Maximum latency. The contents of this field may be used by host BIOS to assign an arbitration priority level
to the PCI7410 controller. The default for this register indicates that the PCI7410 controller may need to
access the PCI bus as often as every 0.25 µs; thus, an extremely high priority level is requested. The
contents of this field may also be loaded through the serial EEPROM.
7−0 ‡
MIN_GNT
RU
Minimum grant. The contents of this field may be used by host BIOS to assign a latency timer register value
to the PCI7410 controller. The default for this register indicates that the PCI7410 controller may need to
sustain burst transfers for nearly 64 µs and thus request a large value be programmed in bits 15−8 of the
PCI7410 latency timer and class cache line size register at offset 0Ch in the PCI configuration space (see
Section 7.6).
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
7.17 OHCI Control Register
The PCI OHCI control register is defined by the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification and provides a
bit for big endian PCI support. See Table 7−14 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
OHCI control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
OHCI control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
OHCI control
40h
Read/Write, Read-only
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 7−14. OHCI Control Register Description
BIT
31−1
0
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31−1 return 0s when read.
GLOBAL_SWAP
RW
When bit 0 is set to 1, all quadlets read from and written to the PCI interface are byte-swapped (big
endian).
7−11
7.18 Capability ID and Next Item Pointer Registers
The capability ID and next item pointer register identifies the linked-list capability item and provides a pointer to the
next capability item. See Table 7−15 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Capability ID and next item pointer
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Capability ID and next item pointer
44h
Read-only
0001h
Default:
Table 7−15. Capability ID and Next Item Pointer Registers Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
15−8
NEXT_ITEM
R
Next item pointer. The PCI7410 controller supports only one additional capability that is
communicated to the system through the extended capabilities list; therefore, this field returns 00h
when read.
7−0
CAPABILITY_ID
R
Capability identification. This field returns 01h when read, which is the unique ID assigned by the PCI
SIG for PCI power-management capability.
7−12
7.19 Power Management Capabilities Register
The power management capabilities register indicates the capabilities of the PCI7410 controller related to PCI power
management. See Table 7−16 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Power management capabilities
RU
0
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Power management capabilities
46h
Read/Update, Read-only
7E02h
Default:
Table 7−16. Power Management Capabilities Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
15
PME_D3COLD
RU
PME support from D3
cold
. This bit can be set to 1 or cleared to 0 via bit 15 (PME_D3COLD) in the PCI
miscellaneous configuration register at offset F0h in the PCI configuration space (see Section 7.23).
The PCI miscellaneous configuration register is loaded from ROM. When this bit is set to 1, it indicates
that the PCI7410 controller is capable of generating a PME wake event from D3
dependent upon the PCI7410 V
AUX
(PME_D3COLD) in the PCI miscellaneous configuration register (see Section 7.23).
. This bit state is
implementation and may be configured by using bit 15
cold
14−11
PME_SUPPORT
R
PME support. This 4-bit field indicates the power states from which the PCI7410 controller may assert
PME. This field returns a value of 1111b by default, indicating that PME may be asserted from
the D3 , D2, D1, and D0 power states.
hot
10
9
D2_SUPPORT
D1_SUPPORT
AUX_CURRENT
R
R
R
D2 support. Bit 10 is hardwired to 1, indicating that the PCI7410 controller supports the D2 power state.
D1 support. Bit 9 is hardwired to 1, indicating that the PCI7410 controller supports the D1 power state.
8−6
Auxiliary current. This 3-bit field reports the 3.3-V auxiliary current requirements. When bit 15
AUX
(PME_D3COLD) is cleared, this field returns 000b; otherwise, it returns 001b.
000b = Self-powered
001b = 55 mA (3.3-V
AUX
maximum current required)
5
DSI
R
Device-specific initialization. This bit returns 0 when read, indicating that the PCI7410 controller does
not require special initialization beyond the standard PCI configuration header before a generic class
driver is able to use it.
4
3
RSVD
R
R
Reserved. Bit 4 returns 0 when read.
PME_CLK
PME clock. This bit returns 0 when read, indicating that no host bus clock is required for the PCI7410
controller to generate PME.
2−0
PM_VERSION
R
Power-management version. This field returns 010b when read, indicating that the PCI7410 controller
is compatible with the registers described in the PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification
(Revision 1.1).
7−13
7.20 Power Management Control and Status Register
The power management control and status register implements the control and status of the PCI power-management
function. This register is not affected by the internally generated reset caused by the transition from the D3
state. See Table 7−17 for a complete description of the register contents.
to D0
hot
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Power management control and status
RWC
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Power management control and status
48h
Read/Clear, Read/Write, Read-only
0000h
Default:
Table 7−17. Power Management Control and Status Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
15 ‡
PME_STS
RWC
Bit 15 is set to 1 when the PCI7410 controller normally asserts the PME signal independent of the state
of bit 8 (PME_ENB). This bit is cleared by a writeback of 1, which also clears the PME signal driven
by the PCI7410 controller. Writing a 0 to this bit has no effect.
14−13
12−9
8 ‡
DATA_SCALE
DATA_SELECT
PME_ENB
R
R
This field returns 0s, because the data register is not implemented.
This field returns 0s, because the data register is not implemented.
RW
When bit 8 is set to 1, PME assertion is enabled. When bit 8 is cleared, PME assertion is disabled. This
bit defaults to 0 if the function does not support PME generation from D3
. If the function supports
cold
PME from D3 , then this bit is sticky and must be explicitly cleared by the operating system each
cold
time it is initially loaded.
7−2
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 7−2 return 0s when read.
1−0 ‡
PWR_STATE
RW
Power state. This 2-bit field sets the PCI7410 controller power state and is encoded as follows:
00 = Current power state is D0.
01 = Current power state is D1.
10 = Current power state is D2.
11 = Current power state is D3.
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
7.21 Power Management Extension Registers
The power management extension register provides extended power-management features not applicable to the
PCI7410 controller; thus, it is read-only and returns 0 when read. See Table 7−18 for a complete description of the
register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Power management extension
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Power management extension
4Ah
Read-only
0000h
Default:
Table 7−18. Power Management Extension Registers Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
15−0
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 15−0 return 0s when read.
7−14
7.22 PCI PHY Control Register
The PCI PHY control register provides a method for enabling the PHY CNA output. See Table 7−19 for a complete
description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
PCI PHY control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
PCI PHY control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
PCI PHY control
ECh
Read/Write, Read-only
0000 0008h
Default:
Table 7−19. PCI PHY Control Register
BIT
31−8
7 ‡
FIELD NAME
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31−8 return 0s when read.
RSVD
CNAOUT
RW
When bit 7 is set to 1, the PHY CNA output is routed to terminal 96. When implementing a serial
EEPROM, this bit can be set by programming bit 7 of offset 16h in the EEPROM to 1. See
Table 3−11, EEPROM Loading Map.
6−5
4 ‡
RSVD
RSVD
RSVD
R
R
R
Reserved. Bits 6−4 return 0s when read. These bits are affected when implementing a serial
EEPROM; thus, bits 6−4 at EEPROM byte offset 16h must be programmed to 0. See Table 3−11,
EEPROM Loading Map.
3 ‡
Reserved. Bit 3 defaults to 1 to indicate compliance with IEEE Std 1394a-2000. If a serial
EEPROM is implemented, then bit 3 at EEPROM byte offset 16h must be set to 1. See Table 3−11,
EEPROM Loading Map.
2−0
Reserved. Bits 2−0 return 0s when read. These bits are affected when implementing a serial
EEPROM; thus, bits 2−0 at EEPROM byte offset 16h must be programmed to 0. See Table 3−11,
EEPROM Loading Map.
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
7.23 PCI Miscellaneous Configuration Register
The PCI miscellaneous configuration register provides miscellaneous PCI-related configuration. See Table 7−20 for
a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
PCI miscellaneous configuration
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
PCI miscellaneous configuration
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
PCI miscellaneous configuration
F0h
Read/Write, Read-only
0000 0000h
Default:
7−15
Table 7−20. PCI Miscellaneous Configuration Register
BIT
31−16
15 ‡
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31−16 return 0s when read.
PME support from D3 . This bit programs bit 15 (PME_D3COLD) in the power management
PME_D3COLD
RW
cold
capabilities register at offset 46h in the PCI configuration space (see Section 7.19).
14−12
11 ‡
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 14−12 return 0s when read.
PCI2_3_EN
RW
PCI 2.3 Enable. When this bit is set to 1, the 1394 OHCI function conforms to the PCI 2.3
specification. When in the PCI 2.3 mode, the INT_DISABLE and INT_STATUS bits per the PCI 2.3
specification are functional. When this bit is cleared, the function conforms to the PCI 2.2
specification and all PCI 2.3 bits are disabled.
0 = PCI 2.2 mode (default)
1 = PCI 2.3 mode
10 ‡
ignore_mstrIntEna
_for_pme
RW
RW
Ignore IntMask.msterIntEnable bit for PME generation. When set, this bit causes the PME generation
behavior to be changed as described in Section 3.9. When set, this bit also causes bit 26 of the OHCI
vendor ID register at OHCI offset 40h (see Section 8.15) to read 1, otherwise, bit 26 reads 0.
0 = PME behavior generated from unmasked interrupt bits and IntMask.masterIntEnable bit
(default)
1 = PME generation does not depend on the value of IntMask.masterIntEnable
9−8 ‡
MR_ENHANCE
This field selects the read command behavior of the PCI master for read transactions of greater than
two data phases. For read transactions of one or two data phases, a memory read command is used.
The default of this field is 00. This register is loaded by the serial EEPROM word 12, bits 1−0.
00 = Memory read line (default)
01 = Memory read
10 = Memory read multiple
11 = Reserved, behavior reverts to default
7−6
5 ‡
4 ‡
RSVD
RSVD
R
R
Reserved. Bits 7−6 return 0s when read.
Reserved. Bit 5 returns 0 when read.
DIS_TGT_ABT
RW
Bit 4 defaults to 0, which provides OHCI-Lynx compatible target abort signaling. When this bit is
set to 1, it enables the no-target-abort mode, in which the PCI7410 controller returns indeterminate
data instead of signaling target abort.
The PCI7410 LLC is divided into the PCLK and SCLK domains. If software tries to access registers
in the link that are not active because the SCLK is disabled, then a target abort is issued by the link.
On some systems, this can cause a problem resulting in a fatal system error. Enabling this bit allows
the link to respond to these types of requests by returning FFh.
It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.
3 ‡
2 ‡
1 ‡
0 ‡
GP2IIC
RW
RW
RW
RW
When bit 3 is set to 1, the GPIO3 and GPIO2 signals are internally routed to the SCL and SDA,
respectively. The GPIO3 and GPIO2 terminals are also placed in the high-impedance state.
DISABLE_
SCLKGATE
When bit 2 is set to 1, the internal SCLK runs identically with the chip input. This is a test feature only
and must be cleared to 0 (all applications).
DISABLE_
PCIGATE
When bit 1 is set to 1, the internal PCI clock runs identically with the chip input. This is a test feature
only and must be cleared to 0 (all applications).
KEEP_PCLK
When bit 0 is set to 1, the PCI clock is always kept running through the CLKRUN protocol. When this
bit is cleared, the PCI clock can be stopped using CLKRUN on MFUNC6.
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
7−16
7.24 Link Enhancement Control Register
The link enhancement control register implements TI proprietary bits that are initialized by software or by a serial
EEPROM, if present. After these bits are set to 1, their functionality is enabled only if bit 22 (aPhyEnhanceEnable)
in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 8.16) is set to 1. See Table 7−21 for a
complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Link enhancement control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Link enhancement control
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
1
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Link enhancement control
F4h
Read/Write, Read-only
0000 1000h
Default:
Table 7−21. Link Enhancement Control Register Description
BIT
31−16
15 ‡
FIELD NAME
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31−16 return 0s when read.
RSVD
dis_at_pipeline
RSVD
RW
R
Disable AT pipelining. When bit 15 is set to 1, out-of-order AT pipelining is disabled.
Reserved.
14 ‡
13−12 ‡
atx_thresh
RW
This field sets the initial AT threshold value, which is used until the AT FIFO is underrun. When the
PCI7410 controller retries the packet, it uses a 2K-byte threshold, resulting in a store-and-forward
operation.
00 = Threshold ~ 2K bytes resulting in a store-and-forward operation
01 = Threshold ~ 1.7K bytes (default)
10 = Threshold ~ 1K bytes
11 = Threshold ~ 512 bytes
These bits fine-tune the asynchronous transmit threshold. For most applications the 1.7K-byte
threshold is optimal. Changing this value may increase or decrease the 1394 latency depending on
the average PCI bus latency.
Setting the AT threshold to 1.7K, 1K, or 512 bytes results in data being transmitted at these thresholds
or when an entire packet has been checked into the FIFO. If the packet to be transmitted is larger
than the AT threshold, then the remaining data must be received before the AT FIFO is emptied;
otherwise, an underrun condition occurs, resulting in a packet error at the receiving node. As a result,
the link then commences store-and-forward operation. Wait until it has the complete packet in the
FIFO before retransmitting it on the second attempt to ensure delivery.
An AT threshold of 2K results in store-and-forward operation, which means that asynchronous data
will not be transmitted until an end-of-packet token is received. Restated, setting the AT threshold
to 2K results in only complete packets being transmitted.
Note that this device always uses store-and-forward when the asynchronous transmit retries register
at OHCI offset 08h (see Section 8.3) is cleared.
11
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bit 11 returns 0 when read.
10 ‡
enab_mpeg_ts
RW
Enable MPEG CIP timestamp enhancement. When bit 9 is set to 1, the enhancement is enabled for
MPEG CIP transmit streams (FMT = 20h).
9
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bit 9 returns 0 when read.
8 ‡
enab_dv_ts
RW
Enable DV CIP timestamp enhancement. When bit 8 is set to 1, the enhancement is enabled for DV
CIP transmit streams (FMT = 00h).
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
7−17
Table 7−21. Link Enhancement Control Register Description (Continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
7 ‡
enab_unfair
RW
Enable asynchronous priority requests. OHCI-Lynx compatible. Setting bit 7 to 1 enables the link to
respond to requests with priority arbitration. It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.
6
RSVD
R
This bit is not assigned in the PCI7410 follow-on products, because this bit location loaded by the serial
EEPROM from the enhancements field corresponds to bit 23 (programPhyEnable) in the host
controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 8.16).
5−3
2 ‡
1 ‡
RSVD
RSVD
R
R
Reserved. Bits 5−3 return 0s when read.
Reserved. Bit 2 returns 0 when read.
enab_accel
RW
Enable acceleration enhancements. OHCI-Lynx compatible. When bit 1 is set to 1, the PHY layer
is notified that the link supports the IEEE Std 1394a-2000 acceleration enhancements, that is,
ack-accelerated, fly-by concatenation, etc. It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.
0
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bit 0 returns 0 when read.
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
7.25 Subsystem Access Register
Write access to the subsystem access register updates the subsystem identification registers identically to
OHCI-Lynx. The system ID value written to this register may also be read back from this register. See Table 7−22
for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Subsystem access
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Subsystem access
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Subsystem access
F8h
Read/Write
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 7−22. Subsystem Access Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
SUBDEV_ID
SUBVEN_ID
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31−16
15−0
RW
RW
Subsystem device ID alias. This field indicates the subsystem device ID.
Subsystem vendor ID alias. This field indicates the subsystem vendor ID.
7−18
8 OHCI Registers
The OHCI registers defined by the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification are memory-mapped into a
2K-byte region of memory pointed to by the OHCI base address register at offset 10h in PCI configuration space (see
Section 7.8). These registers are the primary interface for controlling the PCI7410 IEEE 1394 link function.
This section provides the register interface and bit descriptions. Several set/clear register pairs in this programming
model are implemented to solve various issues with typical read-modify-write control registers. There are two
addresses for a set/clear register: RegisterSet and RegisterClear. See Table 8−1 for a register listing. A 1 bit written
to RegisterSet causes the corresponding bit in the set/clear register to be set to 1; a 0 bit leaves the corresponding
bit unaffected. A 1 bit written to RegisterClear causes the corresponding bit in the set/clear register to be cleared;
a 0 bit leaves the corresponding bit in the set/clear register unaffected.
Typically, a read from either RegisterSet or RegisterClear returns the contents of the set or clear register, respectively.
However, sometimes reading the RegisterClear provides a masked version of the set or clear register. The interrupt
event register is an example of this behavior.
Table 8−1. OHCI Register Map
DMA CONTEXT
REGISTER NAME
OHCI version
ABBREVIATION
Version
OFFSET
00h
—
GUID ROM
GUID_ROM
ATRetries
04h
Asynchronous transmit retries
CSR data
08h
CSRData
0Ch
CSR compare
CSRCompareData
CSRControl
ConfigROMhdr
BusID
10h
CSR control
14h
Configuration ROM header
Bus identification
Bus options ‡
18h
1Ch
BusOptions
GUIDHi
20h
GUID high ‡
24h
GUID low ‡
GUIDLo
28h
Reserved
—
2Ch−30h
34h
Configuration ROM mapping
Posted write address low
Posted write address high
Vendor ID
ConfigROMmap
PostedWriteAddressLo
PostedWriteAddressHi
VendorID
38h
3Ch
40h
Reserved
—
44h−4Ch
50h
HCControlSet
HCControlClr
—
Host controller control ‡
Reserved
54h
58h−5Ch
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
8−1
Table 8−1. OHCI Register Map (Continued)
DMA CONTEXT
REGISTER NAME
ABBREVIATION
OFFSET
60h
Self-ID
Reserved
—
Self-ID buffer pointer
Self-ID count
SelfIDBuffer
64h
SelfIDCount
68h
Reserved
—
6Ch
—
IRChannelMaskHiSet
IRChannelMaskHiClear
IRChannelMaskLoSet
IRChannelMaskLoClear
IntEventSet
70h
Isochronous receive channel mask high
Isochronous receive channel mask low
Interrupt event
74h
78h
7Ch
80h
IntEventClear
84h
IntMaskSet
88h
Interrupt mask
IntMaskClear
8Ch
IsoXmitIntEventSet
IsoXmitIntEventClear
IsoXmitIntMaskSet
IsoXmitIntMaskClear
IsoRecvIntEventSet
IsoRecvIntEventClear
IsoRecvIntMaskSet
IsoRecvIntMaskClear
InitialBandwidthAvailable
InitialChannelsAvailableHi
InitialChannelsAvailableLo
—
90h
Isochronous transmit interrupt event
Isochronous transmit interrupt mask
Isochronous receive interrupt event
Isochronous receive interrupt mask
94h
98h
9Ch
—
A0h
A4h
A8h
ACh
B0h
Initial bandwidth available
Initial channels available high
Initial channels available low
Reserved
B4h
B8h
BCh−D8h
DCh
E0h
Fairness control
FairnessControl
LinkControlSet
Link control ‡
LinkControlClear
NodeID
E4h
Node identification
PHY layer control
Isochronous cycle timer
Reserved
E8h
PhyControl
ECh
F0h
Isocyctimer
—
F4h−FCh
100h
104h
108h
10Ch
110h
114h
118h
11Ch
120h
124h−17Ch
AsyncRequestFilterHiSet
AsyncRequestFilterHiClear
AsyncRequestFilterLoSet
AsyncRequestFilterLoClear
PhysicalRequestFilterHiSet
PhysicalRequestFilterHiClear
PhysicalRequestFilterLoSet
PhysicalRequestFilterLoClear
PhysicalUpperBound
—
Asynchronous request filter high
Asynchronous request filter low
Physical request filter high
Physical request filter low
Physical upper bound
Reserved
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
8−2
Table 8−1. OHCI Register Map (Continued)
DMA CONTEXT
REGISTER NAME
ABBREVIATION
OFFSET
180h
ContextControlSet
Asynchronous context control
ContextControlClear
184h
Asynchronous
Request Transmit
[ ATRQ ]
Reserved
—
188h
Asynchronous context command pointer
Reserved
CommandPtr
18Ch
—
190h−19Ch
1A0h
ContextControlSet
Asynchronous context control
ContextControlClear
1A4h
Asynchronous
Response Transmit
[ ATRS ]
Reserved
—
1A8h
Asynchronous context command pointer
Reserved
CommandPtr
1ACh
—
1B0h−1BCh
1C0h
ContextControlSet
Asynchronous context control
ContextControlClear
1C4h
Asynchronous
Request Receive
[ ARRQ ]
Reserved
—
1C8h
Asynchronous context command pointer
Reserved
CommandPtr
1CCh
—
1D0h−1DCh
1E0h
ContextControlSet
Asynchronous context control
ContextControlClear
1E4h
Asynchronous
Response Receive
[ ARRS ]
Reserved
—
1E8h
Asynchronous context command pointer
Reserved
CommandPtr
1ECh
—
1F0h−1FCh
200h + 16*n
204h + 16*n
208h + 16*n
ContextControlSet
ContextControlClear
—
Isochronous transmit context control
Reserved
Isochronous
Transmit Context n
n = 0, 1, 2, 3, …, 7
Isochronous transmit context command
pointer
CommandPtr
20Ch + 16*n
Reserved
—
210h−3FCh
400h + 32*n
404h + 32*n
408h + 32*n
ContextControlSet
ContextControlClear
—
Isochronous receive context control
Reserved
Isochronous
Receive Context n
n = 0, 1, 2, 3
Isochronous receive context command
pointer
CommandPtr
ContextMatch
40Ch + 32*n
410h + 32*n
Isochronous receive context match
8−3
8.1 OHCI Version Register
The OHCI version register indicates the OHCI version support and whether or not the serial EEPROM is present. See
Table 8−2 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
OHCI version
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
X
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
OHCI version
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
OHCI version
00h
Read-only
0X01 0010h
Default:
Table 8−2. OHCI Version Register Description
BIT
31−25
24
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
R
R
Reserved. Bits 31−25 return 0s when read.
GUID_ROM
The PCI7410 controller sets bit 24 to 1 if the serial EEPROM is detected. If the serial EEPROM is
present, then the Bus_Info_Block is automatically loaded on system (hardware) reset.
23−16
version
R
Major version of the OHCI. The PCI7410 controller is compliant with the 1394 Open Host Controller
Interface Specification (Release 1.1); thus, this field reads 01h.
15−8
7−0
RSVD
R
R
Reserved. Bits 15−8 return 0s when read.
revision
Minor version of the OHCI. The PCI7410 controller is compliant with the 1394 Open Host Controller
Interface Specification (Release 1.1); thus, this field reads 10h.
8−4
8.2 GUID ROM Register
The GUID ROM register accesses the serial EEPROM, and is only applicable if bit 24 (GUID_ROM) in the OHCI
version register at OHCI offset 00h (see Section 8.1) is set to 1. See Table 8−3 for a complete description of the
register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
GUID ROM
RSU
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSU
R
0
8
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
GUID ROM
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
GUID ROM
04h
Read/Set/Update, Read/Update, Read-only
00XX 0000h
Default:
Table 8−3. GUID ROM Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
addrReset
RSU
Software sets bit 31 to 1 to reset the GUID ROM address to 0. When the PCI7410 controller completes
the reset, it clears this bit. The PCI7410 controller does not automatically fill bits 23−16 (rdData field)
with the 0 byte.
th
30−26
25
RSVD
rdStart
R
Reserved. Bits 30−26 return 0s when read.
RSU
A read of the currently addressed byte is started when bit 25 is set to 1. This bit is automatically cleared
when the PCI7410 controller completes the read of the currently addressed GUID ROM byte.
24
RSVD
rdData
R
RU
R
Reserved. Bit 24 returns 0 when read.
23−16
15−8
7−0
This field contains the data read from the GUID ROM.
Reserved. Bits 15−8 return 0s when read.
RSVD
miniROM
R
The miniROM field defaults to 0 indicating that no mini-ROM is implemented. If bit 5 of EEPROM offset
6h is set to 1, then this field returns 20h indicating that valid mini-ROM data begins at offset 20h of the
GUID ROM.
8−5
8.3 Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register
The asynchronous transmit retries register indicates the number of times the PCI7410 controller attempts a retry for
asynchronous DMA request transmit and for asynchronous physical and DMA response transmit. See Table 8−4 for
a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Asynchronous transmit retries
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Asynchronous transmit retries
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Asynchronous transmit retries
08h
Read/Write, Read-only
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 8−4. Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31−29
secondLimit
R
The second limit field returns 0s when read, because outbound dual-phase retry is not
implemented.
28−16
15−12
11−8
cycleLimit
RSVD
R
R
The cycle limit field returns 0s when read, because outbound dual-phase retry is not implemented.
Reserved. Bits 15−12 return 0s when read.
maxPhysRespRetries
RW
This field tells the physical response unit how many times to attempt to retry the transmit operation
for the response packet when a busy acknowledge or ack_data_error is received from the target
node.
7−4
3−0
maxATRespRetries
maxATReqRetries
RW
RW
This field tells the asynchronous transmit response unit how many times to attempt to retry the
transmit operation for the response packet when a busy acknowledge or ack_data_error is
received from the target node.
This field tells the asynchronous transmit DMA request unit how many times to attempt to retry the
transmit operation for the response packet when a busy acknowledge or ack_data_error is
received from the target node.
8.4 CSR Data Register
The CSR data register accesses the bus management CSR registers from the host through compare-swap
operations. This register contains the data to be stored in a CSR if the compare is successful.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
CSR data
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
9
R
X
8
R
X
7
R
X
6
R
X
5
R
X
4
R
X
3
R
X
2
R
X
1
R
X
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
CSR data
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
CSR data
0Ch
Read-only
XXXX XXXXh
Default:
8−6
8.5 CSR Compare Register
The CSR compare register accesses the bus management CSR registers from the host through compare-swap
operations. This register contains the data to be compared with the existing value of the CSR resource.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
CSR compare
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
9
R
X
8
R
X
7
R
X
6
R
X
5
R
X
4
R
X
3
R
X
2
R
X
1
R
X
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
CSR compare
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
CSR compare
10h
Read-only
XXXX XXXXh
Default:
8.6 CSR Control Register
The CSR control register accesses the bus management CSR registers from the host through compare-swap
operations. This register controls the compare-swap operation and selects the CSR resource. See Table 8−5 for a
complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
CSR control
RU
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
CSR control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
X
RW
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
CSR control
14h
Read/Write, Read/Update, Read-only
8000 000Xh
Default:
Table 8−5. CSR Control Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
csrDone
RU
Bit 31 is set to 1 by the PCI7410 controller when a compare-swap operation is complete. It is cleared
whenever this register is written.
30−2
1−0
RSVD
csrSel
R
Reserved. Bits 30−2 return 0s when read.
RW
This field selects the CSR resource as follows:
00 = BUS_MANAGER_ID
01 = BANDWIDTH_AVAILABLE
10 = CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_HI
11 = CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_LO
8−7
8.7 Configuration ROM Header Register
The configuration ROM header register externally maps to the first quadlet of the 1394 configuration ROM, offset
FFFF F000 0400h. See Table 8−6 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Configuration ROM header
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Configuration ROM header
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Configuration ROM header
18h
Read/Write
Default:
0000 XXXXh
Table 8−6. Configuration ROM Header Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31−24
info_length
RW
IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller control
register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 8.16) is set to 1.
23−16
15−0
crc_length
RW
RW
IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller control
register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 8.16) is set to 1.
rom_crc_value
IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid at any time bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller
control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 8.16) is set to 1. The reset value is undefined if
no serial EEPROM is present. If a serial EEPROM is present, then this field is loaded from the serial
EEPROM.
8.8 Bus Identification Register
The bus identification register externally maps to the first quadlet in the Bus_Info_Block and contains the constant
3133 3934h, which is the ASCII value of 1394.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Bus identification
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
1
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
1
5
R
1
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
1
1
R
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Bus identification
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Bus identification
1Ch
Read-only
Default:
3133 3934h
8−8
8.9 Bus Options Register
The bus options register externally maps to the second quadlet of the Bus_Info_Block. See Table 8−7 for a complete
description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Bus options
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Bus options
RW
1
RW
0
RW
1
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
X
RW
X
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Bus options
20h
Read/Write, Read-only
X0XX A0X2h
Default:
Table 8−7. Bus Options Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
irmc
RW
Isochronous resource-manager capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when
bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 8.16)
is set to 1.
30
29
cmc
isc
RW
RW
Cycle master capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in
the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 8.16) is set to 1.
Isochronous support capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17
(linkEnable) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 8.16) is set
to 1.
28
27
bmc
pmc
RW
RW
Bus manager capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in
the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 8.16) is set to 1.
Power-management capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. When bit 27 is set to 1, this
indicates that the node is power-management capable. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in the
host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 8.16) is set to 1.
26−24
23−16
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 26−24 return 0s when read.
cyc_clk_acc
RW
Cycle master clock accuracy, in parts per million. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid
when bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see
Section 8.16) is set to 1.
15−12 ‡
max_rec
RW
Maximum request. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Hardware initializes this field to indicate the
maximum number of bytes in a block request packet that is supported by the implementation. This
value, max_rec_bytes, must be 512 or greater, and is calculated by 2^(max_rec + 1). Software may
change this field; however, this field must be valid at any time bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller
control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 8.16) is set to 1. A received block write request
packet with a length greater than max_rec_bytes may generate an ack_type_error. This field is not
affected by a software reset, and defaults to value indicating 2048 bytes on a system (hardware)
reset.
11−8
7−6
RSVD
g
R
Reserved. Bits 11−8 return 0s when read.
RW
Generation counter. This field is incremented if any portion of the configuration ROM has been
incremented since the prior bus reset.
5−3
2−0
RSVD
R
R
Reserved. Bits 5−3 return 0s when read.
Lnk_spd
Link speed. This field returns 010, indicating that the link speeds of 100M bits/s, 200M bits/s, and
400M bits/s are supported.
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
8−9
8.10 GUID High Register
The GUID high register represents the upper quadlet in a 64-bit global unique ID (GUID) which maps to the third
quadlet in the Bus_Info_Block. This register contains node_vendor_ID and chip_ID_hi fields. This register initializes
to 0s on a system (hardware) reset, which is an illegal GUID value. If a serial EEPROM is detected, then the contents
of this register are loaded through the serial EEPROM interface after a PRST. At that point, the contents of this register
cannot be changed. If no serial EEPROM is detected, then the contents of this register are loaded by the BIOS after
a PRST. At that point, the contents of this register cannot be changed. All bits in this register are reset by GRST only.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
GUID high
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
GUID high
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
GUID high
24h
Read-only
0000 0000h
Default:
8.11 GUID Low Register
The GUID low register represents the lower quadlet in a 64-bit global unique ID (GUID) which maps to chip_ID_lo
in the Bus_Info_Block. This register initializes to 0s on a system (hardware) reset and behaves identical to the GUID
high register at OHCI offset 24h (see Section 8.10). All bits in this register are reset by GRST only.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
GUID low
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
GUID low
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
GUID low
28h
Read-only
0000 0000h
Default:
8−10
8.12 Configuration ROM Mapping Register
The configuration ROM mapping register contains the start address within system memory that maps to the start
address of 1394 configuration ROM for this node. See Table 8−8 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Configuration ROM mapping
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Configuration ROM mapping
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Configuration ROM mapping
34h
Read/Write
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 8−8. Configuration ROM Mapping Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31−10
configROMaddr
RW
If a quadlet read request to 1394 offset FFFF F000 0400h through offset FFFF F000 07FFh is
received, then the low-order 10 bits of the offset are added to this register to determine the host memory
address of the read request.
9−0
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 9−0 return 0s when read.
8.13 Posted Write Address Low Register
The posted write address low register communicates error information if a write request is posted and an error occurs
while the posted data packet is being written. See Table 8−9 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Posted write address low
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Posted write address low
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Posted write address low
38h
Read/Update
XXXX XXXXh
Default:
Table 8−9. Posted Write Address Low Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
The lower 32 bits of the 1394 destination offset of the write request that failed.
31−0
offsetLo
RU
8−11
8.14 Posted Write Address High Register
The posted write address high register communicates error information if a write request is posted and an error occurs
while writing the posted data packet. See Table 8−10 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Posted write address high
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Posted write address high
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Posted write address high
3Ch
Read/Update
Default:
XXXX XXXXh
Table 8−10. Posted Write Address High Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31−16
sourceID
RU
This field is the 10-bit bus number (bits 31−22) and 6-bit node number (bits 21−16) of the node that
issued the write request that failed.
15−0
offsetHi
RU
The upper 16 bits of the 1394 destination offset of the write request that failed.
8.15 Vendor ID Register
The vendor ID register holds the company ID of an organization that specifies any vendor-unique registers. The
PCI7410 controller implements Texas Instruments unique behavior with regards to OHCI. Thus, this register is
read-only and returns 0108 0028h when read.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Vendor ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
1
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
1
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Vendor ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Vendor ID
40h
Read-only
0108 0028h
Default:
8−12
8.16 Host Controller Control Register
The host controller control set/clear register pair provides flags for controlling the PCI7410 controller. See Table 8−11
for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Host controller control
RSU
0
RSC
X
RSC
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
RSC
0
R
0
R
0
RSC
0
RSC
X
RSC RSCU
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Host controller control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Host controller control
50h
54h
set register
clear register
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear/Update, Read/Set/Clear, Read/Clear, Read-only
X08X 0000h
Table 8−11. Host Controller Control Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
BIBimage Valid
RSU
When bit 31 is set to 1, the PCI7410 physical response unit is enabled to respond to block read
requests to host configuration ROM and to the mechanism for atomically updating configuration
ROM. Software creates a valid image of the bus_info_block in host configuration ROM before
setting this bit.
When this bit is cleared, the PCI7410 controller returns ack_type_error on block read requests
to host configuration ROM. Also, when this bit is cleared and a 1394 bus reset occurs, the
configuration ROM mapping register at OHCI offset 34h (see Section 8.12), configuration ROM
header register at OHCI offset 18h (see Section 8.7), and bus options register at OHCI offset 20h
(see Section 8.9) are not updated.
Software can set this bit only when bit 17 (linkEnable) is 0. Once bit 31 is set to 1, it can be cleared
by a system (hardware) reset, a software reset, or if a fetch error occurs when the PCI7410
controller loads bus_info_block registers from host memory.
30
29
noByteSwapData
AckTardyEnable
RSC
RSC
Bit 30 controls whether physical accesses to locations outside the PCI7410 controller itself, as
well as any other DMA data accesses are byte swapped.
Bit 29 controls the acknowledgement of ack_tardy. When bit 29 is set to 1, ack_tardy may be
returned as an acknowledgment to accesses from the 1394 bus to the PCI7410 controller,
including accesses to the bus_info_block. The PCI7410 controller returns ack_tardy to all other
asynchronous packets addressed to the PCI7410 node. When the PCI7410 controller sends
ack_tardy, bit 27 (ack_tardy) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) is set to 1 to indicate the attempted asynchronous access.
Software ensures that bit 27 (ack_tardy) in the interrupt event register is 0. Software also unmasks
wake-up interrupt events such as bit 19 (phy) and bit 27 (ack_tardy) in the interrupt event register
before placing the PCI7410 controller into the D1 power mode.
Software must not set this bit if the PCI7410 node is the 1394 bus manager.
Reserved. Bits 28−24 return 0s when read.
28−24
23 ‡
RSVD
R
R
programPhyEnable
Bit 23 informs upper-level software that lower-level software has consistently configured the IEEE
1394a-2000 enhancements in the link and PHY layers. When this bit is 1, generic software such
as the OHCI driver is responsible for configuring IEEE 1394a-2000 enhancements in the PHY
layer and bit 22 (aPhyEnhanceEnable). When this bit is 0, the generic software may not modify
the IEEE 1394a-2000 enhancements in the PHY layer and cannot interpret the setting of bit 22
(aPhyEnhanceEnable). This bit is initialized from serial EEPROM. This bit defaults to 1.
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
8−13
Table 8−11. Host Controller Control Register Description (Continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
22
aPhyEnhanceEnable
RSC
When bits 23 (programPhyEnable) and 17 (linkEnable) are 1, the OHCI driver can set bit 22 to
1 to use all IEEE 1394a-2000 enhancements. When bit 23 (programPhyEnable) is cleared to 0,
the software does not change PHY enhancements or this bit.
21−20
19
RSVD
LPS
R
Reserved. Bits 21 and 20 return 0s when read.
RSC
Bit 19 controls the link power status. Software must set this bit to 1 to permit the link-PHY
communication. A 0 prevents link-PHY communication.
The OHCI-link is divided into two clock domains (PCLK and PHY_SCLK). If software tries to
access any register in the PHY_SCLK domain while the PHY_SCLK is disabled, then a target
abort is issued by the link. This problem can be avoided by setting bit 4 (DIS_TGT_ABT) to 1 in
the PCI miscellaneous configuration register at offset F0h in the PCI configuration space (see
Section 7.23). This allows the link to respond to these types of request by returning all Fs (hex).
OHCI registers at offsets DCh−F0h and 100h−11Ch are in the PHY_SCLK domain.
After setting LPS, software must wait approximately 10 ms before attempting to access any of
the OHCI registers. This gives the PHY_SCLK time to stabilize.
18
17
postedWriteEnable
linkEnable
RSC
RSC
Bit 18 enables (1) or disables (0) posted writes. Software changes this bit only when bit 17
(linkEnable) is 0.
Bit 17 is cleared to 0 by either a system (hardware) or software reset. Software must set this bit
to 1 when the system is ready to begin operation and then force a bus reset. This bit is necessary
to keep other nodes from sending transactions before the local system is ready. When this bit is
cleared, the PCI7410 controller is logically and immediately disconnected from the 1394 bus, no
packets are received or processed, nor are packets transmitted.
16
SoftReset
RSVD
RSCU When bit 16 is set to 1, all PCI7410 states are reset, all FIFOs are flushed, and all OHCI registers
are set to their system (hardware) reset values, unless otherwise specified. PCI registers are not
affected by this bit. This bit remains set to 1 while the software reset is in progress and reverts
back to 0 when the reset has completed.
15−0
R
Reserved. Bits 15−0 return 0s when read.
8.17 Self-ID Buffer Pointer Register
The self-ID buffer pointer register points to the 2K-byte aligned base address of the buffer in host memory where the
self-ID packets are stored during bus initialization. Bits 31−11 are read/write accessible. Bits 10−0 are reserved, and
return 0s when read.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Self-ID buffer pointer
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Self-ID buffer pointer
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Self-ID buffer pointer
64h
Read/Write, Read-only
XXXX XX00h
Default:
8−14
8.18 Self-ID Count Register
The self-ID count register keeps a count of the number of times the bus self-ID process has occurred, flags self-ID
packet errors, and keeps a count of the self-ID data in the self-ID buffer. See Table 8−12 for a complete description
of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Self-ID count
RU
X
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Self-ID count
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Self-ID count
68h
Read/Update, Read-only
X0XX 0000h
Default:
Table 8−12. Self-ID Count Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
selfIDError
RU
When bit 31 is set to 1, an error was detected during the most recent self-ID packet reception. The
contents of the self-ID buffer are undefined. This bit is cleared after a self-ID reception in which no
errors are detected. Note that an error can be a hardware error or a host bus write error.
30−24
23−16
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 30−24 return 0s when read.
selfIDGeneration
RU
The value in this field increments each time a bus reset is detected. This field rolls over to 0 after
reaching 255.
15−11
10−2
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 15−11 return 0s when read.
selfIDSize
RU
This field indicates the number of quadlets that have been written into the self-ID buffer for the current
bits 23−16 (selfIDGeneration field). This includes the header quadlet and the self-ID data. This field
is cleared to 0s when the self-ID reception begins.
1−0
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 1 and 0 return 0s when read.
8−15
8.19 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register
The isochronous receive channel mask high set/clear register enables packet receives from the upper 32
isochronous data channels. A read from either the set register or clear register returns the content of the isochronous
receive channel mask high register. See Table 8−13 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous receive channel mask high
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous receive channel mask high
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
Register:
Offset:
Isochronous receive channel mask high
70h
74h
set register
clear register
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear
XXXX XXXXh
Table 8−13. Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register Description
BIT
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
FIELD NAME
isoChannel63
isoChannel62
isoChannel61
isoChannel60
isoChannel59
isoChannel58
isoChannel57
isoChannel56
isoChannel55
isoChannel54
isoChannel53
isoChannel52
isoChannel51
isoChannel50
isoChannel49
isoChannel48
isoChannel47
isoChannel46
isoChannel45
isoChannel44
isoChannel43
isoChannel42
isoChannel41
isoChannel40
isoChannel39
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
RSC When bit 31 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 63.
RSC When bit 30 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 62.
RSC When bit 29 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 61.
RSC When bit 28 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 60.
RSC When bit 27 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 59.
RSC When bit 26 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 58.
RSC When bit 25 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 57.
RSC When bit 24 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 56.
RSC When bit 23 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 55.
RSC When bit 22 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 54.
RSC When bit 21 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 53.
RSC When bit 20 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 52.
RSC When bit 19 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 51.
RSC When bit 18 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 50.
RSC When bit 17 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 49.
RSC When bit 16 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 48.
RSC When bit 15 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 47.
RSC When bit 14 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 46.
RSC When bit 13 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 45.
RSC When bit 12 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 44.
RSC When bit 11 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 43.
RSC When bit 10 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 42.
RSC When bit 9 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 41.
RSC When bit 8 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 40.
RSC When bit 7 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 39.
8
7
8−16
Table 8−13. Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register Description (Continued)
BIT
6
FIELD NAME
isoChannel38
isoChannel37
isoChannel36
isoChannel35
isoChannel34
isoChannel33
isoChannel32
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
RSC When bit 6 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 38.
RSC When bit 5 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 37.
RSC When bit 4 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 36.
RSC When bit 3 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 35.
RSC When bit 2 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 34.
RSC When bit 1 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 33.
RSC When bit 0 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 32.
5
4
3
2
1
0
8.20 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register
The isochronous receive channel mask low set/clear register enables packet receives from the lower 32 isochronous
data channels. See Table 8−14 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Isochronous receive channel mask low
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous receive channel mask low
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
Register:
Offset:
Isochronous receive channel mask low
78h
7Ch
set register
clear register
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear
XXXX XXXXh
Table 8−14. Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register Description
BIT
31
FIELD NAME
isoChannel31
isoChannel30
isoChanneln
isoChannel1
isoChannel0
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
RSC When bit 31 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 31.
RSC When bit 30 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 30.
30
29−2
1
RSC Bits 29 through 2 (isoChanneln, where n = 29, 28, 27, …, 2) follow the same pattern as bits 31 and 30.
RSC When bit 1 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 1.
RSC When bit 0 is set to 1, the controller is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 0.
0
8−17
8.21 Interrupt Event Register
The interrupt event set/clear register reflects the state of the various PCI7410 interrupt sources. The interrupt bits
are set to 1 by an asserting edge of the corresponding interrupt signal or by writing a 1 in the corresponding bit in the
set register. The only mechanism to clear a bit in this register is to write a 1 to the corresponding bit in the clear register.
This register is fully compliant with the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification, and the PCI7410 controller
adds a vendor-specific interrupt function to bit 30. When the interrupt event register is read, the return value is the
bit-wise AND function of the interrupt event and interrupt mask registers. See Table 8−15 for a complete description
of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
Interrupt event
RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
R
0
RSC RSC
R
0
X
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Interrupt event
RSCU
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSCU RSCU
RU
X
RU
X
RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU RSCU
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Register:
Offset:
Interrupt event
80h
84h
set register
clear register [returns the content of the interrupt event register bit-wise ANDed with
the interrupt mask register when read]
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear/Update, Read/Set/Clear, Read/Update, Read-only
XXXX 0XXXh
Table 8−15. Interrupt Event Register Description
BIT
31−30
29
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31 and 30 return 0 when read.
SoftInterrupt
RSVD
RSC
R
Bit 29 is used by software to generate a PCI7410 interrupt for its own use.
Reserved. Bit 28 returns 0 when read.
28
27
ack_tardy
RSCU Bit 27 is set to 1 when bit 29 (AckTardyEnable) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset
50h/54h (see Section 8.16) is set to 1 and any of the following conditions occur:
a. Data is present in a receive FIFO that is to be delivered to the host.
b. The physical response unit is busy processing requests or sending responses.
c. The PCI7410 controller sent an ack_tardy acknowledgment.
26
25
phyRegRcvd
cycleTooLong
RSCU The PCI7410 controller has received a PHY register data byte which can be read from bits 23−16
in the PHY layer control register at OHCI offset ECh (see Section 8.33).
RSCU If bit 21 (cycleMaster) in the link control register at OHCI offset E0h/E4h (see Section 8.31) is set to
1, then this indicates that over 125 µs has elapsed between the start of sending a cycle start packet
and the end of a subaction gap. Bit 21 (cycleMaster) in the link control register is cleared by this event.
24
23
unrecoverableError RSCU This event occurs when the PCI7410 controller encounters any error that forces it to stop operations
on any or all of its subunits, for example, when a DMA context sets its dead bit to 1. While bit 24 is
set to 1, all normal interrupts for the context(s) that caused this interrupt are blocked from being set
to 1.
cycleInconsistent
RSCU A cycle start was received that had values for the cycleSeconds and cycleCount fields that are
different from the values in bits 31−25 (cycleSeconds field) and bits 24−12 (cycleCount field) in the
isochronous cycle timer register at OHCI offset F0h (see Section 8.34).
8−18
Table 8−15. Interrupt Event Register Description (Continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
22
cycleLost
RSCU A lost cycle is indicated when no cycle_start packet is sent or received between two successive
cycleSynch events. A lost cycle can be predicted when a cycle_start packet does not immediately
follow the first subaction gap after the cycleSynch event or if an arbitration reset gap is detected after
a cycleSynch event without an intervening cycle start. Bit 22 may be set to 1 either when a lost cycle
occurs or when logic predicts that one will occur.
th
21
20
cycle64Seconds
cycleSynch
RSCU Indicates that the 7 bit of the cycle second counter has changed.
RSCU Indicates that a new isochronous cycle has started. Bit 20 is set to 1 when the low-order bit of the
cycle count toggles.
19
18
phy
RSCU Indicates that the PHY layer requests an interrupt through a status transfer.
regAccessFail
RSCU Indicates that a PCI7410 register access has failed due to a missing SCLK clock signal from the PHY
layer. When a register access fails, bit 18 is set to 1 before the next register access.
17
16
busReset
RSCU Indicates that the PHY layer has entered bus reset mode.
selfIDcomplete
RSCU A self-ID packet stream has been received. It is generated at the end of the bus initialization process.
Bit 16 is turned off simultaneously when bit 17 (busReset) is turned on.
15
selfIDcomplete2
RSCU Secondary indication of the end of a self-ID packet stream. Bit 15 is set to 1 by the PCI7410 controller
when it sets bit 16 (selfIDcomplete), and retains the state, independent of bit 17 (busReset).
14−10
9
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 14−10 return 0s when read.
lockRespErr
RSCU Indicates that the PCI7410 controller sent a lock response for a lock request to a serial bus register,
but did not receive an ack_complete.
8
7
postedWriteErr
isochRx
RSCU Indicates that a host bus error occurred while the PCI7410 controller was trying to write a 1394 write
request, which had already been given an ack_complete, into system memory.
RU
Isochronous receive DMA interrupt. Indicates that one or more isochronous receive contexts have
generated an interrupt. This is not a latched event; it is the logical OR of all bits in the isochronous
receive interrupt event register at OHCI offset A0h/A4h (see Section 8.25) and isochronous receive
interrupt mask register at OHCI offset A8h/ACh (see Section 8.26). The isochronous receive interrupt
event register indicates which contexts have been interrupted.
6
isochTx
RU
Isochronous transmit DMA interrupt. Indicates that one or more isochronous transmit contexts have
generated an interrupt. This is not a latched event; it is the logical OR of all bits in the isochronous
transmit interrupt event register at OHCI offset 90h/94h (see Section 8.23) and isochronous transmit
interrupt mask register at OHCI offset 98h/9Ch (see Section 8.24). The isochronous transmit
interrupt event register indicates which contexts have been interrupted.
5
4
3
2
1
0
RSPkt
RQPkt
RSCU Indicates that a packet was sent to an asynchronous receive response context buffer and the
descriptor xferStatus and resCount fields have been updated.
RSCU Indicates that a packet was sent to an asynchronous receive request context buffer and the
descriptor xferStatus and resCount fields have been updated.
ARRS
RSCU Asynchronous receive response DMA interrupt. Bit 3 is conditionally set to 1 upon completion of an
ARRS DMA context command descriptor.
ARRQ
RSCU Asynchronous receive request DMA interrupt. Bit 2 is conditionally set to 1 upon completion of an
ARRQ DMA context command descriptor.
respTxComplete
reqTxComplete
RSCU Asynchronous response transmit DMA interrupt. Bit 1 is conditionally set to 1 upon completion of an
ATRS DMA command.
RSCU Asynchronous request transmit DMA interrupt. Bit 0 is conditionally set to 1 upon completion of an
ATRQ DMA command.
8−19
8.22 Interrupt Mask Register
The interrupt mask set/clear register enables the various PCI7410 interrupt sources. Reads from either the set
register or the clear register always return the contents of the interrupt mask register. In all cases except
masterIntEnable (bit 31) and vendorSpecific (bit 30), the enables for each interrupt event align with the interrupt event
register bits detailed in Table 8−15.
This register is fully compliant with the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification and the PCI7410 controller
adds an interrupt function to bit 30. See Table 8−16 for a complete description of bits 31 and 30.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
Interrupt mask
RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
RSCU RSC RSC
R
0
X
X
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Interrupt mask
RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC RSC
RSC
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Register:
Offset:
Interrupt mask
88h
8Ch
set register
clear register
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear/Update, Read/Set/Clear, Read/Update, Read-only
XXXX 0XXXh
Table 8−16. Interrupt Mask Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
masterIntEnable
RSCU Master interrupt enable. If bit 31 is set to 1, then external interrupts are generated in accordance with
the interrupt mask register. If this bit is cleared, then external interrupts are not generated regardless
of the interrupt mask register settings.
30
29
VendorSpecific
SoftInterrupt
RSC When this bit and bit 30 (vendorSpecific) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this vendor-specific interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
RSC When this bit and bit 29 (SoftInterrupt) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this soft-interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
28
27
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bit 28 returns 0 when read.
ack_tardy
RSC When this bit and bit 27 (ack_tardy) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this acknowledge-tardy interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
26
25
24
23
22
phyRegRcvd
cycleTooLong
unrecoverableError
cycleInconsistent
cycleLost
RSC When this bit and bit 26 (phyRegRcvd) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this PHY-register interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
RSC When this bit and bit 25 (cycleTooLong) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this cycle-too-long interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
RSC When this bit and bit 24 (unrecoverableError) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this unrecoverable-error interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
RSC When this bit and bit 23 (cycleInconsistent) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this inconsistent-cycle interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
RSC When this bit and bit 22 (cycleLost) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this lost-cycle interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
21
20
19
cycle64Seconds
cycleSynch
phy
RSC When this bit and bit 21 (cycle64Seconds) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this 64-second-cycle interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
RSC When this bit and bit 20 (cycleSynch) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this isochronous-cycle interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
RSC When this bit and bit 19 (phy) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 8.21)
are set to 1, this PHY-status-transfer interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
8−20
Table 8−16. Interrupt Mask Register Description (Continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
18
regAccessFail
RSC When this bit and bit 18 (regAccessFail) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this register-access-failed interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
17
16
15
busReset
RSC When this bit and bit 17 (busReset) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this bus-reset interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
selfIDcomplete
selfIDcomplete2
RSC When this bit and bit 16 (selfIDcomplete) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this self-ID-complete interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
RSC When this bit and bit 15 (selfIDcomplete2) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this second-self-ID-complete interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
14−10
9
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 14−10 return 0s when read.
lockRespErr
RSC When this bit and bit 9 (lockRespErr) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this lock-response-error interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
postedWriteErr
isochRx
RSC When this bit and bit 8 (postedWriteErr) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this posted-write-error interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
RSC When this bit and bit 7 (isochRx) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this isochronous-receive-DMA interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
isochTx
RSC When this bit and bit 6 (isochTx) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this isochronous-transmit-DMA interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
RSPkt
RSC When this bit and bit 5 (RSPkt) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 8.21)
are set to 1, this receive-response-packet interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
RQPkt
RSC When this bit and bit 4 (RQPkt) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 8.21)
are set to 1, this receive-request-packet interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
ARRS
RSC When this bit and bit 3 (ARRS) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 8.21)
are set to 1, this asynchronous-receive-response-DMA interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
ARRQ
RSC When this bit and bit 2 (ARRQ) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 8.21)
are set to 1, this asynchronous-receive-request-DMA interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
respTxComplete
RSC When this bit and bit 1 (respTxComplete) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this response-transmit-complete interrupt mask enables interrupt
generation.
0
reqTxComplete
RSC When this bit and bit 0 (reqTxComplete) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 8.21) are set to 1, this request-transmit-complete interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
8−21
8.23 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Event Register
The isochronous transmit interrupt event set/clear register reflects the interrupt state of the isochronous transmit
contexts. An interrupt is generated on behalf of an isochronous transmit context if an OUTPUT_LAST* command
completes and its interrupt bits are set to 1. Upon determining that the isochTx (bit 6) interrupt has occurred in the
interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 8.21), software can check this register to determine which
context(s) caused the interrupt. The interrupt bits are set to 1 by an asserting edge of the corresponding interrupt
signal, or by writing a 1 in the corresponding bit in the set register. The only mechanism to clear a bit in this register
is to write a 1 to the corresponding bit in the clear register. See Table 8−17 for a complete description of the register
contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Isochronous transmit interrupt event
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous transmit interrupt event
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
Register:
Offset:
Isochronous transmit interrupt event
90h
94h
set register
clear register [returns the contents of the isochronous transmit interrupt event
register bit-wise ANDed with the isochronous transmit interrupt mask register
when read]
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear, Read-only
0000 00XXh
Table 8−17. Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Event Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
31−8
Reserved. Bits 31−8 return 0s when read.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
isoXmit7
isoXmit6
isoXmit5
isoXmit4
isoXmit3
isoXmit2
isoXmit1
isoXmit0
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
Isochronous transmit channel 7 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
Isochronous transmit channel 6 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
Isochronous transmit channel 5 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
Isochronous transmit channel 4 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
Isochronous transmit channel 3 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
Isochronous transmit channel 2 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
Isochronous transmit channel 1 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
Isochronous transmit channel 0 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
8−22
8.24 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Mask Register
The isochronous transmit interrupt mask set/clear register enables the isochTx interrupt source on a per-channel
basis. Reads from either the set register or the clear register always return the contents of the isochronous transmit
interrupt mask register. In all cases the enables for each interrupt event align with the isochronous transmit interrupt
event register bits detailed in Table 8−17.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Isochronous transmit interrupt mask
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous transmit interrupt mask
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
Register:
Offset:
Isochronous transmit interrupt mask
98h
9Ch
set register
clear register
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear, Read-only
0000 00XXh
8−23
8.25 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Event Register
The isochronous receive interrupt event set/clear register reflects the interrupt state of the isochronous receive
contexts. An interrupt is generated on behalf of an isochronous receive context if an INPUT_* command completes
and its interrupt bits are set to 1. Upon determining that the isochRx (bit 7) interrupt in the interrupt event register at
OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 8.21) has occurred, software can check this register to determine which context(s)
caused the interrupt. The interrupt bits are set to 1 by an asserting edge of the corresponding interrupt signal or by
writing a 1 in the corresponding bit in the set register. The only mechanism to clear a bit in this register is to write a
1 to the corresponding bit in the clear register. See Table 8−18 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Isochronous receive interrupt event
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous receive interrupt event
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
Register:
Offset:
Isochronous receive interrupt event
A0h
A4h
set register
clear register [returns the contents of isochronous receive interrupt event register
bit-wise ANDed with the isochronous receive mask register when read]
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear, Read-only
0000 000Xh
Table 8−18. Isochronous Receive Interrupt Event Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
31−4
Reserved. Bits 31−4 return 0s when read.
3
2
1
0
isoRecv3
isoRecv2
isoRecv1
isoRecv0
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
Isochronous receive channel 3 caused the interrupt event register bit 7 (isochRx) interrupt.
Isochronous receive channel 2 caused the interrupt event register bit 7 (isochRx) interrupt.
Isochronous receive channel 1 caused the interrupt event register bit 7 (isochRx) interrupt.
Isochronous receive channel 0 caused the interrupt event register bit 7 (isochRx) interrupt.
8−24
8.26 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Mask Register
The isochronous receive interrupt mask set/clear register enables the isochRx interrupt source on a per-channel
basis. Reads from either the set register or the clear register always return the contents of the isochronous receive
interrupt mask register. In all cases the enables for each interrupt event align with the isochronous receive interrupt
event register bits detailed in Table 8−18.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous receive interrupt mask
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous receive interrupt mask
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
Register:
Offset:
Isochronous receive interrupt mask
A8h
ACh
set register
clear register
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear, Read-only
0000 000Xh
8.27 Initial Bandwidth Available Register
The initial bandwidth available register value is loaded into the corresponding bus management CSR register on a
system (hardware) or software reset. See Table 8−19 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Initial bandwidth available
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Initial bandwidth available
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
1
RW
1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
1
RW
1
RW
0
RW
0
RW
1
RW
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Initial bandwidth available
B0h
Read-only, Read/Write
0000 1333h
Default:
Table 8−19. Initial Bandwidth Available Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31−13 return 0s when read.
31−13
12−0
InitBWAvailable
RW
This field is reset to 1333h on a system (hardware) or software reset, and is not affected by a 1394
bus reset. The value of this field is loaded into the BANDWIDTH_AVAILABLE CSR register upon
a GRST, PRST, or a 1394 bus reset.
8−25
8.28 Initial Channels Available High Register
The initial channels available high register value is loaded into the corresponding bus management CSR register on
a system (hardware) or software reset. See Table 8−20 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Initial channels available high
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Initial channels available high
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Initial channels available high
B4h
Read/Write
FFFF FFFFh
Default:
Table 8−20. Initial Channels Available High Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31−0
InitChanAvailHi
RW
This field is reset to FFFF_FFFFh on a system (hardware) or software reset, and is not affected by
a 1394 bus reset. The value of this field is loaded into the CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_HI CSR
register upon a GRST, PRST, or a 1394 bus reset.
8.29 Initial Channels Available Low Register
The initial channels available low register value is loaded into the corresponding bus management CSR register on
a system (hardware) or software reset. See Table 8−21 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Initial channels available low
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Initial channels available low
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Initial channels available low
B8h
Read/Write
FFFF FFFFh
Default:
Table 8−21. Initial Channels Available Low Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31−0
InitChanAvailLo
RW
This field is reset to FFFF_FFFFh on a system (hardware) or software reset, and is not affected by
a 1394 bus reset. The value of this field is loaded into the CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_LO CSR
register upon a GRST, PRST, or a 1394 bus reset.
8−26
8.30 Fairness Control Register
The fairness control register provides a mechanism by which software can direct the host controller to transmit
multiple asynchronous requests during a fairness interval. See Table 8−22 for a complete description of the register
contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Fairness control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Fairness control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Fairness control
DCh
Read-only
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 8−22. Fairness Control Register Description
BIT
31−8
7−0
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31−8 return 0s when read.
R
pri_req
RW
This field specifies the maximum number of priority arbitration requests for asynchronous request
packets that the link is permitted to make of the PHY layer during a fairness interval.
8−27
8.31 Link Control Register
The link control set/clear register provides the control flags that enable and configure the link core protocol portions
of the PCI7410 controller. It contains controls for the receiver and cycle timer. See Table 8−23 for a complete
description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Link control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
RSC RSCU RSC
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
X
X
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
6
5
4
Name
Type
Default
Link control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSC
X
RSC
X
R
0
R
0
RS
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Link control
E0h
E4h
set register
clear register
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear/Update, Read/Set/Clear, Read-only
00X0 0X00h
Table 8−23. Link Control Register Description
BIT
31−23
22
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31−23 return 0s when read.
cycleSource
RSC
When bit 22 is set to 1, the cycle timer uses an external source (CYCLEIN) to determine when to roll
over the cycle timer. When this bit is cleared, the cycle timer rolls over when the timer reaches
3072 cycles of the 24.576-MHz clock (125 µs).
21
cycleMaster
RSCU When bit 21 is set to 1, the PCI7410 controller is root and it generates a cycle start packet every time
the cycle timer rolls over, based on the setting of bit 22 (cycleSource). When bit 21 is cleared, the
OHCI-Lynx accepts received cycle start packets to maintain synchronization with the node which
is sending them. Bit 21 is automatically cleared when bit 25 (cycleTooLong) in the interrupt event
register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 8.21) is set to 1. Bit 21 cannot be set to 1 until bit 25
(cycleTooLong) is cleared.
20
CycleTimerEnable
RSC
When bit 20 is set to 1, the cycle timer offset counts cycles of the 24.576-MHz clock and rolls over
at the appropriate time, based on the settings of the above bits. When this bit is cleared, the cycle
timer offset does not count.
19−11
10
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 19−11 return 0s when read.
RcvPhyPkt
RSC
When bit 10 is set to 1, the receiver accepts incoming PHY packets into the AR request context if
the AR request context is enabled. This bit does not control receipt of self-identification packets.
9
RcvSelfID
RSC
When bit 9 is set to 1, the receiver accepts incoming self-identification packets. Before setting this
bit to 1, software must ensure that the self-ID buffer pointer register contains a valid address.
8−7
6 ‡
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 8 and 7 return 0s when read.
tag1SyncFilterLock
RS
When bit 6 is set to 1, bit 6 (tag1SyncFilter) in the isochronous receive context match register (see
Section 8.46) is set to 1 for all isochronous receive contexts. When bit 6 is cleared, bit 6
(tag1SyncFilter) in the isochronous receive context match register has read/write access. This bit is
cleared when GRST is asserted.
5−0
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 5−0 return 0s when read.
‡
One or more bits in this register are cleared only by the assertion of GRST.
8−28
8.32 Node Identification Register
The node identification register contains the address of the node on which the OHCI-Lynx chip resides, and
indicates the valid node number status. The 16-bit combination of the busNumber field (bits 15−6) and the
NodeNumber field (bits 5−0) is referred to as the node ID. See Table 8−24 for a complete description of the register
contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Node identification
RU
0
RU
0
R
0
R
0
RU
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Node identification
RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Node identification
E8h
Read/Write/Update, Read/Update, Read-only
0000 FFXXh
Default:
Table 8−24. Node Identification Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
iDValid
RU
Bit 31 indicates whether or not the PCI7410 controller has a valid node number. It is cleared when a
1394 bus reset is detected and set to 1 when the PCI7410 controller receives a new node number from
its PHY layer.
30
root
RSVD
RU
R
Bit 30 is set to 1 during the bus reset process if the attached PHY layer is root.
Reserved. Bits 29 and 28 return 0s when read.
29−28
27
CPS
RU
R
Bit 27 is set to 1 if the PHY layer is reporting that cable power status is OK.
Reserved. Bits 26−16 return 0s when read.
26−16
15−6
RSVD
busNumber
RWU
This field identifies the specific 1394 bus the PCI7410 controller belongs to when multiple
1394-compatible buses are connected via a bridge.
5−0
NodeNumber
RU
This field is the physical node number established by the PHY layer during self-identification. It is
automatically set to the value received from the PHY layer after the self-identification phase. If the PHY
layer sets the nodeNumber to 63, then software must not set bit 15 (run) in the asynchronous context
control register (see Section 8.40) for either of the AT DMA contexts.
8−29
8.33 PHY Layer Control Register
The PHY layer control register reads from or writes to a PHY register. See Table 8−25 for a complete description of
the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
PHY layer control
RU
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
RU
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
PHY layer control
RWU RWU
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
0
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
PHY layer control
ECh
Read/Write/Update, Read/Write, Read/Update, Read-only
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 8−25. PHY Control Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
rdDone
RU
Bit 31 is cleared to 0 by the PCI7410 controller when either bit 15 (rdReg) or bit 14 (wrReg) is set to
1. This bit is set to 1 when a register transfer is received from the PHY layer.
30−28
27−24
23−16
15
RSVD
rdAddr
rdData
rdReg
R
Reserved. Bits 30−28 return 0s when read.
RU
This field is the address of the register most recently received from the PHY layer.
This field is the contents of a PHY register that has been read.
RU
RWU
Bit 15 is set to 1 by software to initiate a read request to a PHY register, and is cleared by hardware
when the request has been sent. Bits 14 (wrReg) and 15 (rdReg) must not both be set to 1
simultaneously.
14
wrReg
RWU
Bit 14 is set to 1 by software to initiate a write request to a PHY register, and is cleared by hardware
when the request has been sent. Bits 14 (wrReg) and 15 (rdReg) must not both be set to 1
simultaneously.
13−12
11−8
7−0
RSVD
regAddr
wrData
R
Reserved. Bits 13 and 12 return 0s when read.
RW
RW
This field is the address of the PHY register to be written or read.
This field is the data to be written to a PHY register and is ignored for reads.
8−30
8.34 Isochronous Cycle Timer Register
The isochronous cycle timer register indicates the current cycle number and offset. When the PCI7410 controller is
cycle master, this register is transmitted with the cycle start message. When the PCI7410 controller is not cycle
master, this register is loaded with the data field in an incoming cycle start. In the event that the cycle start message
is not received, the fields can continue incrementing on their own (if programmed) to maintain a local time reference.
See Table 8−26 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
Isochronous cycle timer
RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous cycle timer
RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Isochronous cycle timer
F0h
Read/Write/Update
XXXX XXXXh
Default:
Table 8−26. Isochronous Cycle Timer Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
cycleSeconds
cycleCount
TYPE
RWU
RWU
RWU
DESCRIPTION
31−25
24−12
11−0
This field counts seconds [rollovers from bits 24−12 (cycleCount field)] modulo 128.
This field counts cycles [rollovers from bits 11−0 (cycleOffset field)] modulo 8000.
cycleOffset
This field counts 24.576-MHz clocks modulo 3072, that is, 125 µs. If an external 8-kHz clock
configuration is being used, then this field must be cleared to 0s at each tick of the external clock.
8−31
8.35 Asynchronous Request Filter High Register
The asynchronous request filter high set/clear register enables asynchronous receive requests on a per-node basis,
and handles the upper node IDs. When a packet is destined for either the physical request context or the ARRQ
context, the source node ID is examined. If the bit corresponding to the node ID is not set to 1 in this register, then
the packet is not acknowledged and the request is not queued. The node ID comparison is done if the source node
is on the same bus as the PCI7410 controller. Nonlocal bus-sourced packets are not acknowledged unless bit 31 in
this register is set to 1. See Table 8−27 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Asynchronous request filter high
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Asynchronous request filter high
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
Register:
Offset:
Asynchronous request filter high
100h set register
104h clear register
Read/Set/Clear
Type:
Default:
0000 0000h
Table 8−27. Asynchronous Request Filter High Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
asynReqAllBuses
asynReqResource62
asynReqResource61
asynReqResource60
asynReqResource59
asynReqResource58
asynReqResource57
asynReqResource56
asynReqResource55
asynReqResource54
asynReqResource53
asynReqResource52
asynReqResource51
RSC
If bit 31 is set to 1, all asynchronous requests received by the controller from nonlocal bus nodes
are accepted.
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
If bit 30 is set to 1 for local bus node number 62, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 29 is set to 1 for local bus node number 61, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 28 is set to 1 for local bus node number 60, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 27 is set to 1 for local bus node number 59, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 26 is set to 1 for local bus node number 58, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 25 is set to 1 for local bus node number 57, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 24 is set to 1 for local bus node number 56, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 23 is set to 1 for local bus node number 55, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 22 is set to 1 for local bus node number 54, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 21 is set to 1 for local bus node number 53, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 20 is set to 1 for local bus node number 52, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 19 is set to 1 for local bus node number 51, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
8−32
Table 8−27. Asynchronous Request Filter High Register Description (Continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
18
asynReqResource50
RSC
If bit 18 is set to 1 for local bus node number 50, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
asynReqResource49
asynReqResource48
asynReqResource47
asynReqResource46
asynReqResource45
asynReqResource44
asynReqResource43
asynReqResource42
asynReqResource41
asynReqResource40
asynReqResource39
asynReqResource38
asynReqResource37
asynReqResource36
asynReqResource35
asynReqResource34
asynReqResource33
asynReqResource32
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
If bit 17 is set to 1 for local bus node number 49, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 16 is set to 1 for local bus node number 48, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 15 is set to 1 for local bus node number 47, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 14 is set to 1 for local bus node number 46, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 13 is set to 1 for local bus node number 45, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 12 is set to 1 for local bus node number 44, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 11 is set to 1 for local bus node number 43, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 10 is set to 1 for local bus node number 42, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
If bit 9 is set to 1 for local bus node number 41, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
8
If bit 8 is set to 1 for local bus node number 40, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
7
If bit 7 is set to 1 for local bus node number 39, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
6
If bit 6 is set to 1 for local bus node number 38, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
5
If bit 5 is set to 1 for local bus node number 37, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
4
If bit 4 is set to 1 for local bus node number 36, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
3
If bit 3 is set to 1 for local bus node number 35, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
2
If bit 2 is set to 1 for local bus node number 34, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
1
If bit 1 is set to 1 for local bus node number 33, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
0
If bit 0 is set to 1 for local bus node number 32, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
8−33
8.36 Asynchronous Request Filter Low Register
The asynchronous request filter low set/clear register enables asynchronous receive requests on a per-node basis,
and handles the lower node IDs. Other than filtering different node IDs, this register behaves identically to the
asynchronous request filter high register. See Table 8−28 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Asynchronous request filter low
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Asynchronous request filter low
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
Register:
Offset:
Asynchronous request filter low
108h set register
10Ch clear register
Read/Set/Clear
Type:
Default:
0000 0000h
Table 8−28. Asynchronous Request Filter Low Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
asynReqResource31
asynReqResource30
asynReqResourcen
asynReqResource1
asynReqResource0
RSC
If bit 31 is set to 1 for local bus node number 31, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
30
29−2
1
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
If bit 30 is set to 1 for local bus node number 30, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
Bits 29 through 2 (asynReqResourcen, where n = 29, 28, 27, …, 2) follow the same pattern as
bits 31 and 30.
If bit 1 is set to 1 for local bus node number 1, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
0
If bit 0 is set to 1 for local bus node number 0, asynchronous requests received by the controller
from that node are accepted.
8−34
8.37 Physical Request Filter High Register
The physical request filter high set/clear register enables physical receive requests on a per-node basis, and handles
the upper node IDs. When a packet is destined for the physical request context, and the node ID has been compared
against the ARRQ registers, then the comparison is done again with this register. If the bit corresponding to the node
ID is not set to 1 in this register, then the request is handled by the ARRQ context instead of the physical request
context. The node ID comparison is done if the source node is on the same bus as the PCI7410 controller. Nonlocal
bus-sourced packets are not acknowledged unless bit 31 in this register is set to 1. See Table 8−29 for a complete
description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Physical request filter high
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Physical request filter high
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
Register:
Offset:
Physical request filter high
110h set register
114h clear register
Read/Set/Clear
Type:
Default:
0000 0000h
Table 8−29. Physical Request Filter High Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
physReqAllBusses
physReqResource62
physReqResource61
physReqResource60
physReqResource59
physReqResource58
physReqResource57
physReqResource56
physReqResource55
physReqResource54
physReqResource53
physReqResource52
physReqResource51
RSC
If bit 31 is set to 1, all asynchronous requests received by the controller from nonlocal bus nodes
are accepted. Bit 31 is not cleared by a PRST.
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
If bit 30 is set to 1 for local bus node number 62, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 29 is set to 1 for local bus node number 61, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 28 is set to 1 for local bus node number 60, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 27 is set to 1 for local bus node number 59, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 26 is set to 1 for local bus node number 58, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 25 is set to 1 for local bus node number 57, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 24 is set to 1 for local bus node number 56, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 23 is set to 1 for local bus node number 55, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 22 is set to 1 for local bus node number 54, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 21 is set to 1 for local bus node number 53, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 20 is set to 1 for local bus node number 52, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 19 is set to 1 for local bus node number 51, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
8−35
Table 8−29. Physical Request Filter High Register Description (Continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
18
physReqResource50
RSC
If bit 18 is set to 1 for local bus node number 50, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
physReqResource49
physReqResource48
physReqResource47
physReqResource46
physReqResource45
physReqResource44
physReqResource43
physReqResource42
physReqResource41
physReqResource40
physReqResource39
physReqResource38
physReqResource37
physReqResource36
physReqResource35
physReqResource34
physReqResource33
physReqResource32
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
If bit 17 is set to 1 for local bus node number 49, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 16 is set to 1 for local bus node number 48, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 15 is set to 1 for local bus node number 47, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 14 is set to 1 for local bus node number 46, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 13 is set to 1 for local bus node number 45, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 12 is set to 1 for local bus node number 44, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 11 is set to 1 for local bus node number 43, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 10 is set to 1 for local bus node number 42, physical requests received by the controller
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
If bit 9 is set to 1 for local bus node number 41, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
8
If bit 8 is set to 1 for local bus node number 40, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
7
If bit 7 is set to 1 for local bus node number 39, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
6
If bit 6 is set to 1 for local bus node number 38, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
5
If bit 5 is set to 1 for local bus node number 37, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
4
If bit 4 is set to 1 for local bus node number 36, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
3
If bit 3 is set to 1 for local bus node number 35, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
2
If bit 2 is set to 1 for local bus node number 34, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
1
If bit 1 is set to 1 for local bus node number 33, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
0
If bit 0 is set to 1 for local bus node number 32, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
8−36
8.38 Physical Request Filter Low Register
The physical request filter low set/clear register enables physical receive requests on a per-node basis, and handles
the lower node IDs. When a packet is destined for the physical request context, and the node ID has been compared
against the asynchronous request filter registers, then the node ID comparison is done again with this register. If the
bit corresponding to the node ID is not set to 1 in this register, then the request is handled by the asynchronous request
context instead of the physical request context. See Table 8−30 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Physical request filter low
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Physical request filter low
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
Register:
Offset:
Physical request filter low
118h set register
11Ch clear register
Read/Set/Clear
Type:
Default:
0000 0000h
Table 8−30. Physical Request Filter Low Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
physReqResource31
physReqResource30
physReqResourcen
physReqResource1
physReqResource0
RSC
If bit 31 is set to 1 for local bus node number 31, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
30
29−2
1
RSC
RSC
RSC
RSC
If bit 30 is set to 1 for local bus node number 30, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
Bits 29 through 2 (physReqResourcen, where n = 29, 28, 27, …, 2) follow the same pattern as
bits 31 and 30.
If bit 1 is set to 1 for local bus node number 1, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
0
If bit 0 is set to 1 for local bus node number 0, physical requests received by the controller from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
8.39 Physical Upper Bound Register (Optional Register)
The physical upper bound register is an optional register and is not implemented. This register returns all 0s when
read.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Physical upper bound
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Physical upper bound
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Physical upper bound
120h
Read-only
Default:
0000 0000h
8−37
8.40 Asynchronous Context Control Register
The asynchronous context control set/clear register controls the state and indicates status of the DMA context. See
Table 8−31 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Asynchronous context control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Asynchronous context control
RSCU
0
R
0
R
0
RSU
X
RU
0
RU
0
R
0
R
0
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
Register:
Offset:
Asynchronous context control
180h set register [ATRQ]
184h clear register [ATRQ]
1A0h set register [ATRS]
1A4h clear register [ATRS]
1C0h set register [ARRQ]
1C4h clear register [ARRQ]
1E0h set register [ARRS]
1E4h clear register [ARRS]
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear/Update, Read/Set/Update, Read/Update, Read-only
0000 X0XXh
Table 8−31. Asynchronous Context Control Register Description
BIT
31−16
15
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31−16 return 0s when read.
R
run
RSCU Bit 15 is set to 1 by software to enable descriptor processing for the context and cleared by software
to stop descriptor processing. The PCI7410 controller changes this bit only on a system (hardware)
or software reset.
14−13
12
RSVD
wake
R
Reserved. Bits 14 and 13 return 0s when read.
RSU
Software sets bit 12 to 1 to cause the PCI7410 controller to continue or resume descriptor processing.
The PCI7410 controller clears this bit on every descriptor fetch.
11
dead
RU
The PCI7410 controller sets bit 11 to 1 when it encounters a fatal error, and clears the bit when software
clears bit 15 (run). Asynchronous contexts supporting out-of-order pipelining provide unique
ContextControl.dead functionality. See Section 7.7 in the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface
Specification (Release 1.1) for more information.
10
active
RSVD
spd
RU
R
The PCI7410 controller sets bit 10 to 1 when it is processing descriptors.
Reserved. Bits 9 and 8 return 0s when read.
9−8
7−5
RU
This field indicates the speed at which a packet was received or transmitted and only contains
meaningful information for receive contexts. This field is encoded as:
000 = 100M bits/sec
001 = 200M bits/sec
010 = 400M bits/sec
All other values are reserved.
4−0
eventcode
RU
This field holds the acknowledge sent by the link core for this packet or an internally generated error
code if the packet was not transferred successfully.
8−38
8.41 Asynchronous Context Command Pointer Register
The asynchronous context command pointer register contains a pointer to the address of the first descriptor block
that the PCI7410 controller accesses when software enables the context by setting bit 15 (run) in the asynchronous
context control register (see Section 8.40) to 1. See Table 8−32 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
Asynchronous context command pointer
RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Asynchronous context command pointer
RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU RWU
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Register:
Offset:
Asynchronous context command pointer
18Ch [ATRQ]
1ACh [ATRS]
1CCh [ARRQ]
1ECh [ARRS]
Type:
Default:
Read/Write/Update
XXXX XXXXh
Table 8−32. Asynchronous Context Command Pointer Register Description
BIT
31−4
3−0
FIELD NAME
descriptorAddress
Z
TYPE
RWU
RWU
DESCRIPTION
Contains the upper 28 bits of the address of a 16-byte aligned descriptor block.
Indicates the number of contiguous descriptors at the address pointed to by the descriptor address.
If Z is 0, then it indicates that the descriptorAddress field (bits 31−4) is not valid.
8−39
8.42 Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register
The isochronous transmit context control set/clear register controls options, state, and status for the isochronous
transmit DMA contexts. The n value in the following register addresses indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3,
…, 7). See Table 8−33 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Isochronous transmit context control
RSCU RSC
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC RSC
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
RSC
X
X
X
X
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous transmit context control
RSC
0
R
0
R
0
RSU
X
RU
0
RU
0
R
0
R
0
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
Register:
Offset:
Isochronous transmit context control
200h + (16 * n)
204h + (16 * n)
set register
clear register
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear/Update, Read/Set/Clear, Read/Set/Update, Read/Update, Read-only
XXXX X0XXh
Table 8−33. Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
cycleMatchEnable
RSCU When bit 31 is set to 1, processing occurs such that the packet described by the context first
descriptor block is transmitted in the cycle whose number is specified in the cycleMatch field
(bits 30−16). The cycleMatch field (bits 30−16) must match the low-order two bits of cycleSeconds
and the 13-bit cycleCount field in the cycle start packet that is sent or received immediately before
isochronous transmission begins. Since the isochronous transmit DMA controller may work ahead,
the processing of the first descriptor block may begin slightly in advance of the actual cycle in which
the first packet is transmitted.
The effects of this bit, however, are impacted by the values of other bits in this register and are
explained in the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification. Once the context has become
active, hardware clears this bit.
30−16
cycleMatch
RSC
RSC
This field contains a 15-bit value, corresponding to the low-order two bits of the isochronous cycle
timer register at OHCI offset F0h (see Section 8.34) cycleSeconds field (bits 31−25) and the
cycleCount field (bits 24−12). If bit 31 (cycleMatchEnable) is set to 1, then this isochronous transmit
DMA context becomes enabled for transmits when the low-order two bits of the isochronous cycle
timer register at OHCI offset F0h cycleSeconds field (bits 31−25) and the cycleCount field
(bits 24−12) value equal this field (cycleMatch) value.
15
run
Bit 15 is set to 1 by software to enable descriptor processing for the context and cleared by software
to stop descriptor processing. The PCI7410 controller changes this bit only on a system (hardware)
or software reset.
14−13
12
RSVD
wake
R
Reserved. Bits 14 and 13 return 0s when read.
RSU
Software sets bit 12 to 1 to cause the PCI7410 controller to continue or resume descriptor processing.
The PCI7410 controller clears this bit on every descriptor fetch.
11
dead
RU
The PCI7410 controller sets bit 11 to 1 when it encounters a fatal error, and clears the bit when
software clears bit 15 (run) to 0.
10
active
RSVD
RU
R
The PCI7410 controller sets bit 10 to 1 when it is processing descriptors.
Reserved. Bits 9 and 8 return 0s when read.
9−8
7−5
4−0
spd
RU
RU
This field in not meaningful for isochronous transmit contexts.
event code
Following an OUTPUT_LAST* command, the error code is indicated in this field. Possible values are:
ack_complete, evt_descriptor_read, evt_data_read, and evt_unknown.
†
On an overflow for each running context, the isochronous transmit DMA supports up to 7 cycle skips, when the following are true:
1. Bit 11 (dead) in either the isochronous transmit or receive context control register is set to 1.
2. Bits 4−0 (eventcode field) in either the isochronous transmit or receive context control register is set to evt_timeout.
3. Bit 24 (unrecoverableError) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 8.21) is set to 1.
8−40
8.43 Isochronous Transmit Context Command Pointer Register
The isochronous transmit context command pointer register contains a pointer to the address of the first descriptor
block that the PCI7410 controller accesses when software enables an isochronous transmit context by setting bit 15
(run) in the isochronous transmit context control register (see Section 8.42) to 1. The isochronous transmit DMA
context command pointer can be read when a context is active. The n value in the following register addresses
indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3, …, 7).
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Isochronous transmit context command pointer
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
9
R
X
8
R
X
7
R
X
6
R
X
5
R
X
4
R
X
3
R
X
2
R
X
1
R
X
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous transmit context command pointer
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Isochronous transmit context command pointer
20Ch + (16 * n)
Read-only
Default:
XXXX XXXXh
8.44 Isochronous Receive Context Control Register
The isochronous receive context control set/clear register controls options, state, and status for the isochronous
receive DMA contexts. The n value in the following register addresses indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3).
See Table 8−34 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Isochronous receive context control
RSC
X
RSC RSCU RSC RSC
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
X
X
X
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous receive context control
RSCU
0
R
0
R
0
RSU
X
RU
0
RU
0
R
0
R
0
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
RU
X
Register:
Offset:
Isochronous receive context control
400h + (32 * n)
404h + (32 * n)
set register
clear register
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear/Update, Read/Set/Clear, Read/Set/Update, Read/Update, Read-only
XX00 X0XXh
Table 8−34. Isochronous Receive Context Control Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
bufferFill
RSC
When bit 31 is set to 1, received packets are placed back-to-back to completely fill each receive
buffer. When this bit is cleared, each received packet is placed in a single buffer. If bit 28
(multiChanMode) is set to 1, then this bit must also be set to 1. The value of this bit must not be
changed while bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.
30
isochHeader
RSC
When bit 30 is set to 1, received isochronous packets include the complete 4-byte isochronous
packet header seen by the link layer. The end of the packet is marked with a xferStatus in the first
doublet, and a 16-bit timeStamp indicating the time of the most recently received (or sent) cycleStart
packet.
When this bit is cleared, the packet header is stripped from received isochronous packets. The
packet header, if received, immediately precedes the packet payload. The value of this bit must not
be changed while bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.
8−41
Table 8−34. Isochronous Receive Context Control Register Description (Continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
29
cycleMatchEnable
RSCU When bit 29 is set to 1 and the 13-bit cycleMatch field (bits 24−12) in the isochronous receive context
match register (See Section 8.46) matches the 13-bit cycleCount field in the cycleStart packet, the
context begins running. The effects of this bit, however, are impacted by the values of other bits in
this register. Once the context has become active, hardware clears this bit. The value of this bit must
not be changed while bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.
28
multiChanMode
RSC
When bit 28 is set to 1, the corresponding isochronous receive DMA context receives packets for
all isochronous channels enabled in the isochronous receive channel mask high register at OHCI
offset 70h/74h (see Section 8.19) and isochronous receive channel mask low register at OHCI offset
78h/7Ch (see Section 8.20). The isochronous channel number specified in the isochronous receive
context match register (see Section 8.46) is ignored.
When this bit is cleared, the isochronous receive DMA context receives packets for the single
channel specified in the isochronous receive context match register (see Section 8.46). Only one
isochronous receive DMA context may use the isochronous receive channel mask registers (see
Sections 8.19, and 8.20). If more than one isochronous receive context control register has this bit
set, then the results are undefined. The value of this bit must not be changed while bit 10 (active)
or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.
27
dualBufferMode
RSC
When bit 27 is set to 1, receive packets are separated into first and second payload and streamed
independently to the firstBuffer series and secondBuffer series as described in Section 10.2.3 in the
1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification. Also, when bit 27 is set to 1, both bits 28
(multiChanMode) and 31 (bufferFill) are cleared to 0. The value of this bit does not change when
either bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.
26−16
15
RSVD
run
R
Reserved. Bits 26−16 return 0s when read.
RSCU Bit 15 is set to 1 by software to enable descriptor processing for the context and cleared by software
to stop descriptor processing. The PCI7410 controller changes this bit only on a system (hardware)
or software reset.
14−13
12
RSVD
wake
R
Reserved. Bits 14 and 13 return 0s when read.
RSU
Software sets bit 12 to 1 to cause the PCI7410 controller to continue or resume descriptor
processing. The PCI7410 controller clears this bit on every descriptor fetch.
11
dead
RU
The PCI7410 controller sets bit 11 to 1 when it encounters a fatal error, and clears the bit when
software clears bit 15 (run).
10
active
RSVD
spd
RU
R
The PCI7410 controller sets bit 10 to 1 when it is processing descriptors.
Reserved. Bits 9 and 8 return 0s when read.
9−8
7−5
RU
This field indicates the speed at which the packet was received.
000 = 100M bits/sec
001 = 200M bits/sec
010 = 400M bits/sec
All other values are reserved.
4−0
event code
RU
For bufferFill mode, possible values are: ack_complete, evt_descriptor_read, evt_data_write, and
evt_unknown. Packets with data errors (either dataLength mismatches or dataCRC errors) and
packets for which a FIFO overrun occurred are backed out. For packet-per-buffer mode, possible
values are: ack_complete, ack_data_error, evt_long_packet, evt_overrun, evt_descriptor_read,
evt_data_write, and evt_unknown.
8−42
8.45 Isochronous Receive Context Command Pointer Register
The isochronous receive context command pointer register contains a pointer to the address of the first descriptor
block that the PCI7410 controller accesses when software enables an isochronous receive context by setting bit 15
(run) in the isochronous receive context control register (see Section 8.44) to 1. The n value in the following register
addresses indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3).
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Isochronous receive context command pointer
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
9
R
X
8
R
X
7
R
X
6
R
X
5
R
X
4
R
X
3
R
X
2
R
X
1
R
X
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous receive context command pointer
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
R
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Isochronous receive context command pointer
40Ch + (32 * n)
Read-only
Default:
XXXX XXXXh
8−43
8.46 Isochronous Receive Context Match Register
The isochronous receive context match register starts an isochronous receive context running on a specified cycle
number, filters incoming isochronous packets based on tag values, and waits for packets with a specified sync value.
The n value in the following register addresses indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3). See Table 8−35 for a
complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Isochronous receive context match
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous receive context match
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
R
0
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
RW
X
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Isochronous receive context match
410Ch + (32 * n)
Read/Write, Read-only
XXXX XXXXh
Default:
Table 8−35. Isochronous Receive Context Match Register Description
BIT
31
FIELD NAME
tag3
TYPE
RW
RW
RW
RW
R
DESCRIPTION
If bit 31 is set to 1, this context matches on isochronous receive packets with a tag field of 11b.
If bit 30 is set to 1, this context matches on isochronous receive packets with a tag field of 10b.
If bit 29 is set to 1, this context matches on isochronous receive packets with a tag field of 01b.
If bit 28 is set to 1, this context matches on isochronous receive packets with a tag field of 00b.
Reserved. Bit 27 returns 0 when read.
30
tag2
29
tag1
28
tag0
27
RSVD
26−12
cycleMatch
RW
This field contains a 15-bit value corresponding to the two low-order bits of cycleSeconds and the 13-bit
cycleCount field in the cycleStart packet. If cycleMatchEnable (bit 29) in the isochronous receive
context control register (see Section 8.44) is set to 1, then this context is enabled for receives when
the two low-order bits of the isochronous cycle timer register at OHCI offset F0h (see Section 8.34)
cycleSeconds field (bits 31−25) and cycleCount field (bits 24−12) value equal this field (cycleMatch)
value.
11−8
sync
RW
This 4-bit field is compared to the sync field of each isochronous packet for this channel when the
command descriptor w field is set to 11b.
7
6
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bit 7 returns 0 when read.
tag1SyncFilter
RW
If bit 6 and bit 29 (tag1) are set to 1, then packets with tag 01b are accepted into the context if the two
most significant bits of the packet sync field are 00b. Packets with tag values other than 01b are filtered
according to bit 28 (tag0), bit 30 (tag2), and bit 31 (tag3) without any additional restrictions.
If this bit is cleared, then this context matches on isochronous receive packets as specified in
bits 28−31 (tag0−tag3) with no additional restrictions.
5−0
channelNumber
RW
This 6-bit field indicates the isochronous channel number for which this isochronous receive DMA
context accepts packets.
8−44
9 TI Extension Registers
The TI extension base address register provides a method of accessing memory-mapped TI extension registers. See
Section 7.9, TI Extension Base Address Register, for register bit field details. See Table 9−1 for the TI extension
register listing.
Table 9−1. TI Extension Register Map
REGISTER NAME
OFFSET
00h−A7Fh
A80h
Reserved
Isochronous Receive DV Enhancement Set
Isochronous Receive DV Enhancement Clear
Link Enhancement Control Set
A84h
A88h
Link Enhancement Control Clear
A8Ch
A90h
Isochronous Transmit Context 0 Timestamp Offset
Isochronous Transmit Context 1 Timestamp Offset
Isochronous Transmit Context 2 Timestamp Offset
Isochronous Transmit Context 3 Timestamp Offset
Isochronous Transmit Context 4 Timestamp Offset
Isochronous Transmit Context 5 Timestamp Offset
Isochronous Transmit Context 6 Timestamp Offset
Isochronous Transmit Context 7 Timestamp Offset
A94h
A98h
A9Ch
AA0h
AA4h
AA8h
AA8h
9.1 DV and MPEG2 Timestamp Enhancements
The DV timestamp enhancements are enabled by bit 8 (enab_dv_ts) in the link enhancement control register located
at PCI offset F4h and are aliased in TI extension register space at offset A88h (set) and A8Ch (clear).
The DV and MPEG transmit enhancements are enabled separately by bits in the link enhancement control register
located in PCI configuration space at PCI offset F4h. The link enhancement control register is also aliased as a
set/clear register in TI extension space at offset A88h (set) and A8Ch (clear).
Bit 8 (enab_dv_ts) of the link enhancement control register enables DV timestamp support. When enabled, the link
calculates a timestamp based on the cycle timer and the timestamp offset register and substitutes it in the SYT field
of the CIP once per DV frame.
Bit 10 (enab_mpeg_ts) of the link enhancement control register enables MPEG timestamp support. Two MPEG time
stamp modes are supported. The default mode calculates an initial delta that is added to the calculated timestamp
in addition to a user-defined offset. The initial offset is calculated as the difference in the intended transmit cycle count
and the cycle count field of the timestamp in the first TSP of the MPEG2 stream. The use of the initial delta can be
controlled by bit 31 (DisableInitialOffset) in the timestamp offset register (see Section 9.5).
The MPEG2 timestamp enhancements are enabled by bit 10 (enab_mpeg_ts) in the link enhancement control
register located at PCI offset F4h and aliased in TI extension register space at offset A88h (set) and A8Ch (clear).
When bit 10 (enab_mpeg_ts) is set to 1, the hardware applies the timestamp enhancements to isochronous transmit
packets that have the tag field equal to 01b in the isochronous packet header and a FMT field equal to 10h.
9−1
9.2 Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements
The DV frame sync and branch enhancement provides a mechanism in buffer-fill mode to synchronize 1394 DV data
that is received in the correct order to DV frame-sized data buffers described by several INPUT_MORE descriptors
(see 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification, Release 1.1). This is accomplished by waiting for the
start-of-frame packet in a DV stream before transferring the received isochronous stream into the memory buffer
described by the INPUT_MORE descriptors. This can improve the DV capture application performance by reducing
the amount of processing overhead required to strip the CIP header and copy the received packets into frame-sized
buffers.
The start of a DV frame is represented in the 1394 packet as a 16-bit pattern of 1FX7h (first byte 1Fh and second
byte X7h) received as the first two bytes of the third quadlet in a DV isochronous packet.
9.3 Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register
The isochronous receive digital video enhancements register enables the DV enhancements in the PCI7410
controller. The bits in this register may only be modified when both the active (bit 10) and run (bit 15) bits of the
corresponding context control register are 0. See Table 9−2 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Isochronous receive digital video enhancements
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Isochronous receive digital video enhancements
R
0
R
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
R
0
R
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
R
0
R
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
R
0
R
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
Register:
Offset:
Isochronous receive digital video enhancements
A80h
A84h
set register
clear register
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear, Read-only
0000 0000h
Table 9−2. Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register Description
BIT
31−14
13
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31−14 return 0s when read.
DV_Branch3
RSC
When bit 13 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 3 synchronizes reception to the DV frame start
tag in bufferfill mode if input_more.b = 01b, and jumps to the descriptor pointed to by frameBranch if
a DV frame start tag is received out of place. This bit is only interpreted when bit 12 (CIP_Strip3) is
set to 1 and bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at OHCI offset
460h/464h (see Section 8.44) is cleared to 0.
12
CIP_Strip3
RSC
When bit 12 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 3 strips the first two quadlets of payload. This
bit is only interpreted when bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at
OHCI offset 460h/464h (see Section 8.44) is cleared to 0.
11−10
9
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 11 and 10 return 0s when read.
DV_Branch2
RSC
When bit 9 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 2 synchronizes reception to the DV frame start
tag in bufferfill mode if input_more.b = 01b, and jumps to the descriptor pointed to by frameBranch if
a DV frame start tag is received out of place. This bit is only interpreted when bit 8 (CIP_Strip2) is set
to 1 and bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at OHCI offset
440h/444h (see Section 8.44) is cleared to 0.
8
CIP_Strip2
RSC
When bit 8 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 2 strips the first two quadlets of payload. This
bit is only interpreted when bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at
OHCI offset 440h/444h (see Section 8.44) is cleared to 0.
9−2
Table 9−2. Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register Description (Continued)
BIT
7−6
5
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 7 and 6 return 0s when read.
DV_Branch1
RSC
When bit 5 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 1 synchronizes reception to the DV frame start
tag in bufferfill mode if input_more.b = 01b, and jumps to the descriptor pointed to by frameBranch if
a DV frame start tag is received out of place. This bit is only interpreted when bit 4 (CIP_Strip1) is set
to 1 and bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at OHCI offset
420h/424h (see Section 8.44) is cleared to 0.
4
CIP_Strip1
RSC
When bit 4 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 1 strips the first two quadlets of payload. This
bit is only interpreted when bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at
OHCI offset 420h/424h (see Section 8.44) is cleared to 0.
3−2
1
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 3 and 2 return 0s when read.
DV_Branch0
RSC
When bit 1 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 0 synchronizes reception to the DV frame start
tag in bufferfill mode if input_more.b = 01b and jumps to the descriptor pointed to by frameBranch if
a DV frame start tag is received out of place. This bit is only interpreted when bit 0 (CIP_Strip0) is set
to 1 and bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at OHCI offset
400h/404h (see Section 8.44) is cleared to 0.
0
CIP_Strip0
RSC
When bit 0 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 0 strips the first two quadlets of payload. This
bit is only interpreted when bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at
OHCI offset 400h/404h (see Section 8.44) is cleared to 0.
9−3
9.4 Link Enhancement Register
This register is a memory-mapped set/clear register that is an alias of the link enhancement control register at PCI
offset F4h. These bits may be initialized by software. Some of the bits may also be initialized by a serial EEPROM,
if one is present, as noted in the bit descriptions below. If the bits are to be initialized by software, then the bits must
be initialized prior to setting bit 19 (LPS) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see
Section 8.16). See Table 9−3 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Link enhancement
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
R
0
8
R
0
7
R
0
6
R
0
5
R
0
4
R
0
3
R
0
2
R
0
1
R
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
Name
Type
Default
Link enhancement
RSC
0
R
0
RSC
0
RSC
1
R
0
RSC
0
R
0
RSC
0
RSC
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RSC
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Link enhancement
A88h
A8Ch
set register
clear register
Type:
Default:
Read/Set/Clear, Read-only
0000 0000h
Table 9−3. Link Enhancement Register Description
BIT
31−16
15
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31−16 return 0s when read.
R
dis_at_pipeline
RSVD
RSC
R
Disable AT pipelining. When bit 15 is set to 1, out-of-order AT pipelining is disabled.
Reserved.
14
13−12
atx_thresh
RSC
This field sets the initial AT threshold value, which is used until the AT FIFO is underrun. When the
PCI7410 controller retries the packet, it uses a 2K-byte threshold, resulting in a store-and-forward
operation.
00 = Threshold ~ 2K bytes resulting in a store-and-forward operation
01 = Threshold ~ 1.7K bytes (default)
10 = Threshold ~ 1K bytes
11 = Threshold ~ 512 bytes
These bits fine-tune the asynchronous transmit threshold. For most applications the 1.7K-byte
threshold is optimal. Changing this value may increase or decrease the 1394 latency depending on
the average PCI bus latency.
Setting the AT threshold to 1.7K, 1K, or 512 bytes results in data being transmitted at these thresholds
or when an entire packet has been checked into the FIFO. If the packet to be transmitted is larger
than the AT threshold, then the remaining data must be received before the AT FIFO is emptied;
otherwise, an underrun condition occurs, resulting in a packet error at the receiving node. As a result,
the link then commences store-and-forward operation. Wait until it has the complete packet in the
FIFO before retransmitting it on the second attempt, to ensure delivery.
An AT threshold of 2K results in store-and-forward operation, which means that asynchronous data
will not be transmitted until an end-of-packet token is received. Restated, setting the AT threshold
to 2K results in only complete packets being transmitted.
Note that this device always uses store-and-forward when the asynchronous transmit retries register
at OHCI offset 08h (see Section 8.3) is cleared.
11
10
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bit 11 returns 0 when read.
enab_mpeg_ts
RSC
Enable MPEG timestamp enhancements. When bit 10 is set to 1, the enhancement is enabled for
MPEG transmit streams (FMT = 20h).
9
8
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bit 9 returns 0 when read.
enab_dv_ts
RSC
Enable DV CIP timestamp enhancement. When bit 8 is set to 1, the enhancement is enabled for DV
CIP transmit streams (FMT = 00h).
9−4
Table 9−3. Link Enhancement Register Description (Continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
7
enab_unfair
RSC
Enable asynchronous priority requests. OHCI-Lynx compatible. Setting bit 7 to 1 enables the link
to respond to requests with priority arbitration. It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.
6
RSVD
R
This bit is not assigned in the PCI7410 follow-on products, since this bit location loaded by the serial
EEPROM from the enhancements field corresponds to bit 23 (programPhyEnable) in the host
controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 8.16).
5−2
1
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 5−2 return 0s when read.
enab_accel
RSC
Enable acceleration enhancements. OHCI-Lynx compatible. When bit 1 is set to 1, the PHY layer
is notified that the link supports the IEEE Std 1394a-2000 acceleration enhancements, that is,
ack-accelerated, fly-by concatenation, etc. It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.
0
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bit 0 returns 0 when read.
9.5 Timestamp Offset Register
The value of this register is added as an offset to the cycle timer value when using the MPEG, DV, and CIP
enhancements. A timestamp offset register is implemented per isochronous transmit context. The n value following
the offset indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3, …, 7). These registers are programmed by software as
appropriate. See Table 9−4 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Bit
Timestamp offset
RW
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
9
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Timestamp offset
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Timestamp offset
A90h + (4*n)
Read/Write, Read-only
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 9−4. Timestamp Offset Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
DisableInitialOffset
RW
Bit 31 disables the use of the initial timestamp offset when the MPEG2 enhancements are enabled.
A value of 0 indicates the use of the initial offset, a value of 1 indicates that the initial offset must not
be applied to the calculated timestamp. This bit has no meaning for the DV timestamp
enhancements.
30−25
24−12
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 30−25 return 0s when read.
CycleCount
RW
This field adds an offset to the cycle count field in the timestamp when the DV or MPEG2
enhancements are enabled. The cycle count field is incremented modulo 8000; therefore, values in
this field must be limited between 0 and 7999.
11−0
CycleOffset
RW
This field adds an offset to the cycle offset field in the timestamp when the DV or MPEG2
enhancements are enabled. The cycle offset field is incremented modulo 3072; therefore, values in
this field must be limited between 0 and 3071.
9−5
9−6
10 PHY Register Configuration
There are 16 accessible internal registers in the PCI7410 controller. The configuration of the registers at addresses
0h through 7h (the base registers) is fixed, whereas the configuration of the registers at addresses 8h through Fh (the
paged registers) is dependent upon which one of eight pages, numbered 0h through 7h, is currently selected. The
selected page is set in base register 7h.
10.1 Base Registers
Table 10−1 shows the configuration of the base registers, and Table 10−2 shows the corresponding field descriptions.
The base register field definitions are unaffected by the selected page number.
A reserved register or register field (marked as Reserved in the following register configuration tables) is read as 0,
but is subject to future usage. All registers in address pages 2 through 6 are reserved.
Table 10−1. Base Register Configuration
BIT POSITION
ADDRESS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
Physical ID
R
CPS
RHB
IBR
Extended (111b)
Max_Speed (010b)
C
Gap_Count
Reserved
Reserved
Jitter (000b)
Pwr_fail
Total_Ports (0010b)
Delay (0000b)
LCtrl
Pwr_Class
Watchdog
ISBR
Loop
Timeout
Port_event Enab_accel Enab_multi
Port_Select
Reserved
Reserved
Page_Select
10−1
Table 10−2. Base Register Field Descriptions
FIELD
SIZE TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Physical ID
6
1
1
R
R
R
This field contains the physical address ID of this node determined during self-ID. The physical ID is invalid
after a bus reset until self-ID has completed as indicated by an unsolicited register-0 status transfer.
R
Root. This bit indicates that this node is the root node. The R bit is cleared to 0 by bus reset and is set to 1
during tree-ID if this node becomes root.
CPS
Cable-power-status. This bit indicates the state of the CPS input terminal. The CPS terminal is normally tied
to serial bus cable power through a 400-kΩ resistor. A 0 in this bit indicates that the cable power voltage has
dropped below its threshold for ensured reliable operation.
RHB
IBR
1
1
R/W
R/W
Root-holdoff bit. This bit instructs the PHY layer to attempt to become root after the next bus reset. The RHB
bit is cleared to 0 by a system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by a bus reset.
Initiate bus reset. This bit instructs the PHY layer to initiate a long (166 µs) bus reset at the next opportunity.
Any receive or transmit operation in progress when this bit is set completes before the bus reset is initiated.
The IBR bit is cleared to 0 after a system (hardware) reset or a bus reset.
Gap_Count
6
R/W
Arbitration gap count. This value sets the subaction (fair) gap, arb-reset gap, and arb-delay times. The gap
count can be set either by a write to the register, or by reception or transmission of a PHY_CONFIG packet.
The gap count is reset to 3Fh by system (hardware) reset or after two consecutive bus resets without an
intervening write to the gap count register (either by a write to the PHY register or by a PHY_CONFIG
packet).
Extended
3
4
R
R
Extended register definition. For the PCI7410 controller, this field is 111b, indicating that the extended
register set is implemented.
Total_Ports
Number of ports. This field indicates the number of ports implemented in the PHY layer. For the PCI7410
controller this field is 2.
Max_Speed
Delay
3
4
R
R
PHY speed capability. For the PCI7410 PHY layer this field is 010b, indicating S400 speed capability.
PHY repeater data delay. This field indicates the worst case repeater data delay of the PHY layer, expressed
as 144+(delay × 20) ns. For the PCI7410 controller this field is 0.
LCtrl
1
R/W
Link-active status control. This bit controls the active status of the LLC as indicated during self-ID. The
logical AND of this bit and the LPS active status is replicated in the L field (bit 9) of the self-ID packet. The LLC
is considered active only if both the LPS input is active and the LCtrl bit is set.
The LCtrl bit provides a software controllable means to indicate the LLC active/status in lieu of using the LPS
input.
The LCtrl bit is set to 1 by a system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by a bus reset.
NOTE: The state of the PHY-LLC interface is controlled solely by the LPS input, regardless of the state of the
LCtrl bit. If the PHY-LLC interface is operational as determined by the LPS input being active, received
packets and status information continue to be presented on the interface, and any requests indicated on the
LREQ input are processed, even if the LCtrl bit is cleared to 0.
C
1
3
3
R/W
R
Contender status. This bit indicates that this node is a contender for the bus or isochronous resource
manager. This bit is replicated in the c field (bit 20) of the self-ID packet.
Jitter
PHY repeater jitter. This field indicates the worst case difference between the fastest and slowest repeater
data delay, expressed as (Jitter+1) × 20 ns. For the PCI7410 controller, this field is 0.
Pwr_Class
R/W
Node power class. This field indicates this node power consumption and source characteristics and is
replicated in the pwr field (bits 21−23) of the self-ID packet. This field is reset to the state specified by the
PC0−PC2 input terminals upon a system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by a bus reset. See Table 10−9.
Watchdog
1
R/W
Watchdog enable. This bit, if set to 1, enables the port event interrupt (Port_event) bit to be set whenever
resume operations begin on any port. This bit is cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by
bus reset.
10−2
Table 10−2. Base Register Field Descriptions (Continued)
FIELD
ISBR
SIZE TYPE
DESCRIPTION
1
R/W
Initiate short arbitrated bus reset. This bit, if set to 1, instructs the PHY layer to initiate a short (1.3 µs)
arbitrated bus reset at the next opportunity. This bit is cleared to 0 by a bus reset.
NOTE: Legacy IEEE Std 1394-1995 compliant PHY layers can not be capable of performing short bus
resets. Therefore, initiation of a short bus reset in a network that contains such a legacy device results in a
long bus reset being performed.
Loop
1
R/W
Loop detect. This bit is set to 1 when the arbitration controller times out during tree-ID start and may indicate
that the bus is configured in a loop. This bit is cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset or by writing a 1 to this
register bit.
If the Loop and Watchdog bits are both set and the LLC is or becomes inactive, the PHY layer activates the
LLC to service the interrupt.
NOTE: If the network is configured in a loop, only those nodes which are part of the loop generate a
configuration-timeout interrupt. All other nodes instead time out waiting for the tree-ID and/or self-ID process
to complete and then generate a state time-out interrupt and bus-reset.
Pwr_fail
1
R/W
Cable power failure detect. This bit is set to 1 whenever the CPS input transitions from high to low indicating
that cable power may be too low for reliable operation. This bit is cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset or
by writing a 1 to this register bit.
Timeout
1
1
R/W
R/W
State time-out interrupt. This bit indicates that a state time-out has occurred (which also causes a bus reset
to occur). This bit is cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset or by writing a 1 to this register bit.
Port_event
Port event detect. This bit is set to 1 upon a change in the bias (unless disabled) connected, disabled, or fault
bits for any port for which the port interrupt enable (Int_enable) bit is set. Additionally, if the Watchdog bit is
set, the Port_event bit is set to 1 at the start of resume operations on any port. This bit is cleared to 0 by
system (hardware) reset or by writing a 1 to this register bit.
Enab_accel
Enab_multi
1
1
R/W
R/W
Enable accelerated arbitration. This bit enables the PHY layer to perform the various arbitration acceleration
enhancements defined in IEEE Std 1394a-2000 (ACK-accelerated arbitration, asynchronous fly-by
concatenation, and isochronous fly-by concatenation). This bit is cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset
and is unaffected by bus reset.
Enable multispeed concatenated packets. This bit enables the PHY layer to transmit concatenated packets
of differing speeds in accordance with the protocols defined in IEEE Std 1394a-2000. This bit is cleared to 0
by system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by bus reset.
Page_Select
Port_Select
3
4
R/W
R/W
Page_Select. This field selects the register page to use when accessing register addresses 8 through 15.
This field is cleared to 0 by a system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by bus reset.
Port_Select. This field selects the port when accessing per-port status or control (for example, when one of
the port status/control registers is accessed in page 0). Ports are numbered starting at 0. This field is cleared
to 0 by system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by bus reset.
10−3
10.2 Port Status Register
The port status page provides access to configuration and status information for each of the ports. The port is selected
by writing 0 to the Page_Select field and the desired port number to the Port_Select field in base register 7. Table 10−3
shows the configuration of the port status page registers and Table 10−4 shows the corresponding field descriptions.
If the selected port is not implemented, all registers in the port status page are read as 0.
Table 10−3. Page 0 (Port Status) Register Configuration
BIT POSITION
ADDRESS
1000
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AStat
Peer_Speed
BStat
Int_enable
Ch
Con
Bias
Dis
1001
Fault
Reserved
1010
Reserved
1011
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
1100
1101
1110
1111
Table 10−4. Page 0 (Port Status) Register Field Descriptions
FIELD
AStat
SIZE TYPE
DESCRIPTION
2
R
TPA line state. This field indicates the TPA line state of the selected port, encoded as follows:
Code
11
Arb Value
Z
10
01
0
1
00
invalid
BStat
Ch
2
1
R
R
TPB line state. This field indicates the TPB line state of the selected port. This field has the same encoding as
the AStat field.
Child/parent status. A 1 indicates that the selected port is a child port. A 0 indicates that the selected port is
the parent port. A disconnected, disabled, or suspended port is reported as a child port. The Ch bit is invalid
after a bus reset until tree-ID has completed.
Con
1
R
Debounced port connection status. This bit indicates that the selected port is connected. The connection
must be stable for the debounce time of approximately 341 ms for the Con bit to be set to 1. The Con bit is
cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by bus reset.
NOTE: The Con bit indicates that the port is physically connected to a peer PHY device, but the port is not
necessarily active.
Bias
Dis
1
1
R
Debounced incoming cable bias status. A 1 indicates that the selected port is detecting incoming cable bias.
The incoming cable bias must be stable for the debounce time of 52 µs for the Bias bit to be set to 1.
RW
Port disabled control. If the Dis bit is set to 1, the selected port is disabled. The Dis bit is cleared to 0 by
system (hardware) reset (all ports are enabled for normal operation following system (hardware) reset). The
Dis bit is not affected by bus reset.
Peer_Speed
3
R
Port peer speed. This field indicates the highest speed capability of the peer PHY device connected to the
selected port, encoded as follows:
Code
000
Peer Speed
S100
001
S200
010
S400
011−111
invalid
The Peer_Speed field is invalid after a bus reset until self-ID has completed.
NOTE: Peer speed codes higher than 010b (S400) are defined in IEEE Std 1394a-2000. However, the
PCI7410 controller is only capable of detecting peer speeds up to S400.
10−4
Table 10−4. Page 0 (Port Status) Register Field Descriptions (Continued)
FIELD
SIZE TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Int_enable
1
RW
Port event interrupt enable. When the Int_enable bit is set to 1, a port event on the selected port sets the port
event interrupt (Port_event) bit and notifies the link. This bit is cleared to 0 by a system (hardware) reset and
is unaffected by bus reset.
Fault
1
RW
Fault. This bit indicates that a resume-fault or suspend-fault has occurred on the selected port, and that the
port is in the suspended state. A resume-fault occurs when a resuming port fails to detect incoming cable
bias from its attached peer. A suspend-fault occurs when a suspending port continues to detect incoming
cable bias from its attached peer. Writing 1 to this bit clears the fault bit to 0. This bit is cleared to 0 by system
(hardware) reset and is unaffected by bus reset.
10.3 Vendor Identification Register
The vendor identification page identifies the vendor/manufacturer and compliance level. The page is selected by
writing 1 to the Page_Select field in base register 7. Table 10−5 shows the configuration of the vendor identification
page, and Table 10−6 shows the corresponding field descriptions.
Table 10−5. Page 1 (Vendor ID) Register Configuration
BIT POSITION
ADDRESS
1000
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Compliance
Reserved
1001
1010
Vendor_ID[0]
Vendor_ID[1]
Vendor_ID[2]
Product_ID[0]
Product_ID[1]
Product_ID[2]
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
Table 10−6. Page 1 (Vendor ID) Register Field Descriptions
FIELD
SIZE TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Compliance
Vendor_ID
8
R
R
Compliance level. For the PCI7410 controller this field is 01h, indicating compliance with IEEE Std 1394a-2000.
24
Manufacturer’s organizationally unique identifier (OUI). For the PCI7410 controller this field is 08 0028h (Texas
Instruments) (the MSB is at register address 1010b).
Product_ID
24
R
Product identifier. For the PCI7410 controller this field is 42 4499h (the MSB is at register address 1101b).
10−5
10.4 Vendor-Dependent Register
The vendor-dependent page provides access to the special control features of the PCI7410 controller, as well as to
configuration and status information used in manufacturing test and debug. This page is selected by writing 7 to the
Page_Select field in base register 7. Table 10−7 shows the configuration of the vendor-dependent page, and
Table 10−8 shows the corresponding field descriptions.
Table 10−7. Page 7 (Vendor-Dependent) Register Configuration
BIT POSITION
ADDRESS
1000
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NPA
Reserved
Link_Speed
1001
Reserved for test
Reserved for test
Reserved for test
Reserved for test
Reserved for test
Reserved for test
Reserved for test
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
Table 10−8. Page 7 (Vendor-Dependent) Register Field Descriptions
FIELD
SIZE TYPE
DESCRIPTION
NPA
1
RW
Null-packet actions flag. This bit instructs the PHY layer to not clear fair and priority requests when a null
packet is received with arbitration acceleration enabled. If this bit is set to 1, fair and priority requests are
cleared only when a packet of more than 8 bits is received; ACK packets (exactly 8 data bits), null packets
(no data bits), and malformed packets (less than 8 data bits) do not clear fair and priority requests. If this bit is
cleared to 0, fair and priority requests are cleared when any non-ACK packet is received, including null
packets or malformed packets of less than 8 bits. This bit is cleared to 0 by system (hardware) reset and is
unaffected by bus reset.
Link_Speed
2
RW
Link speed. This field indicates the top speed capability of the attached LLC. Encoding is as follows:
Code
00
01
10
11
Speed
S100
S200
S400
illegal
This field is replicated in the sp field of the self-ID packet to indicate the speed capability of the node (PHY
and LLC in combination). However, this field does not affect the PHY speed capability indicated to peer
PHYs during self-ID; the PCI7410 PHY layer identifies itself as S400 capable to its peers regardless of the
value in this field. This field is set to 10b (S400) by system (hardware) reset and is unaffected by bus reset.
10−6
10.5 Power-Class Programming
The PC0–PC2 terminals are programmed to set the default value of the power-class indicated in the pwr field
(bits 21–23) of the transmitted self-ID packet. Table 10−9 shows the descriptions of the various power classes. The
default power-class value is loaded following a system (hardware) reset, but is overridden by any value subsequently
loaded into the Pwr_Class field in register 4.
Table 10−9. Power Class Descriptions
PC0–PC2
000
DESCRIPTION
Node does not need power and does not repeat power.
001
Node is self-powered and provides a minimum of 15 W to the bus.
010
Node is self-powered and provides a minimum of 30 W to the bus.
011
Node is self-powered and provides a minimum of 45 W to the bus.
100
Node may be powered from the bus and is using up to 3 W. No additional power is needed to enable the link.
Reserved
101
110
Node is powered from the bus and uses up to 3 W. An additional 3 W is needed to enable the link.
Node is powered from the bus and uses up to 3 W. An additional 7 W is needed to enable the link.
111
10−7
10−8
11 PCI Firmware Loading Function Programming Model (Function 3)
The PCI7410 controller is a multifunction PCI device. Function 3 is provided so that the firmware can be loaded into
internal program memory. The configuration header is compliant with the PCI Local Bus Specification as a standard
header. Table 11−1 illustrates the PCI configuration header for function 3.
Table 11−1. Function 3 Configuration Register Map
REGISTER NAME
OFFSET
00h
Device ID
Status
Vendor ID
Command
04h
Class code
Header type
Base address register
Revision ID
08h
BIST
Latency timer
Cache line size
0Ch
10h
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
14h−28h
2Ch
Subsystem ID
Subsystem vendor ID
30h
Reserved
Capabilities pointer
34h
38h
Maximum latency
Minimum grant
Interrupt pin
Interrupt line
Capability ID
3Ch
40h
Power management capabilities
Next item pointer
44h
PM data (Reserved)
PMCSR_BSE
Power management CSR
48h
Reserved
Reserved
4Ch
Reserved
Miscellaneous control
50h
54h−F4h
F8h
Subsystem access
Reserved
FCh
11.1 Vendor ID Register
This 16-bit read-only register contains the value 104Ch, which is the vendor ID assigned to Texas Instruments.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Vendor ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
1
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Vendor ID
00h
Read-only
104Ch
Default:
11−1
11.2 Device ID Register
This 16-bit read-only register contains the value 8204h assigned by TI to the PCI7410 firmware loading function.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Device ID
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Device ID
02h
Read-only
8204h
Default:
11.3 Command Register
This register provides control over the PCI7410 interface to the PCI bus. All bit functions adhere to the definitions in
the PCI Local Bus Specification. See Table 11−2 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Command
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Command
04h
Read-only, Read/Write
0000h
Default:
Table 11−2. Command Register Description
FUNCTION
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
15−11
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 15−11 return 0s when read.
INTx disable. When set, this bit disables the function from asserting interrupts on the INTx signals.
Since the firmware loader function does not signal interrupts, this bit has no effect on the function.
0 = INTx assertion is enabled (default)
10
INT_DISABLE
RW
1 = INTx assertion is disabled
This bit is disabled (read-only 0) if bit 0 (PCI2_3_EN) in the miscellaneous control register (see
Section 11.24) is 0.
Fast back-to-back enable. The PCI7410 controller does not generate fast back-to-back transactions;
thus, this bit returns 0 when read.
9
FBB_EN
R
SERR enable. When set, the PCI7410 SERR driver is enabled. SERR can be asserted after
detecting an address parity error on the PCI bus.
8
7
6
SERR_EN
RSVD
RW
R
Reserved. Bit 7 returns 0 when read.
Parity error enable. When set, the PCI7410 controller is enabled to drive the PERR response to
parity errors through the PERR signal.
PERR_EN
RW
VGA palette snoop enable. The PCI7410 controller does not feature VGA palette snooping; thus, this
bit returns 0 when read.
5
4
VGA_EN
MWI_EN
R
Memory write-and-invalidate (MWI) enable. This bit is hardwired to 0 since the firmware loader is a
slave-only function.
RW
Special cycle enable. The PCI7410 controller does not respond to special cycle transactions. This bit
returns 0 when read.
3
2
1
SPECIAL
R
MASTER_ENB
MEMORY_ENB
RW
RW
Bus master enable. This bit is hardwired to 0 since the firmware loader is a slave-only function.
Memory response enable. This bit is hardwired to 0 since the firmware loader does not respond to
memory cycles.
I/O space enable. Setting this bit to 1 enables the PCI7410 controller to respond to I/O space
accesses.
0
IO_EN
RW
11−2
11.4 Status Register
This register provides device information to the host system. Bits in this register may be read normally. A bit in the
status register is reset when a 1 is written to that bit location; a 0 written to a bit location has no effect. All bit functions
adhere to the definitions in the PCI Local Bus Specification. See Table 11−3 for a complete description of the register
contents.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Status
RCU RCU RCU RCU RCU
R
0
R
1
RCU
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Status
06h
Read-only, Read/Clear/Update
0210h
Default:
Table 11−3. Status Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
Detected parity error. This bit is set when a parity error is detected, either an address- or data-parity
error.
15
PAR_ERR
RCU
Signaled system error. This bit is set when SERR is enabled and the PCI7410 controller has
signaled a system error to the host.
14
13
SYS_ERR
MABORT
RCU
RCU
RCU
RCU
R
Received master abort. This bit is set when a cycle initiated by the PCI7410 controller on the PCI
bus has been terminated by a master abort.
Received target abort. This bit is set when a cycle initiated by the PCI7410 controller on the PCI bus
has been terminated by a target abort.
12
TABORT_REC
TABORT_SIG
PCI_SPEED
Signaled target abort. This bit is set by the PCI7410 controller when it terminates a transaction on
the PCI bus with a target abort.
11
DEVSEL timing. These bits encode the timing of DEVSEL and are hardwired 01b, indicating that the
PCI7410 controller asserts this signal at a medium speed on nonconfiguration cycle accesses.
10−9
Data parity error detected. This bit is set when the following conditions have been met:
a. PERR was asserted by any PCI device, including the PCI7410 controller.
b. The PCI7410 controller was the bus master during the data parity error.
c. The parity error response bit is set in the command register.
8
DATAPAR
RCU
Fast back-to-back capable. The PCI7410 controller cannot accept fast back-to-back transactions;
thus, this bit is hardwired to 0.
7
6
5
4
FBB_CAP
UDF
R
R
R
R
UDF supported. The PCI7410 controller does not support the user definable features; thus, this bit is
hardwired to 0.
66-MHz capable. The PCI7410 controller operates at a maximum PCLK frequency of 33 MHz;
therefore, this bit is hardwired to 0.
66MHZ
CAPLIST
Capabilities list. This bit returns 1 when read, indicating that the firmware loading function of the
PCI7410 controller supports additional PCI capabilities.
Interrupt status. This bit reflects the interrupt status of the function. Since the firmware loader
function does not signal interrupts, this bit is hardwired to 0. This bit is disabled (read-only 0) if bit 0
(PCI2_3_EN) in the miscellaneous control register (see Section 11.24) is 0.
3
INT_STATUS
RSVD
R
R
2−0
Reserved. Bits 2−0 return 0s when read.
11−3
11.5 Class Code and Revision ID Register
This read-only register categorizes the base class, subclass, and programming interface of the function. The base
class is 08h, identifying the function as a generic system peripheral. The subclass is 80h, identifying the function as
an other system peripheral. The programming interface is 00h. Furthermore, the TI chip revision (00h) is indicated
in the lower byte. See Table 11−4 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Class code and revision ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Class code and revision ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Class code and revision ID
08h
Read-only
0880 0000h
Default:
Table 11−4. Class Code and Revision ID Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Base class. This field returns 08h when read, which broadly classifies the function as a generic
system peripheral.
31−24
BASECLASS
R
Subclass. This field returns 80h when read, which specifically classifies the function as other system
peripheral.
23−16
SUBCLASS
R
15−8
7−0
PGMIF
R
R
Programming interface. This field returns 00h when read.
CHIPREV
Silicon revision. This field returns the silicon revision of PCI7410 controller.
11.6 Cache Line Size Register
This read/write register is programmed by host software to indicate the system cache line size.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Cache line size
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Cache line size
0Ch
Read-only
00h
Default:
11.7 Latency Timer Register
This read/write register specifies the latency timer for PCI7410 controller, in units of PCI clock cycles.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Latency timer
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Latency timer
0Dh
Read-only
00h
Default:
11−4
11.8 Header Type Register
This read-only register indicates that this function has a standard PCI header type.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Header type
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Header type
0Eh
Read-only
80h
Default:
11.9 BIST Register
Because the PCI7410 controller does not support a built-in self test (BIST), this read-only register returns the value
of 00h when read.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
BIST
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
BIST
0Fh
Read-only
00h
Default:
11.10 Base Address Register
This register specifies the base address of a 4-byte I/O space used for loading the PCI7410 firmware. See Table 11−5
for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Base address
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Base address
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
R
0
R
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Base address
10h
Read-only, Read/Write
0000 0001h
Default:
Table 11−5. Base Address Register Description
BIT
31−2
1
SIGNAL
BAR
TYPE
RW
R
FUNCTION
Base address. This field specifies the upper 30 bits of the 32-bit starting base address.
Reserved. Bit 1 returns 0 when read.
RSVD
0
IO_INDICATOR
R
I/O space indicator. This bit is hardwired to 1 to indicate that the base address maps into I/O space.
11−5
11.11 Subsystem Vendor ID Register
This register, used for system and option card identification purposes, may be required for certain operating systems.
This read-only register is initialized through the EEPROM and can be written through an alias register at PCI offset
F8h.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Subsystem vendor ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Subsystem vendor ID
2Ch
Read-only
0000h
Default:
11.12 Subsystem ID Register
This register, used for system and option card identification purposes, may be required for certain operating systems.
This read-only register is initialized through the EEPROM and can be written through an alias register at PCI offset
F8h.
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Subsystem ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Subsystem ID
2Eh
Read-only
0000h
Default:
11.13 Capabilities Pointer Register
This read-only register provides a pointer into the PCI configuration header where the PCI power management
block resides. Because the PCI power management registers begin at 44h, this register is hardwired to 44h.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Capabilities pointer
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Capabilities pointer
34h
Read-only
44h
Default:
11−6
11.14 Interrupt Line Register
Since the firmware loader function does not signal interrupts, this register is implemented as read-only returning 00h.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Interrupt line
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Interrupt line
3Ch
Read-only
00h
Default:
11.15 Interrupt Pin Register
Since the firmware loader function does not signal interrupts, this register is implemented as read-only returning 00h.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Interrupt pin
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Interrupt pin
3Dh
Read-only
00h
Default:
11.16 Minimum Grant Register
Since the firmware loader function is a slave-only function, this register is implemented as read-only returning 00h.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Minimum grant
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Minimum grant
3Eh
Read-only
00h
Default:
11.17 Maximum Latency Register
Since the firmware loader function is a slave-only function, this register is implemented as read-only returning 00h.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Maximum latency
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Maximum latency
3Fh
Read-only
00h
Default:
11−7
11.18 Capability ID Register
This read-only register identifies the linked list item as the register for PCI power management. The register returns
01h when read.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Capability ID
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
1
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Capability ID
44h
Read-only
01h
Default:
11.19 Next-Item Pointer Register
The contents of this read-only register indicate the next item in the linked list of capabilities for the PCI7410 controller.
Because PCI power management is the only entry in the capabilities list for the firmware loading function of the
PCI7410 controller, this register returns 00h when read.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Next-item pointer
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
R
R
0
R
0
R
0
0
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Next-item pointer
45h
Read-only
00h
Default:
11−8
11.20 Power-Management Capabilities Register
This register indicates the capabilities of the firmware loading function of the PCI7410 controller related to PCI power
management. See Table 11−6 for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Power-management capabilities
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Power-management capabilities
46h
Read-only
00h
Default:
Table 11−6. Power-Management Capabilities Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
FUNCTION
PME support. This 5-bit field indicates the power states from which the PCI7410 controller can assert
PME. These five bits return a value of 00000b by default, indicating that the firmware loading function
does not assert PME.
15−11 PME_SUPPORT
R
This bit returns a 0 when read, indicating that the function does not support the D2 device power
state.
10
9
D2_SUPPORT
D1_SUPPORT
AUX_CURRENT
R
R
R
This bit returns a 0 when read, indicating that the function does not support the D1 device power
state.
3.3-Vaux auxiliary power requirements. Because this function does not support PME generation from
8−6
D3
cold,
this field returns 000b when read.
Device specific initialization. This bit returns 0 when read, indicating that the PCI7410 controller does
not require special initialization beyond the standard PCI configuration header before a generic class
driver is able to use it.
5
DSI
R
4
3
RSVD
R
R
R
Reserved. Bit 4 returns 0 when read.
PME clock. This bit returns 0 when read, because the firmware loading function of the PCI7410
controller does not support PME generation.
PME_CLK
2−0
PM_VERSION
Power management version. This field returns 010b, indicating revision 1.1 compatibility.
11−9
11.21 Power-Management Control/Status Register
This register determines and changes the current power state of the firmware loading function of the PCI7410
controller. The contents of this register are not affected by the internally generated reset caused by the transition from
the D3
to D0 state. See Table 11−7 for a complete description of the register contents.
hot
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Power-management control/status
RC
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
RW
0
RW
0
Default
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Power-management control/status
48h
Read-only, Read/Clear, Read/Write
0000h
Default:
Table 11−7. Power-Management Control/Status Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
PME status. This bit defaults to 0 because the firmware loading function does not support PME
generation from any state.
15
PME_STAT
RC
Data scale. This 2-bit field returns 0s when read because the firmware loading function does not use
the data register.
14−13
12−9
DATA_SCALE
DATA_SEL
R
R
Data select. This 4-bit field returns 0s when read because the firmware loading function does not use
the data register.
PME enable. This bit defaults to 0 because the firmware loading function does not support PME
generation from any state.
8
PME_EN
RSVD
R
R
7−2
Reserved. Bits 7−2 return 0s when read.
Power state. This 2-bit field is used both to determine the current power state of the function and to
set the function into a new power state. This field is encoded as follows:
00 = D0
01 = D1
10 = D2
1−0
PWR_STATE
RW
11 = D3
hot
11.22 Power-Management Bridge Support Extension Register
This read-only register is not applicable to the firmware loading function of the PCI7410 controller and returns 00h
when read.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Power-management bridge support extension
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Power-management bridge support extension
4Ah
Read-only
00h
Default:
11−10
11.23 Power-Management Data Register
The read-only register is not applicable to the firmware loading function of the PCI7410 controller and returns 00h
when read.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Power-management data
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Power-management data
4Bh
Read-only
00h
Default:
11.24 Miscellaneous Control Register
This register contains the miscellaneous control bits for the firmware loader function. See Table 11−8 for a complete
description of the register contents.
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Miscellaneous control
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Miscellaneous control
50h
Read-only, Read/Write
00h
Default:
Table 11−8. Miscellaneous Control Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
7−1
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 7−1 return 0s when read.
PCI 2.3 enable. When this bit is set, the firmware loader function conforms to the PCI Local Bus
Specification (Revision 2.3). When in the PCI 2.3 mode, bit 10 (INT_DISABLE) in the command
register (see Section 11.3) and bit 3 (INT_STATUS) in the status register (see Section 11.4) are
functional. When this bit is cleared, the function conforms to the PCI Local Bus Specification
(Revision 2.2) and all PCI 2.3 bits are disabled.
0
PCI2_3_EN
RW
0 = PCI 2.2 mode (default)
1 = PCI 2.3 mode
11−11
11.25 Subsystem Access Register
This register is a read/write register and the contents of this register are aliased to the subsystem vendor ID register
at PCI offset 2Ch (see Section 11.11) and subsystem ID register at PCI offset 2Eh (see Section 11.12). See Table 11−9
for a complete description of the register contents.
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Name
Type
Default
Subsystem access
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Type
Default
Subsystem access
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
R
0
Register:
Offset:
Type:
Subsystem access
F8h
Read/Write
0000 0000h
Default:
Table 11−9. Subsystem Access Register Description
BIT
SIGNAL
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Subsystem ID. The value written to this field is aliased to the subsystem ID register at PCI offset
2Eh.
31−16
SubsystemID
RW
RW
Subsystem vendor ID. The value written to this field is aliased to the subsystem vendor ID
register at PCI offset 2Ch.
15−0
SubsystemVendorID
11−12
12 Electrical Characteristics
†
12.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings Over Operating Temperature Ranges
Supply voltage range, VR_PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.2 V to 2.2 V
ANALOGV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.3 V to 4 V
CC
V
PLLV
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.3 V to 4 V
CC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.3 V to 4 V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to 5.5 V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to 5.5 V
CC
V
V
CCCB
CCP
Clamping voltage range, V
and V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to 6 V
CCP
CCCB
Input voltage range, V : PCI, CardBus, PHY, miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to V
Output voltage range, V : PCI, CardBus, PHY, miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to V
+ 0.5 V
+ 0.5 V
I
CC
CC
O
IK
OK
Input clamp current, I (V < 0 or V > V ) (see Note 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 mA
I
I
CC
Output clamp current, I
(V < 0 or V > V ) (see Note 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 mA
O O CC
Operating free-air temperature, T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to 70°C
A
Storage temperature range, T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −65°C to 150°C
stg
Virtual junction temperature, T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150°C
J
†
Stresses beyond those listed under absolute maximum ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only and
functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under recommended operating conditions is not implied.
Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
NOTES: 1. Applies for external input and bidirectional buffers. V > V
does not apply to fail-safe terminals. PCI terminals and miscellaneous
I
CC
terminals are measured with respect to V
limit specified applies for a dc condition.
instead of V . PC Card terminals are measured with respect to CardBus V . The
CC CC
CCP
2. Applies for external output and bidirectional buffers. V > V
does not apply to fail-safe terminals. PCI terminals and miscellaneous
O
CC
terminals are measured with respect to V
limit specified applies for a dc condition.
instead of V . PC Card terminals are measured with respect to CardBus V . The
CC CC
CCP
12.2 Recommended Operating Conditions (see Note 3)
OPERATION
MIN
1.6
NOM
1.8
MAX
UNIT
VR_PORT
ANALOGV
1.8 V
3.3 V
3.3 V
2
V
V
V
V
(see Table 2−5 for description)
3
3
3.3
3.6
3.6
CC
V
CC
3.3
PLLV
3.3 V
3.3 V
5 V
3
3
3.3
3.3
5
3.6
3.6
CC
V
V
V
PCI and miscellaneous I/O clamp voltage
PC Card I/O clamp voltage
CCP
4.75
3
5.25
3.6
3.3 V
5 V
3.3
5
V
CCCB
4.75
5.25
NOTE 3: Unused terminals (input or I/O) must be held high or low to prevent them from floating.
12−1
Recommended Operating Conditions (continued)
OPERATION
MIN
0.5 V
NOM
MAX
UNIT
3.3 V
5 V
V
CCP
CCP
PCI
2
V
CCP
V
3.3 V CardBus 0.475 V
3.3 V 16-bit
V
V
V
CC(A/B)
2
CC(A/B)
CC(A/B)
CC(A/B)
High-level input
voltage
†
V
V
V
V
PC Card
V
IH
5 V 16-bit
2.4
PC(0−2)
0.7 V
V
CC
2
CC
CC
‡
Miscellaneous
V
3.3 V
5 V
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.3 V
CCP
PCI
0.8
V
3.3 V CardBus
3.3 V 16-bit
5 V 16-bit
0.325 V
CC(A/B)
0.8
†
V
IL
V
V
V
V
Low-level input voltage
PC Card
0.8
PC(0−2)
0.2 V
CC
0.8
‡
‡
‡
Miscellaneous
PCI
0
0
0
V
CCP
PC Card
Miscellaneous
V
CCCB
V
V
Input voltage
V
V
I
V
CC
PCI
0
0
0
V
CC
V
CC
V
CC
4
§
PC Card
Miscellaneous
Output voltage
O
PCI and PC Card
1
0
Input transition time
(t and t )
t
I
ns
t
‡
Miscellaneous
6
r
f
Output current
TPBIAS outputs
−5.6
1.3
mA
O
Cable inputs during data reception
Cable inputs during arbitration
118
168
260
265
Differential input
voltage
V
ID
mV
TPB cable inputs, source power node
TPB cable inputs, nonsource power node
0.4706
0.4706
2.515
Common-mode input
voltage
V
IC
V
¶
2.015
t
Powerup reset time
GRST input
2
ms
PU
S100 operation
1.08
0.5
S200 operation
S400 operation
Receive input jitter
TPA, TPB cable inputs
ns
ns
0.315
S100 operation
S200 operation
S400 operation
0.8
0.55
0.5
Between TPA and TPB
cable inputs
Receive input skew
T
Operating ambient temperature range
Virtual junction temperature
0
0
25
25
70
°C
°C
A
T
J#
115
†
‡
Applies to external inputs and bidirectional buffers without hysteresis
Miscellaneous terminals are 1, 2, 12, 17, 111, 112, 125, 167, 181, and 187 for the PDV packaged device and B10, C09, D01, E03, F12, G03,
H02, L17, P17, and P18 for the GHK packaged device (CNA, SCL, SDA, SUSPEND, GRST, CDx, PHY_TEST_MA, and VSx terminals).
Applies to external output buffers
§
¶
#
For a node that does not source power, see Section 4.2.2.2 in IEEE Std 1394a−2000.
These junction temperatures reflect simulation conditions. The customer is responsible for verifying junction temperature.
12−2
12.3 Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions (unless
otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TERMINALS
PCI
OPERATION
3.3 V
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
MAX
UNIT
I
= −0.5 mA
= −2 mA
0.9 V
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
CC
2.4
V
I
I
I
I
5 V
3.3 V CardBus
3.3 V 16-bit
5 V 16-bit
= −0.15 mA
= −0.15 mA
= −0.15 mA
0.9 V
CC
2.4
V
OH
High-level output voltage
PC Card
2.8
V
V
§
Miscellaneous
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
= −4 mA
= 1.5 mA
= 6 mA
V
CC
−0.6
OH
OL
OL
OL
OL
OL
OL
0.1 V
3.3 V
5 V
CC
PCI
0.55
= 0.7 mA
= 0.7 mA
= 0.7 mA
= 4 mA
0.1 V
CC
3.3 V CardBus
3.3 V 16-bit
5 V 16-bit
Low-level output voltage
V
I
OL
0.4
PC Card
0.55
0.5
§
Miscellaneous
Output terminals
Output terminals
3.6 V
3.6 V
5.25 V
3.6 V
V
= V
or GND
20
−1
−1
10
µA
µA
3-state output high-impedance
OZ
O CC
V = V
I CC
High-impedance, low-level
output current
I
I
I
OZL
OZH
IL
V = V
I
CC
CC
CC
†
†
V = V
I
High-impedance, high-level
output current
Output terminals
µA
µA
5.25 V
3.6 V
3.6 V
3.6 V
3.6 V
3.6 V
25
20
V = V
I
Input terminals
I/O terminals
PCI
V = GND
I
Low-level input current
High-level input current
V = GND
I
20
20
‡
20
V = V
I
CC
CC
CC
‡
‡
Others
V = V
I
10
V = V
I
I
IH
µA
Input terminals
I/O terminals
‡
‡
‡
5.25 V
3.6 V
20
10
25
V = V
I
CC
CC
CC
V = V
I
5.25 V
V = V
I
†
‡
§
For PCI and miscellaneous terminals, V = V
. For PC Card terminals, V = V .
CC(A/B)
I
CCP
I
For I/O terminals, input leakage (I and I ) includes I
leakage of the disabled output.
IL IH OZ
Miscellaneous terminals are 1, 2, 12, 17, 111, 112, 125, 167, 181, and 187 for the PDV packaged device and B10, C09, D01, E03, F12, G03,
H02, L17, P17, and P18 for the GHK packaged device (CNA, SCL, SDA, SUSPEND, GRST, CDx, PHY_TEST_MA, and VSx terminals).
12.4 Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Ranges of Operating Conditions
(unless otherwise noted)
12.4.1 Device
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITION
MIN
MAX
UNIT
V
†
†
V
V
Power status threshold, CPS input
TPBIAS output voltage
400-kΩ resistor
4.7
7.5
TH
At rated I current
1.665 2.015
5
V
O
O
I
I
Input current (PC0−PC2 inputs)
V
CC
= 3.6 V
µA
†
Measured at cable power side of resistor.
12−3
12.4.2 Driver
PARAMETER
Differential output voltage
TEST CONDITION
MIN
MAX
UNIT
mV
mA
mA
mA
mV
V
56 Ω,
See Figure 12−1
172
265
OD
†
†
1.05
I
I
I
Driver difference current, TPA+, TPA−, TPB+, TPB−
Common-mode speed signaling current, TPB+, TPB−
Common-mode speed signaling current, TPB+, TPB−
Off state differential voltage
Drivers enabled, speed signaling off
S200 speed signaling enabled
S400 speed signaling enabled
−1.05
DIFF
‡
‡
−2.53
−4.84
SP200
SP400
‡
‡
−12.4
−8.10
V
OFF
Drivers disabled,
See Figure 12−1
20
†
‡
Limits defined as algebraic sum of TPA+ and TPA− driver currents. Limits also apply to TPB+ and TPB− algebraic sum of driver currents.
Limits defined as absolute limit of each of TPB+ and TPB− driver currents.
TPAx+
TPBx+
56 Ω
TPAx−
TPBx−
Figure 12−1. Test Load Diagram
12.4.3 Receiver
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITION
Drivers disabled
MIN TYP
MAX
UNIT
kΩ
pF
4
7
Z
Z
Differential impedance
ID
4
20
kΩ
pF
Common-mode impedance
Drivers disabled
IC
24
30
V
V
V
V
V
V
Receiver input threshold voltage
Drivers disabled
Drivers disabled
Drivers disabled
Drivers disabled
−30
0.6
mV
V
TH−R
Cable bias detect threshold, TPBx cable inputs
Positive arbitration comparator threshold voltage
Negative arbitration comparator threshold voltage
Speed signal threshold
1.0
TH−CB
+
−
89
168
−89
131
396
mV
mV
mV
mV
TH
TH
−168
49
TPBIAS−TPA common mode
voltage, drivers disabled
TH−SP200
TH−SP400
Speed signal threshold
314
12.5 PCI Clock/Reset Timing Requirements Over Recommended Ranges of Supply
Voltage and Operating Free-Air Temperature
ALTERNATE
SYMBOL
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
MAX
UNIT
t
t
t
Cycle time, PCLK
t
30
11
11
1
ns
ns
c
cyc
Pulse duration (width), PCLK high
Pulse duration (width), PCLK low
Slew rate, PCLK
t
high
w(H)
w(L)
t
ns
low
∆v/∆t
t , t
r
4
V/ns
ms
ms
f
t
w
Pulse duration (width), GRST
Setup time, PCLK active at end of PRST
t
1
rst
t
su
t
100
rst-clk
12−4
12.6 Switching Characteristics for PHY Port Interface
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
0.15
0.10
1.2
UNIT
ns
Jitter, transmit
Skew, transmit
Between TPA and TPB
Between TPA and TPB
ns
t
t
TP differential rise time, transmit
TP differential fall time, transmit
10% to 90%, at 1394 connector
90% to 10%, at 1394 connector
0.5
0.5
ns
r
1.2
ns
f
12.7 Operating, Timing, and Switching Characteristics of XI
PARAMETER
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
V
DD
V
IH
V
IL
3.0
3.3
3.6 V (PLLV
)
CC
High-level input voltage
Low-level input voltage
Input clock frequency
Input clock frequency tolerance
Input slew rate
0.63V
CC
V
0.33V
V
CC
24.576
MHz
PPM
V/ns
<100
4
0.2
Input clock duty cycle
40%
60%
12.8 PCI Timing Requirements Over Recommended Ranges of Supply Voltage and
Operating Free-Air Temperature
This data manual uses the following conventions to describe time ( t ) intervals. The format is t , where subscript A
A
indicates the type of dynamic parameter being represented. One of the following is used: t = propagation delay time,
pd
t (t , t ) = delay time, t = setup time, and t = hold time.
d
en dis
su
h
ALTERNATE
SYMBOL
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
MAX
UNIT
PCLK-to-shared signal
valid delay time
t
11
val
inv
C
= 50 pF,
L
t
Propagation delay time, See Note 4
ns
pd
See Note 4
PCLK-to-shared signal
invalid delay time
t
2
2
t
t
t
t
Enable time, high impedance-to-active delay time from PCLK
Disable time, active-to-high impedance delay time from PCLK
Setup time before PCLK valid
t
ns
ns
ns
ns
en
dis
su
h
on
t
28
off
t
7
0
su
Hold time after PCLK high
t
h
NOTE 4: PCI shared signals are AD31−AD0, C/BE3−C/BE0, FRAME, TRDY, IRDY, STOP, IDSEL, DEVSEL, and PAR.
12−5
12−6
13 Mechanical Information
The PCI7410 controller is packaged in either a 209-ball GHK BGA or a 208-pin PDV package. The following shows
the mechanical dimensions for the GHK and PDV packages.
GHK (S-PBGA-N209)
PLASTIC BALL GRID ARRAY
16,10
15,90
SQ
14,40 TYP
0,80
W
V
U
T
R
P
N
M
L
K
J
H
G
F
0,80
E
D
C
B
A
1
3
5
7
9
11 13 15 17 19
10 12 14 16 18
2
4
6
8
0,95
0,85
1,40 MAX
Seating Plane
0,10
0,55
0,45
0,12
0,08
M
0,08
0,45
0,35
4145273−2/B 12/98
NOTES: B. All linear dimensions are in millimeters.
C. This drawing is subject to change without notice.
D. MicroStar BGA configuration.
MicroStar BGA is a trademark of Texas Instruments.
13−1
PDV (S-PQFP-G208)
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK
156
105
157
104
0,27
M
0,08
0,17
0,50
0,13 NOM
208
53
1
52
Gage Plane
25,50 TYP
0,25
28,05
SQ
0,05 MIN
0°−ā7°
27,95
30,10
SQ
29,90
0,75
0,45
1,45
1,35
Seating Plane
0,08
1,60 MAX
4087729/B 06/96
NOTES: A. All linear dimensions are in millimeters.
B. This drawing is subject to change without notice.
C. Falls within JEDEC MO-136
13−2
相关型号：
PCI7411
DUAL SINGLE SOCKET CARDBUS AND ILTRAMEDIA CONTROLLER WITH INTEGRATED 1304-A - CONTROLLER WITH DEDICATED FLASH MEDIA SOCKET
TI
PCI7411GHK
Integrated single-socket UltraMedia PC Card controller, IEEE 1394 open HCI host controller and PHY, 288-BGA MICROSTAR 0 to 70
TI
PCI7420GHK
Integrated 2-Slot PC Card, Dedicated Flash Media Socket & 1394a-2000 OHCI 2Port-PHY/Link-Layer Contr 288-BGA MICROSTAR 0 to 70
TI
PCI7420ZHK
Integrated 2-Slot PC Card, Dedicated Flash Media Socket & 1394a-2000 OHCI 2Port-PHY/Link-Layer Contr 288-BGA MICROSTAR 0 to 70
TI
PCI7421
DUAL SINGLE SOCKET CARDBUS AND ILTRAMEDIA CONTROLLER WITH INTEGRATED 1304-A - CONTROLLER WITH DEDICATED FLASH MEDIA SOCKET
TI
PCI7421GHK
Integrated dual-socket UltraMedia PC Card controller, IEEE 1394 Open HCI host controller and PHY, an 288-BGA MICROSTAR 0 to 70
TI
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明